Preparing for release of 2.6.1pre-2

.cvsignore files.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,21 +1,23 @@
-.ignore
-.cvsignore
+ID
 Makefile
-a
-b
+autom4te*.cache
+confdefs.h
 config.cache
 config.h
 config.log
 config.status
-dist.tar.gz
+conftest.c
+conftest.log
+dox
+getgroups
+gmon.out
 rsync
-rsync-*
-rsync.aux
-rsync.dvi
-rsync.log
-tech_report.aux
-tech_report.dvi
-tech_report.log
-tech_report.ps
-test
-
+shconfig
+testdir
+tests-dont-exist
+testtmp
+testtmp.*
+tls
+trimslash
+t_unsafe
+wildtest

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.2.15
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+PROJECT_NAME           = rsync
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = HEAD
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = dox
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = *source
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = YES
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = YES
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = NO
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+ALIASES                = 
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+QUIET                  = NO
+WARNINGS               = NO
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = NO
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+INPUT                  = .
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.h
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+EXCLUDE                = proto.h \
+                         zlib \
+                         popt
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+INLINE_SOURCES         = YES
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 3
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+HTML_HEADER            = 
+HTML_FOOTER            = 
+HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 3
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
+LATEX_HEADER           = 
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = NO
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+PREDEFINED             = 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAGFILES               = 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+HAVE_DOT               = YES
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+DOT_PATH               = 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+CGI_URL                = 
+DOC_URL                = 
+DOC_ABSPATH            = 
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          = 

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+To build and install rsync
+
+  $ ./configure
+  $ make
+  # make install
+
+You may set the installation directory and other parameters by options
+to ./configure.  To see them, use:
+
+  $ ./configure --help
+
+As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
+cut-down copy of release 1.5 is included in the rsync distribution,
+and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
+the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
+
+If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
+to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
+useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
+
+
+RPM NOTES
+---------
+
+Under packaging you will find .spec files for several distributions.
+The .spec file in packaging/lsb can be used for Linux systems that
+adhere to the Linux Standards Base (e.g., RedHat and others).
+
+HP-UX NOTES
+-----------
+
+The HP-UX 10.10 "bundled" C compiler seems not to be able to cope with
+ANSI C.  You may see this error message in config.log if ./configure
+fails:
+
+  (Bundled) cc: "configure", line 2162: error 1705: Function prototypes are an ANSI feature.
+
+Install gcc or HP's "ANSI/C Compiler".
+
+
+
+MAC OSX NOTES
+-------------
+
+Mac OS X (Darwin) seems to have an IPv6 stack, but it does not
+completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
+
+<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple do not support
+IPv6 yet.  If your build fails, try again with --disable-ipv6.
+
+IBM AIX NOTES
+-------------
+
+IBM AIX has a largefile problem with mkstemp.  See IBM PR-51921.
+The workaround is to append the below to config.h
+	#ifdef _LARGE_FILES
+	#undef HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP
+	#endif

Makefile.in

@@ -9,69 +9,125 @@ mandir=@mandir@
 LIBS=@LIBS@
 CC=@CC@
 CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS=@CPPFLAGS@
+EXEEXT=@EXEEXT@
+LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
 
 INSTALLCMD=@INSTALL@
+INSTALLMAN=@INSTALL@
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
 VPATH=$(srcdir)
 SHELL=/bin/sh
 
+VERSION=@VERSION@
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
-HEADS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h version.h \
-	lib/fnmatch.h lib/getopt.h lib/mdfour.h
-LIBOBJ=lib/getopt.o lib/fnmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h lib/pool_alloc.h
+LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
+	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o @LIBOBJS@
 ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/infblock.o zlib/infcodes.o zlib/inffast.o \
 	zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o zlib/infutil.o zlib/trees.o \
-	zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o 
-OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
-OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o fileio.o
+	zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o
+OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o \
+	main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
+OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o \
+	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o
+OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
-OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ)
+popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
+	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
+OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
+
+TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/permstring.o
+
+# Programs we must have to run the test cases
+CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) \
+	trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
+
+# Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
+CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
 @OBJ_SAVE@
-	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
+	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: rsync
+all: rsync$(EXEEXT)
 
 man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
 
 install: all
-	-mkdir -p ${bindir}
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 rsync ${bindir}
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man1
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man5
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${mandir}/man1
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${mandir}/man5
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALLCMD='$(INSTALLCMD) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) STRIP='-s' install
 
-rsync: $(OBJS)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rsync $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
+rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
-$(OBJS): $(HEADS)
+$(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
 
-rsync.1: rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo
+tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo
+getgroups$(EXEEXT): getgroups.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getgroups.o $(LIBS)
+
+TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o
+trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+# I don't like these rules because CVS can skew the timestamps and
+# produce spurious warnings, and also make "make install" fail if the
+# source directory can no longer be found.  Since we don't rebuild
+# automatically they're kind of lame anyhow.
+
+#Makefile: Makefile.in configure config.status
+#	echo "WARNING: You need to run ./config.status --recheck"
+
+# don't actually run autoconf, just issue a warning
+#configure: configure.in
+#	echo "WARNING: you need to rerun autoconf"
+
+$(srcdir)/rsync.1: $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+
+$(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5: $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
 
 proto:
-	cat *.c lib/compat.c | awk -f mkproto.awk > proto.h
+	cat $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c | awk -f $(srcdir)/mkproto.awk > $(srcdir)/proto.h
 
-clean:
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) rsync 
+clean: cleantests
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(TLS_OBJ) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS)
 
+cleantests:
+	rm -rf ./testtmp*
+
+# We try to delete built files from both the source and build
+# directories, just in case somebody previously configured things in
+# the source directory.
 distclean: clean
-	rm -f config.h config.cache config.status Makefile
+	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
 
+	rm -f config.cache config.log
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
+
+	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -79,4 +135,63 @@ distclean: clean
 finddead:
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'U ' | awk '{print $$2}' | sort -u > nmused.txt
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'T ' | awk '{print $$3}' | sort -u > nmfns.txt
-	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt 
+	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt
+
+# 'check' is the GNU name, 'test' is the name for everybody else :-)
+.PHONY: check test
+
+test: check
+
+
+# There seems to be no standard way to specify some variables as
+# exported from a Makefile apart from listing them like this.
+
+# TODO: Tests that depend on built test aide programs like tls need to
+# know where the build directory is.
+
+# This depends on building rsync; if we need any helper programs it
+# should depend on them too.
+
+# We try to run the scripts with POSIX mode on, in the hope that will
+# catch Bash-isms earlier even if we're running on GNU.  Of course, we
+# might lose in the future where POSIX diverges from old sh.
+
+check: all $(CHECK_PROGS)
+	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h
+wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
+
+# This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
+# check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
+# if you want.
+
+installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS)
+	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync$(EXEEXT)" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+
+# TODO: Add 'dist' target; need to know which files will be included
+
+# Run the SPLINT (Secure Programming Lint) tool.  <www.splint.org>
+.PHONY: splint
+splint:
+	splint +unixlib +gnuextensions -weak rsync.c
+
+
+rsync.dvi: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.ps: rsync.dvi
+	dvips -ta4 -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.pdf: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ --pdf $<
+
+
+doxygen:
+	cd $(srcdir) && rm dox/html/* && doxygen
+
+# for maintainers only
+doxygen-upload:
+	rsync -avzv $(srcdir)/dox/html/ --delete \
+	samba.org:/home/httpd/html/rsync/doxygen/head/

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+NEWS for rsync 2.6.1 (UNRELEASED)
+Protocol: 28 (changed)
+Changes since 2.6.0:
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * Lower memory use and more optimal transfer of data over
+      the socket (see the INTERNAL section for details).
+
+    * The RSYNC_PROXY environment variable can now contain a
+      "USER:PASS@" prefix before the "HOST:PORT" information.
+      (Bardur Arantsson)
+
+    * The --progress output now mentions how far along in the
+      transfer we are, including both a count of files transferred
+      and a percentage of the total file-count that we've processed.
+      It also shows better current-rate-of-transfer and remaining-
+      transfer-time values.
+
+    * The configure script now accepts --with-rsyncd-conf=PATH
+      to override the default value of the /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
+
+    * Added a couple extra diffs in the "patches" dir, removed the
+      ones that got applied, and rebuilt the rest.
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * When -x (--one-file-system) is combined with -L (--copy-links)
+      or --copy-unsafe-links, no symlinked files are skipped, even
+      if the referent file is on a different filesystem.
+
+    * The --link-dest code now works properly for a non-root user
+      when (1) the UIDs of the source and destination differ and -o
+      was specified, or (2) when the group of the source can't be
+      used on the destination and -g was specified.
+
+    * Fixed a bug in the handling of -H (hard-links) that might
+      cause the expanded PATH/NAME value of the current item to
+      get overwritten (due to an expanded-name caching bug).
+      
+    * We now reset the "new data has been sent" flag at the start
+      of each file we send.  This makes sure that an interrupted
+      transfer with the --partial option set doesn't keep a shorter
+      temp file than the current basis file when no new data has been
+      transfered over the wire for that file.
+
+    * Fixed a byte-order problem in --batch-mode on big-endian
+      machines.  (Jay Fenlason)
+
+    * Fixed configure bug when running "./configure --disable-ipv6".
+
+    * Fixed "make test" bug when build dir is not the source dir.
+
+    * When using --cvs-exclude, the exclude items we get from a
+      directory's .cvsignore file once again only affect that one
+      directory (and not all following directories too).  The
+      items are also now properly word-split and parsed without
+      any +/- prefix munging.
+
+    * When specifying the USER@HOST: prefix for a file, the USER
+      part can now contain an '@', if needed (i.e. the last '@'
+      is used to find the HOST, not the first).
+
+    * Fixed some bugs in the handling of group IDs for non-root
+      users:  (1) It properly handles a group that the sender didn't
+      have a name for (it would previously skip changing the group
+      on any files in that group).  (2) If --numeric-ids is used,
+      rsync no longer attempts to set groups that the user doesn't
+      have the permission to set.
+
+    * Fixed the "refuse options" setting in the rsyncd.conf file.
+
+    * Improved the -x (--one-file-system) flag's handling of any
+      mount-point directories we encounter.  It is both more optimal
+      (in that it no longer does a useless scan of the contents of
+      the mount-point dirs) and also fixes a bug where a remapped
+      mount of the original filesystem could get discovered in a
+      subdir we should be ignoring.
+
+    * Rsync no longer discards a double-slash at the start of a filename
+      when trying to open the file.  It also no longer constructs names
+      that start with a double slash (unless the user supplied them).
+
+    * Fixed compilation problem on Tru64 Unix (having to do with
+      sockaddr.sa_len and sockaddr.sin_len).
+
+    * Fixed a compatibility problem interacting with older rsync
+      versions that might send us an empty suffix without telling us
+      about the backup-dir.
+
+    * The "hosts allow" option for a daemon-over-remote-shell
+      process now has improved support for IPv6 addresses and a fix
+      for systems that have a length field in their socket structs.
+
+    * Fixed the ability to request an empty backup suffix when
+      sending files to an rsync daemon.
+
+  INTERNAL:
+
+    * Most of the I/O is now buffered, which results in a pretty
+      large speedup when running under MS Windows.  (Craig Barratt)
+
+    * Optimizations to the name-handling/comparing code have made
+      some significant reductions in user-CPU time for large file
+      sets.
+
+    * Some variable-type cleanup that makes the code more consistent.
+
+    * Reduced memory requirements of hard link preservation.
+      (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Implemented a new algorithm for hard-link handling that speeds
+      up the code significantly.  (J.W. Schultz and Wayne Davison)
+
+    * The --hard-link option now uses the first existing file in the
+      group of linked files as the basis for the transfer.  This
+      prevents the sub-optimal transfer of a file's data when a new
+      hardlink is added on the sending side and it sorts alphabetically
+      earlier in the list than the files that are already present on the
+      receiving side.
+
+    * Dropped support for protocol versions less than 20
+      (2.3.0 released 15 Mar 1999) and activated warnings for
+      protocols less than 25 (2.5.0 released 23 Aug 2001)
+          (Wayne Davison and J.W. Schultz, severally)
+
+    * More optimal data transmission for --hard-links (protocol 28).
+
+    * More optimal data transmission for --checksum (protocol 28).
+
+    * Less memory is used when --checksum is specified.
+
+    * Less memory is used in the file list (a per-file savings).
+
+    * The generator is now better about not modifying the file list
+      during the transfer in order to avoid a copy-on-write memory
+      bifurcation (on systems where fork() uses shared memory).
+      Previously, rsync's shared memory would slowly become unshared,
+      resulting in real memory usage nearly doubling on the receiving
+      side by the end of the transfer.  Now, as long as permissions
+      are being preserved, the shared memory should remain that way
+      for the entire transfer.
+
+    * Changed hardlink info and file_struct + strings to use
+      allocation pools.  This reduces memory use for large file-
+      sets and permits freeing memory to the OS.  (J.W. Schultz) 
+
+    * The 2 pipes used between the receiver and generator processes
+      (which are forked on the same machine) were reduced to 1 pipe
+      and the protocol improved so that (1) it is now impossible to
+      have the "redo" pipe fill up and hang rsync, and (2) trailing
+      messages from the receiver don't get lost on their way through
+      the generator over to the sender (the latter mainly affected
+      hard-link messages and verbose --stats output).
+
+    * The reading & writing of the file-list in batch-mode is now
+      handled by the same code that sends & receives the list over
+      the wire.  This makes it much easier to maintain.
+
+    * Improved the internal uid/gid code to be more portable and
+      a little more optimized.
+
+    * Device numbers are now sent as separate major/minor values
+      with 32-bit accuracy for each one (protocol 28).  Previously
+      hard-link device data was sent as a single 64-bit number, and
+      copied devices were sent as a single 32-bit number.  This will
+      make inter-operation of 64-bit binaries more compatible with
+      their 32-bit brethren.  Note that optimizations in the binary
+      protocol often sends the device data using fewer bytes than
+      before, even though more precision is now available.
+
+    * Some cleanup of the exclude/include structures and its code
+      made things clearer, simpler, and more efficient.

OLDNEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
+NEWS for rsync 2.6.0 (1 Jan 2004)
+Protocol: 27 (changed)
+Changes since 2.5.7:
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * "ssh" is now the default remote shell for rsync.  If you want to
+      change this, configure like this:  "./configure --with-rsh=rsh".
+
+    * Added --files-from, --no-relative, --no-implied-dirs, and --from0.
+      Note that --from0 affects the line-ending character for all the
+      files read by the --*-from options. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Length of csum2 is now per-file starting with protocol version
+      27. (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Per-file dynamic block size is now sqrt(file length).  The
+      per-file checksum size is determined according to an algorithm
+      provided by Donovan Baarda which reduces the probability of rsync
+      algorithm corrupting data and falling back using the whole md4
+      checksums. (J.W. Schultz, Donovan Baarda)
+
+    * The --stats option no longer includes the (debug) malloc summary
+      unless the verbose option was specified at least twice.
+
+    * Added a new error/warning code for when files vanish from the
+      sending side.  Made vanished source files not interfere with the
+      file-deletion pass when --delete-after was specified.
+
+    * Various trailing-info sections are now preceded by a newline.
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fixed several exclude/include matching bugs when using wild-cards.
+      This has a several user-visible effects, all of which make the
+      matching more consistent and intuitive.  This should hopefully not
+      cause anyone problems since it makes the matching work more like
+      what people are expecting. (Wayne Davison)
+
+      - A pattern with a "**" no longer causes a "*" to match slashes.
+        For example, with "/*/foo/**", "foo" must be 2 levels deep.
+	[If your string has BOTH "*" and "**" wildcards, changing the
+	"*" wildcards to "**" will provide the old behavior in all
+	versions.]
+
+      - "**/foo" now matches at the base of the transfer (like /foo
+        does).  [Use "/**/foo" to get the old behavior in all versions.]
+
+      - A non-anchored wildcard term floats to match beyond the base of
+        the transfer.  E.g. "CVS/R*" matches at the end of the path,
+        just like the non-wildcard term "CVS/Root" does. [Use "/CVS/R*"
+        to get the old behavior in all versions.]
+
+      - Including a "**" in the match term causes it to be matched
+        against the entire path, not just the name portion, even if
+        there aren't any interior slashes in the term.  E.g. "foo**bar"
+        would exclude "/path/foo-bar" (just like before) as well as
+        "/foo-path/baz-bar" (unlike before).  [Use "foo*bar" to get the
+        old behavior in all versions.]
+
+    * The exclude list specified in the daemon's config file is now
+      properly applied to the pulled items no matter how deep the
+      user's file-args are in the source tree.  (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * For protocol version >= 27, mdfour_tail() is called when the
+      block size (including checksum_seed) is a multiple of 64.
+      Previously it was not called, giving the wrong MD4 checksum.
+      (Craig Barratt)
+
+    * For protocol version >= 27, a 64 bit bit counter is used in
+      mdfour.c as required by the RFC.  Previously only a 32 bit bit
+      counter was used, causing incorrect MD4 file checksums for
+      file sizes >= 512MB - 4.  (Craig Barratt)
+
+    * Fixed a crash bug when interacting with older rsync versions and
+      multiple files of the same name are destined for the same dir.
+      (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Keep tmp names from overflowing MAXPATHLEN.
+
+    * Make --link-dest honor the absence of -p, -o, and -g.
+
+    * Made rsync treat a trailing slash in the destination in a more
+      consistent manner.
+
+    * Fixed file I/O error detection.  (John Van Essen)
+
+    * Fixed bogus "malformed address {hostname}" message in rsyncd log
+      when checking IP address against hostnames from "hosts allow"
+      and "hosts deny" parameters in config file.
+
+    * Print heap statistics when verbose >= 2 instead of when >= 1.
+
+    * Fixed a compression (-z) bug when syncing a mostly-matching file
+      that contains already-compressed data.  (Yasuoka Masahiko and
+      Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Fixed a bug in the --backup code that could cause deleted files
+      to not get backed up.
+
+    * When the backup code makes new directories, create them with mode
+      0700 instead of 0755 (since the directory permissions in the
+      backup tree are not yet copied from the main tree).
+
+    * Call setgroups() in a more portable manner.
+
+    * Improved file-related error messages to better indicate exactly
+      what pathname failed. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Fixed some bugs in the handling of --delete and --exclude when
+      using the --relative (-R) option. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Fixed bug that prevented regular files from replacing
+      special files and caused a directory in --link-dest or
+      --compare-dest to block the creation of a file with the
+      same path.  A directory still cannot be replaced by a
+      regular file unless --delete specified.  (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Detect and report when open or opendir succeed but read and
+      readdir fail caused by network filesystem issues and truncated
+      files.  (David Norwood, Michael Brown, J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Added a fix that should give ssh time to restore the tty settings
+      if the user presses Ctrl-C at an ssh password prompt.
+
+  INTERNAL:
+
+    * Eliminated vestigial support for old versions that we stopped
+      supporting. (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Simplified some of the option-parsing code. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Some cleanup made to the exclude code, as well as some new
+      defines added to enhance readability. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Changed the protocol-version code so that it can interact at a
+      lower protocol level than the maximum supported by both sides.
+      Added an undocumented option, --protocol=N, to force the value
+      we advertise to the other side (primarily for testing purposes).
+      (Wayne Davison)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.7 (4 Dec 2003)
+Protocol: 26 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.6:
+
+  SECURITY FIXES:
+
+    * Fix buffer handling bugs.  (Andrew Tridgell, Martin Pool, Paul
+      Russell, Andrea Barisani)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.6, aka "the dwd-between-jobs release" (26 Jan 2003)
+Protocol: 26 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.5:
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * The --delete-after option now implies --delete.  (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * The --suffix option can now be used with --backup-dir.  (Michael
+      Zimmerman)
+
+    * Combining "::" syntax with the -rsh/-e option now uses the
+      specified remote-shell as a transport to talk to a (newly-spawned)
+      server-daemon.  This allows someone to use daemon features, such
+      as modules, over a secure protocol, such as ssh.  (JD Paul)
+
+    * The rsync:// syntax for daemon connections is now accepted in the
+      destination field.
+
+    * If the file name given to --include-from or --exclude-from is "-",
+      rsync will read from standard input.  (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * New option --link-dest which is like --compare-dest except that
+      unchanged files are hard-linked in to the destination directory.
+      (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Don't report an error if an excluded file disappears during an
+      rsync run.  (Eugene Chupriyanov and Bo Kersey)
+
+    * Added .svn to --cvs-exclude list to support subversion.  (Jon
+      Middleton)
+
+    * Properly support IPv6 addresses in the rsyncd.conf "hosts allow"
+      and "hosts deny" fields.  (Hideaki Yoshifuji)
+
+    * Changed exclude file handling to permit DOS or MAC style line
+      terminations.  (J.W. Schultz)
+
+    * Ignore errors from chmod when -p/-a/--preserve-perms is not set.
+      (Dave Dykstra)
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix "forward name lookup failed" errors on AIX 4.3.3.  (John
+      L. Allen, Martin Pool)
+
+    * Generate each file's rolling-checksum data as we send it, not
+      in a separate (memory-eating) pass before hand.  This prevents
+      timeout errors on really large files. (Stefan Nehlsen)
+
+    * Fix compilation on Tru64.  (Albert Chin, Zoong Pham)
+
+    * Better handling of some client-server errors.  (Martin Pool)
+
+    * Fixed a crash that would occur when sending a list of files that
+      contains a duplicate name (if it sorts to the end of the file
+      list) and using --delete.  (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Fixed the file-name duplicate-removal code when dealing with multiple
+      dups in a row. (Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Fixed a bug that caused rsync to lose the exit status of its child
+      processes and sometimes return an exit code of 0 instead of showing
+      an error.  (David R. Staples, Dave Dykstra)
+
+    * Fixed bug in --copy-unsafe-links that caused it to be completely
+      broken.  (Dave Dykstra)
+
+    * Prevent infinite recursion in cleanup code under certain circumstances.
+      (Sviatoslav Sviridov and Marc Espie)
+
+    * Fixed a bug that prevented rsync from creating intervening directories
+      when --relative-paths/-R is set.  (Craig Barratt)
+
+    * Prevent "Connection reset by peer" messages from Cygwin. (Randy O'Meara)
+
+  INTERNAL:
+
+    * Many code cleanups and improved internal documentation.  (Martin
+      Pool, Nelson Beebe)
+
+    * Portability fixes. (Dave Dykstra and Wayne Davison)
+
+    * More test cases.  (Martin Pool)
+
+    * Some test-case fixes.  (Brian Poole, Wayne Davison)
+
+    * Updated included popt to the latest vendor drop, version 1.6.4.
+      (Jos Backus)
+
+    * Updated config.guess and config.sub to latest versions; this
+      means rsync should build on more platforms.  (Paul Green)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.5, aka Snowy River (2 Apr 2002)
+Protocol: 26 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.4:
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * With --progress, when a transfer is complete show the time taken;
+      otherwise show expected time to complete. (Cameron Simpson)
+
+    * Make "make install-strip" works properly, and "make install"
+      accepts a DESTDIR variable for help in building binary packages.
+      (Peter Breitenlohner, Greg Louis)
+
+    * If configured with --enable-maintainer-mode, then on receipt of
+      a fatal signal rsync will try to open an xterm running gdb,
+      similarly to Samba's "panic action" or GNOME's bug-buddy.
+      (Martin Pool)
+
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix situation where failure to fork (e.g. because out of process
+      slots) would cause rsync to kill all processes owned by the
+      current user.  Yes, really!  (Paul Haas, Martin Pool)
+
+    * Fix test suite on Solaris.  (Jos Backus, Martin Pool)
+
+    * Fix minor memory leak in socket code.  (Dave Dykstra, Martin
+      Pool.)
+
+    * Fix --whole-file problem that caused it to be the default even
+      for remote connections.  (Martin Pool, Frank Schulz)
+
+    * Work around bug in Mac OS X mkdir(2), which cannot handle
+      trailing slashes.
+      <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/BSD%20Kernel/2734739.html>
+      (Martin Pool)
+
+    * Improved network error handling.  (Greg A. Woods)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.4, aka "Imitation lizard skin" (13 Mar 2002)
+Protocol: 26 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.3:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Additional fix for zlib double-free bug.  (Martin Pool, Andrew
+      Tridgell) (CVE CAN-2002-0059)
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * Merge in changes from zlib 1.1.3 to zlib 1.1.4.  (Jos Backus)
+      (Note that rsync still uses a custom version of zlib; you can
+      not just link against a system library.  See zlib/README.rsync)
+
+    * Additional test cases for --compress.  (Martin Pool)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.3, aka "Happy 26" (11 Mar 2002)
+Protocol: 26 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.2:
+
+  SECURITY FIXES:
+
+    * Make sure that supplementary groups are removed from a server
+      process after changing uid and gid. (Ethan Benson) (Debian bug
+      #132272, CVE CAN-2002-0080)
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix zlib double-free bug.  (Owen Taylor, Mark J Cox) (CVE
+      CAN-2002-0059)
+
+    * Fixed problem that in many cases caused the error message
+	unexpected read size of 0 in map_ptr
+      and resulted in the wrong data being copied.
+
+    * Fixed compilation errors on some systems caused by the use of
+      "unsigned int64" in rsync.h.
+
+    * Fixed problem on systems such as Sunos4 that do not support realloc
+      on a NULL pointer; error was "out of memory in flist_expand".
+
+    * Fix for rsync server processes hanging around after the client
+      unexpectedly disconnects.  (Colin Walters) (Debian bug #128632)
+
+    * Cope with BSD systems on which mkdir() will not accept a trailing
+      slash.
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * Merge in changes from zlib 1.1.2 to zlib 1.1.3.  (Note that
+      rsync still uses a custom version of zlib; you can not just link
+      against a system library.  See zlib/README.rsync)
+
+    * Command to initiate connections is only shown with -vv, rather
+      than -v as in 2.5.2.  Output from plain -v is more similar to
+      what was historically used so as not to break scripts that try
+      to parse the output.
+
+    * Added --no-whole-file and --no-blocking-io options (Dave Dykstra)
+
+    * Made the --write-batch and --read-batch options actually work
+      and added documentation in the man page (Jos Backus)
+
+    * If the daemon is unable to fork a child to accept a connection,
+      print an error message.  (Colin Walters)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.2 (26 Jan 2002)
+Protocol: 26 (changed)
+Changes since 2.5.1:
+
+  SECURITY FIXES:
+
+    * Signedness security patch from Sebastian Krahmer
+      <krahmer@suse.de> -- in some cases we were not sufficiently
+      careful about reading integers from the network.
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix possible string mangling in log files.
+
+    * Fix for setting local address of outgoing sockets.
+
+    * Better handling of hardlinks and devices on platforms with
+      64-bit dev_t or ino_t.
+
+    * Name resolution on machines supporting IPv6 is improved.
+
+    * Fix for device nodes.  (dann frazier)   (Debian #129135)
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * With -v, rsync now shows the command used to initiate an ssh/rsh
+      connection.
+
+    * --statistics now shows memory heap usage on platforms that
+      support mallinfo().
+
+    * "The Ted T'so school of program optimization": make progress
+      visible and people will think it's faster.  (With --progress,
+      rsync will show you how many files it has seen as it builds the
+      file_list, giving some indication that it has not hung.)
+
+    * Improvements to batch mode support.  This is still experimental
+      but testing would be welcome.   (Jos Backus)
+
+    * New --ignore-existing option, patch previously distributed with
+      Vipul's Razor.  (Debian #124286)
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.1 (3 Jan 2002)
+Protocol: 25 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.5.0:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix for segfault in --daemon mode configuration parser.  (Paul
+      Mackerras)
+
+    * Correct string<->address parsing for both IPv4 and 6.
+      (YOSHIFUJI Hideaki, SUMIKAWA Munechika and Jun-ichiro "itojun"
+      Hagino)
+
+    * Various fixes for IPv6 support.  (Dave Dykstra)
+
+    * rsync.1 typo fix.  (Matt Kraai)
+
+    * Test suite typo fixes.  (Tom Schmidt)
+
+    * rsync.1 grammar and clarity improvements.  (Edward
+      Welbourne)
+
+    * Correction to ./configure tests for inet_ntop.  (Jeff Garzik)
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    * --progress and -P now show estimated data transfer rate (in a
+      multiple of bytes/s) and estimated time to completion.  (Rik
+      Faith)
+
+    * --no-detach option, required to run as a W32 service and also
+      useful when running on Unix under daemontools, AIX's SRC, or a
+      debugger.  (Max Bowsher, Jos Backus)
+
+    * Clearer error messages for some conditions.
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 2.5.0 (30 Nov 2001)
+Protocol: 25 (changed)
+Changes since 2.4.6:
+
+  ANNOUNCEMENTS
+
+    * Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org> is now a co-maintainer.
+
+  NEW FEATURES
+
+    * Support for LSB-compliant packaging <http://www.linuxbase.org/>
+
+    * Shell wildcards are allowed in "auth users" lines.
+
+    * Merged UNC rsync+ patch to support creation of standalone patch
+      sets.  By Bert J. Dempsey and Debra Weiss, updated by Jos
+      Backus.  <http://www.ils.unc.edu/i2dsi/unc_rsync+.html>
+
+    * IPv6 support based on a patch from KAME.net, on systems
+      including modern versions of Linux, Solaris, and HP-UX.  Also
+      includes IPv6 compatibility functions for old OSs by the
+      Internet Software Consortium, Paul Vixie, the OpenSSH
+      portability project, and OpenBSD.
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS
+
+    * Include/exclude cluestick: with -vv, print out whether files are
+      included or excluded and why.
+
+    * Many error messages have more friendly explanations and more
+      details.
+
+    * Manual page improvements plus scanty protocol documentation.
+
+    * When running as --daemon in the background and using a "log
+      file" rsyncd.conf directive, close the log file every time it is
+      open when going to sleep on the socket.  This allows the log
+      file to get cleaned out by another process.
+
+    * Change to using libpopt rather than getopt for processing
+      options.	This makes the code cleaner and the behaviour more
+      consistent across platforms.  popt is included and built if not
+      installed on the platform.
+
+    * More details in --version, including note about whether 64-bit
+      files, symlinks and hardlinks are supported.
+
+    * MD4 code may use less CPU cycles.
+
+    * Use mkstemp on systems where it is secure.  If we use mktemp,
+      explain that we do it in a secure way.
+
+    * --whole-file is the default when source and target are on the
+	local machine.
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    * Fix for various bugs causing rsync to hang.
+
+    * Attempt to fix Large File Summit support on AIX.
+
+    * Attempt to fix error handling lockup bug.
+
+    * Give a non-0 exit code if *any* of the files we have been asked
+      to transfer fail to transfer.
+
+    * For log messages containing ridiculously long strings that might
+      overflow a buffer rsync no longer aborts, but rather prints an
+      ellipsis at the end of the string.  (Patch from Ed Santiago.)
+
+  PLATFORMS:
+
+    * Improved support for UNICOS (tested on Cray T3E and Cray SV1)
+
+    * autoconf2.52 (or later) is now required to rebuild the autoconf
+      scripts.  It is not required to simply build rsync.
+
+    * Platforms thought to work in this release:
+
+		Cray SV1 UNICOS 10.0.0.8 cc
+		Debian Linux 2.2 UltraSparc gcc
+		Debian Linux testing/unstable ARM gcc
+		FreeBSD 3.3-RELEASE i386 cc
+		FreeBSD 4.1.1-RELEASE i386 cc
+		FreeBSD 4.3-STABLE i386 cc
+		HP PA-RISC HP-UX 10.20 gcc
+		HP PA-RISC HP-UX 11.11 cc
+		IRIX 6.5 MIPS cc
+		IRIX 6.5 MIPS gcc
+		Mac OS X PPC (--disable-ipv6) cc
+		NetBSD 1.5 i386 gcc
+		NetBSD Current i386 cc
+		OpenBSD 2.5 Sparc gcc
+		OpenBSD 2.9 i386 cc
+		OpenBSD Current i386 cc
+		RedHat 6.2 i386 gcc
+		RedHat 6.2 i386 insure++
+		RedHat 7.0 i386 gcc
+		RedHat 7.1 i386 (Kernel 2.4.10) gcc
+		Slackware 8.0 i686 (Kernel 2.4.10)
+		Solaris 8 UltraSparc cc
+		Solaris 8 UltraSparc gcc
+		Solaris 8 i386 gcc
+		SuSE 7.1 i386 gcc2.95.2
+		SuSE 7.1 ppc gcc2.95.2
+		i386-pc-sco3.2v5.0.5 cc
+		i386-pc-sco3.2v5.0.5 gcc
+		powerpc-ibm-aix4.3.3.0 cc
+		i686-unknown-sysv5UnixWare7.1.0 gcc
+		i686-unknown-sysv5UnixWare7.1.0 cc
+
+  TESTING:
+
+    * The existing test.sh script by Phil Hands has been merged into a
+      test framework that works from both "make check" and the Samba
+      build farm.
+
+Partial Protocol History
+	RELEASE DATE	VER.	DATE OF COMMIT	PROTOCOL
+	01 Jan 2004	2.6.0	10 Apr 2003	27 (MAX=40)
+	04 Dec 2003	2.5.7			26
+	26 Jan 2003	2.5.6			26
+	02 Apr 2002	2.5.5			26
+	13 Mar 2002	2.5.4			26
+	11 Mar 2002	2.5.3			26
+	26 Jan 2002	2.5.2	11 Jan 2002	26
+	03 Jan 2002	2.5.1			25
+	30 Nov 2001	2.5.0	23 Aug 2001	25
+	06 Sep 2000	2.4.6			24
+	19 Aug 2000	2.4.5			24
+	29 Jul 2000	2.4.4			24
+	09 Apr 2000	2.4.3			24
+	30 Mar 2000	2.4.2			24
+	30 Jan 2000	2.4.1	29 Jan 2000	24
+	29 Jan 2000	2.4.0	28 Jan 2000	23
+	25 Jan 2000	2.3.3	23 Jan 2000	22
+	08 Nov 1999	2.3.2	26 Jun 1999	21
+	06 Apr 1999	2.3.1			20
+	15 Mar 1999	2.3.0	15 Mar 1999	20
+	25 Nov 1998	2.2.1			19
+	03 Nov 1998	2.2.0			19
+	09 Sep 1998	2.1.1			19
+	20 Jul 1998	2.1.0			19
+	17 Jul 1998	2.0.19			19
+	18 Jun 1998	2.0.17			19
+	01 Jun 1998	2.0.16			19
+	27 May 1998	2.0.13	27 May 1998	19
+	26 May 1998	2.0.12			18
+	22 May 1998	2.0.11			18
+	18 May 1998	2.0.9	18 May 1998	18
+	17 May 1998	2.0.8			17
+	15 May 1998	2.0.1			17
+	14 May 1998	2.0.0			17
+	17 Apr 1998	1.7.4			17
+	13 Apr 1998	1.7.3			17
+	05 Apr 1998	1.7.2			17
+	26 Mar 1998	1.7.1			17
+	26 Mar 1998	1.7.0	26 Mar 1998	17 (MAX=30)
+	13 Jan 1998	1.6.9	13 Jan 1998	15 (MAX=20)
+
+* DATE OF COMMIT is the date the protocol change was committed to CVS.

README

@@ -18,83 +18,25 @@ this package.
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional options.
+Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type
 
-Here is a brief description of rsync usage:
-
-Usage: rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST]
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST]
-SRC on single-colon remote HOST will be expanded by remote shell
-SRC on server remote HOST may contain shell wildcards or multiple
-  sources separated by space as long as they have same top-level
-
-Options
- -v, --verbose               increase verbosity
- -q, --quiet                 decrease verbosity
- -c, --checksum              always checksum
- -a, --archive               archive mode
- -r, --recursive             recurse into directories
- -R, --relative              use relative path names
- -b, --backup                make backups (default ~ suffix)
-     --suffix=SUFFIX         override backup suffix
- -u, --update                update only (don't overwrite newer files)
- -l, --links                 preserve soft links
- -L, --copy-links            treat soft links like regular files
-     --copy-unsafe-links     copy links outside the source tree
-     --safe-links            ignore links outside the destination tree
- -H, --hard-links            preserve hard links
- -p, --perms                 preserve permissions
- -o, --owner                 preserve owner (root only)
- -g, --group                 preserve group
- -D, --devices               preserve devices (root only)
- -t, --times                 preserve times
- -S, --sparse                handle sparse files efficiently
- -n, --dry-run               show what would have been transferred
- -W, --whole-file            copy whole files, no incremental checks
- -x, --one-file-system       don't cross filesystem boundaries
- -B, --block-size=SIZE       checksum blocking size (default 700)
- -e, --rsh=COMMAND           specify rsh replacement
-     --rsync-path=PATH       specify path to rsync on the remote machine
- -C, --cvs-exclude           auto ignore files in the same way CVS does
-     --delete                delete files that don't exist on the sending side
-     --delete-excluded       also delete excluded files on the receiving side
-     --partial               keep partially transferred files
-     --force                 force deletion of directories even if not empty
-     --numeric-ids           don't map uid/gid values by user/group name
-     --timeout=TIME          set IO timeout in seconds
- -I, --ignore-times          don't exclude files that match length and time
-     --size-only             only use file size when determining if a file should be transferred
- -T  --temp-dir=DIR          create temporary files in directory DIR
-     --compare-dest=DIR      also compare destination files relative to DIR
- -z, --compress              compress file data
-     --exclude=PATTERN       exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --exclude-from=FILE     exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --include=PATTERN       don't exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --include-from=FILE     don't exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --version               print version number
-     --daemon                run as a rsync daemon
-     --config=FILE           specify alternate rsyncd.conf file
-     --port=PORT             specify alternate rsyncd port number
-     --stats                 give some file transfer stats
-     --progress              show progress during transfer
-     --log-format=FORMAT     log file transfers using specified format
-     --password-file=FILE    get password from FILE
- -h, --help                  show this help screen
+  rsync --help
 
+and see the manual for more information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync uses rsh or ssh for communication. It does not need to be setuid
-and requires no special privileges for installation. It does not
-require a inetd entry or a daemon. You must, however, have a working
-rsh or ssh system. Using ssh is recommended for its security
-features. 
+Rsync normally uses rsh or ssh for communication.  It does not need to
+be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
+must, however, have a working rsh or ssh system. Using ssh is
+recommended for its security features.
+
+Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
+This is generally used for public file distribution, although
+authentication and access control are available.
 
 To install rsync, first run the "configure" script. This will create a
 Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system. Then type
@@ -125,8 +67,7 @@ There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its
 applications. It is open to anyone to join. I will announce new
 versions on this list. 
 
-To join the mailing list send mail to listproc@samba.org with
-no subject and a body of "subscribe rsync Your Name".
+To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
 
 To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@samba.org
 
@@ -135,15 +76,19 @@ BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
 If you have web access then please look at
-http://rsync.samba.org/rsync/ 
 
-This will give you access to the bug tracking system used by the
-developers of rsync and will allow you to look at other bug reports or
-submit a new bug report.
+  http://rsync.samba.org
 
-If you don't have web access then mail bug reports to
-rsync-bugs@samba.org or (if you think it will be of interest to lots
-of people) send it to rsync@samba.org
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on
+how to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the
+internet for the error message you've received, or looking in the
+mailing list archives at
+
+  http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+
+Please send bug reports to 
+
+  rsync@lists.samba.org
 
 
 CVS TREE
@@ -153,22 +98,24 @@ If you want to get the very latest version of rsync direct from the
 source code repository then you can use anonymous cvs. You will need a
 recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@cvs.samba.org:/cvsroot login
+	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot login
 	Password: cvs
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@cvs.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
+	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
 
-Look at the cvs documentation for more details.
+Look at the cvs documentation, or http://samba.org/cvs.html, for more
+details.
 
 
 COPYRIGHT
 ---------
 
-Rsync was written by Andrew Tridgell and Paul Mackerras, and is
-available under the Gnu Public License.
+rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and has been improved
+by many developers around the world.  rsync may be used, modified and
+redistributed only under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
+found in the file COPYING in this distribution, or at 
 
-tridge@samba.org
-paulus@cs.anu.edu.au
+  http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
 
 
 AVAILABILITY

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
+-*- indented-text -*-
+
+BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
+Fix progress indicator to not corrupt log
+lchmod question	
+Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
+Incorrect timestamps (Debian #100295)
+Win32
+
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
+server-imposed bandwidth limits
+rsyncd over ssh
+Use chroot only if supported
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
+Other IPv6 stuff:
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+Lazy directory creation
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+FAT support
+Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+Add daemon --no-detach and --no-fork options
+Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+Update README
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+Update web site from CVS
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Make dry run list all updates					2002/04/03
+Memory accounting
+Improve error messages
+Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
+Log deamon sessions that just list modules
+Log child death on signal
+Keep stderr and stdout properly separated (Debian #23626)
+Log errors with function that reports process of origin
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
+Add reason for transfer to file logging
+debugging of daemon						2002/04/08
+internationalization
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+Handling duplicate names
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+TDB:								2002/03/12
+Splint								2002/03/12
+Memory debugger
+Create release script
+Add machines to build farm
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+File list structure in memory
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+Accelerate MD4
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Torture test
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+Test on kernel source
+Test large files
+Create mutator program for testing
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+If tests are skipped, say why.
+Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
+Create pipe program for testing
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+rsyncsh
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+rsyncable gzip patch
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
+
+
+
+BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Fix progress indicator to not corrupt log
+
+  Progress indicator can produce corrupt output when transferring directories:
+
+  main/binary-arm/
+  main/binary-arm/admin/
+  main/binary-arm/base/
+  main/binary-arm/comm/8.56kB/s    0:00:52
+  main/binary-arm/devel/
+  main/binary-arm/doc/
+  main/binary-arm/editors/
+  main/binary-arm/electronics/s    0:00:53
+  main/binary-arm/games/
+  main/binary-arm/graphics/
+  main/binary-arm/hamradio/
+  main/binary-arm/interpreters/
+  main/binary-arm/libs/6.61kB/s    0:00:54
+  main/binary-arm/mail/
+  main/binary-arm/math/
+  main/binary-arm/misc/
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+lchmod question	
+
+  I don't think we handle this properly on systems that don't have the
+  call.  Are there any such?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
+
+  http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/refspecs/LSB_1.1.0/gLSB/usernames.html
+
+  On Debian it's "nogroup"
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Incorrect timestamps (Debian #100295)
+
+  A bit hard to believe, but apparently it happens.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Win32
+
+  Don't detach, because this messes up --srvany.
+
+  http://sources.redhat.com/ml/cygwin/2001-08/msg00234.html
+
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+server-imposed bandwidth limits
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncd over ssh
+
+  There are already some patches to do this.
+
+  BitKeeper uses a server whose login shell is set to bkd.  That's
+  probably a reasonable approach.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Use chroot only if supported
+
+  If the platform doesn't support it, then don't even try.
+
+  If running as non-root, then don't fail, just give a warning.
+  (There was a thread about this a while ago?)
+
+    http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-August/thread.html
+    http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-September/thread.html
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
+
+  Perhaps allow supplementary groups to be specified in rsyncd.conf;
+  then make the first one the primary gid and all the rest be
+  supplementary gids.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
+
+  The KAME IPv6 patch is nice in theory but has proved a bit of a
+  nightmare in practice.  The basic idea of their patch is that rsync
+  is rewritten to use the new getaddrinfo()/getnameinfo() interface,
+  rather than gethostbyname()/gethostbyaddr() as in rsync 2.4.6.
+  Systems that don't have the new interface are handled by providing
+  our own implementation in lib/, which is selectively linked in.
+
+  The problem with this is that it is really hard to get right on
+  platforms that have a half-working implementation, so redefining
+  these functions clashes with system headers, and leaving them out
+  breaks.  This affects at least OSF/1, RedHat 5, and Cobalt, which
+  are moderately improtant.
+
+  Perhaps the simplest solution would be to have two different files
+  implementing the same interface, and choose either the new or the
+  old API.  This is probably necessary for systems that e.g. have
+  IPv6, but gethostbyaddr() can't handle it.  The Linux manpage claims
+  this is currently the case.
+
+  In fact, our internal sockets interface (things like
+  open_socket_out(), etc) is much narrower than the getaddrinfo()
+  interface, and so probably simpler to get right.  In addition, the
+  old code is known to work well on old machines.
+
+  We could drop the rather large lib/getaddrinfo files.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Other IPv6 stuff:
+  
+  Implement suggestions from http://www.kame.net/newsletter/19980604/
+  and ftp://ftp.iij.ad.jp/pub/RFC/rfc2553.txt
+
+  If a host has multiple addresses, then listen try to connect to all
+  in order until we get through.  (getaddrinfo may return multiple
+  addresses.)  This is kind of implemented already.
+
+  Possibly also when starting as a server we may need to listen on
+  multiple passive addresses.  This might be a bit harder, because we
+  may need to select on all of them.  Hm.
+
+  Define a syntax for IPv6 literal addresses.  Since they include
+  colons, they tend to break most naming systems, including ours.
+  Based on the HTTP IPv6 syntax, I think we should use
+ 
+     rsync://[::1]/foo/bar [::1]::bar
+
+  which should just take a small change to the parser code.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+
+  Transfer ACLs.  Need to think of a standard representation.
+  Probably better not to even try to convert between NT and POSIX.
+  Possibly can share some code with Samba.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Lazy directory creation
+
+  With the current common --include '*/' --exclude '*' pattern, people
+  can end up with many empty directories.  We might avoid this by
+  lazily creating such directories.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+
+  Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
+  HTTP Basic Proxy-Authentication.
+
+  Multiple schemes are possible, up to and including the insanity that
+  is NTLM, but Basic probably covers most cases.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+
+  Add --with-socks, and then perhaps a command-line option to put them
+  on or off.  This might be more reliable than LD_PRELOAD hacks.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+FAT support
+
+  rsync to a FAT partition on a Unix machine doesn't work very well at
+  the moment.  I think we get errors about invalid filenames and
+  perhaps also trying to do atomic renames.
+
+  I guess the code to do this is currently #ifdef'd on Windows;
+  perhaps we ought to intelligently fall back to it on Unix too.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
+
+  On 12 Mar 2002, Dave Dykstra <dwd@bell-labs.com> wrote:
+  > If we would add an option to do that functionality, I
+  > would vote for one that was more general which could mask
+  > off any set of permission bits and possibly add any set of
+  > bits.  Perhaps a chmod-like syntax if it could be
+  > implemented simply.
+
+  I think that would be good too.  For example, people uploading files
+  to a web server might like to say
+
+  rsync -avzP --chmod a+rX ./ sourcefrog.net:/home/www/sourcefrog/
+
+  Ideally the patch would implement as many of the gnu chmod semantics
+  as possible.  I think the mode parser should be a separate function
+  that passes back something like (mask,set) description to the rest
+  of the program.  For bonus points there would be a test case for the
+  parser.
+
+  Possibly also --chown
+
+  (Debian #23628)
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+
+  Allow people to specify the diff command.  (Might want to use wdiff,
+  gnudiff, etc.)
+
+  Just diff the temporary file with the destination file, and delete
+  the tmp file rather than moving it into place.
+
+  Interaction with --partial.
+
+  Security interactions with daemon mode?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add daemon --no-detach and --no-fork options
+
+  Very useful for debugging.  Also good when running under a
+  daemon-monitoring process that tries to restart the service when the
+  parent exits.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
+
+  Control output with the --report option.
+
+  The option takes as a single argument (no whitespace) a
+  comma delimited lists of keywords.
+
+  This would separate debugging from "logging" as well as
+  fine grained selection of statistical reporting and what
+  actions are logged.
+
+  http://lists.samba.org/archive/rsync/2003-May/006059.html
+
+                      --          --
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+
+Update README
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Update web site from CVS
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+  The man page is getting rather large, and there is more information
+  that ought to be added.
+
+  TexInfo source is probably a dying format.
+
+  Linuxdoc looks like the most likely contender.  I know DocBook is
+  favoured by some people, but it's so bloody verbose, even with emacs
+  support.
+
+                      --          --
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Make dry run list all updates					2002/04/03
+
+  --dry-run is too dry
+
+  Mark Santcroos points out that -n fails to list files which have
+  only metadata changes, though it probably should.
+
+  There may be a Debian bug about this as well.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Memory accounting
+
+  At exit, show how much memory was used for the file list, etc.
+
+  Also we do a wierd exponential-growth allocation in flist.c.  I'm
+  not sure this makes sense with modern mallocs.  At any rate it will
+  make us allocate a huge amount of memory for large file lists.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Improve error messages
+
+  If we hang or get SIGINT, then explain where we were up to.  Perhaps
+  have a static buffer that contains the current function name, or
+  some kind of description of what we were trying to do.  This is a
+  little easier on people than needing to run strace/truss.
+
+  "The dungeon collapses!  You are killed."  Rather than "unexpected
+  eof" give a message that is more detailed if possible and also more
+  helpful.
+
+  If we get an error writing to a socket, then we should perhaps
+  continue trying to read to see if an error message comes across
+  explaining why the socket is closed.  I'm not sure if this would
+  work, but it would certainly make our messages more helpful.
+
+  What happens if a directory is missing -x attributes.  Do we lose
+  our load?  (Debian #28416) Probably fixed now, but a test case would
+  be good.
+
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+
+  <Rasmus>
+      hey, how about an rsync option that just gives you the
+      summary without the list of files?  And perhaps gives
+      more information like the number of new files, number
+      of changed, deleted, etc. ?
+
+  <mbp>
+      nice idea there is --stats but at the moment it's very
+      tridge-oriented rather than user-friendly it would be
+      nice to improve it that would also work well with
+      --dryrun
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
+
+  Perhaps flush stdout after each filename, so that people trying to
+  monitor progress in a log file can do so more easily.  See
+  http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=48108
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Log deamon sessions that just list modules
+
+  At the connections that just get a list of modules are not logged,
+  but they should be.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Log child death on signal
+
+  If a child of the rsync daemon dies with a signal, we should notice
+  that when we reap it and log a message.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Keep stderr and stdout properly separated (Debian #23626)
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Log errors with function that reports process of origin
+
+  Use a separate function for reporting errors; prefix it with
+  "rsync:" or "rsync(remote)", or perhaps even "rsync(local
+  generator): ".
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
+  
+  Indicate whether files are new, updated, or deleted
+
+  At end of transfer, show how many files were or were not transferred
+  correctly.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add reason for transfer to file logging
+
+  Explain *why* every file is transferred or not (e.g. "local mtime
+  123123 newer than 1283198")
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+debugging of daemon						2002/04/08
+
+  Add an rsyncd.conf parameter to turn on debugging on the server.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+internationalization
+
+  Change to using gettext().  Probably need to ship this for platforms
+  that don't have it.
+
+  Solicit translations.
+
+  Does anyone care?  Before we bother modifying the code, we ought to
+  get the manual translated first, because that's possibly more useful
+  and at any rate demonstrates desire.
+
+                      --          --
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+
+Handling duplicate names
+
+  We need to be careful of duplicate names getting into the file list.
+  See clean_flist().  This could happen if multiple arguments include
+  the same file.  Bad.
+
+  I think duplicates are only a problem if they're both flowing
+  through the pipeline at the same time.  For example we might have
+  updated the first occurrence after reading the checksums for the
+  second.  So possibly we just need to make sure that we don't have
+  both in the pipeline at the same time.
+
+  Possibly if we did one directory at a time that would be sufficient.
+
+  Alternatively we could pre-process the arguments to make sure no
+  duplicates will ever be inserted.  There could be some bad cases
+  when we're collapsing symlinks.
+
+  We could have a hash table.
+
+  The root of the problem is that we do not want more than one file
+  list entry referring to the same file.  At first glance there are
+  several ways this could happen: symlinks, hardlinks, and repeated
+  names on the command line.
+
+  If names are repeated on the command line, they may be present in
+  different forms, perhaps by traversing directory paths in different
+  ways, traversing paths including symlinks.  Also we need to allow
+  for expansion of globs by rsync.
+
+  At the moment, clean_flist() requires having the entire file list in
+  memory.  Duplicate names are detected just by a string comparison.
+
+  We don't need to worry about hard links causing duplicates because
+  files are never updated in place.  Similarly for symlinks.
+
+  I think even if we're using a different symlink mode we don't need
+  to worry.
+
+  Unless we're really clever this will introduce a protocol
+  incompatibility, so we need to be able to accept the old format as
+  well.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+
+  Perhaps don't use our own zlib.
+
+  Advantages:
+   
+    - will automatically be up to date with bugfixes in zlib
+
+    - can leave it out for small rsync on e.g. recovery disks
+
+    - can use a shared library
+
+    - avoids people breaking rsync by trying to do this themselves and
+      messing up
+
+  Should we ship zlib for systems that don't have it, or require
+  people to install it separately?
+
+  Apparently this will make us incompatible with versions of rsync
+  that use the patched version of rsync.  Probably the simplest way to
+  do this is to just disable gzip (with a warning) when talking to old
+  versions.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+TDB:								2002/03/12
+
+  Rather than storing the file list in memory, store it in a TDB.
+
+  This *might* make memory usage lower while building the file list.
+
+  Hashtable lookup will mean files are not transmitted in order,
+  though... hm.
+
+  This would neatly eliminate one of the major post-fork shared data
+  structures.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Splint								2002/03/12
+
+  Build rsync with SPLINT to try to find security holes.  Add
+  annotations as necessary.  Keep track of the number of warnings
+  found initially, and see how many of them are real bugs, or real
+  security bugs.  Knowing the percentage of likely hits would be
+  really interesting for other projects.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Memory debugger
+
+  jra recommends Valgrind:
+
+    http://devel-home.kde.org/~sewardj/
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create release script
+  
+  Script would:
+
+     Update spec files
+
+     Build tar file; upload
+
+     Send announcement to mailing list and c.o.l.a.
+  
+     Make freshmeat announcement
+
+     Update web site
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add machines to build farm
+
+  Cygwin (on different versions of Win32?)
+
+  HP-UX variants (via HP?)
+
+  SCO
+
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+File list structure in memory
+
+  Rather than one big array, perhaps have a tree in memory mirroring
+  the directory tree.
+
+  This might make sorting much faster!  (I'm not sure it's a big CPU
+  problem, mind you.)
+
+  It might also reduce memory use in storing repeated directory names
+  -- again I'm not sure this is a problem.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+
+  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
+
+  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
+  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
+  network access as much as we could.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+
+  If we're doing a local transfer, or using -W, then perhaps don't
+  send the file checksum.  If we're doing a local transfer, then
+  calculating MD4 checksums uses 90% of CPU and is unlikely to be
+  useful.
+
+  Indeed for transfers over zlib or ssh we can also rely on the
+  transport to have quite strong protection against corruption.
+
+  Perhaps we should have an option to disable this,
+  analogous to --whole-file, although it would default to
+  disabled.  The file checksum takes up a definite space in
+  the protocol -- we can either set it to 0, or perhaps just
+  leave it out.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Accelerate MD4
+
+  Perhaps borrow an assembler MD4 from someone?
+
+  Make sure we call MD4 with properly-sized blocks whenever possible
+  to avoid copying into the residue region?
+
+                      --          --
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Torture test
+
+  Something that just keeps running rsync continuously over a data set
+  likely to generate problems.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+
+  Part of the regression suite should be making sure that we
+  don't break backwards compatibility: old clients vs new
+  servers and so on.  Ideally we would test both up and down
+  from the current release to all old versions.
+
+  Run current rsync versions against significant past releases.
+
+  We might need to omit broken old versions, or versions in which
+  particular functionality is broken
+
+  It might be sufficient to test downloads from well-known public
+  rsync servers running different versions of rsync.  This will give
+  some testing and also be the most common case for having different
+  versions and not being able to upgrade.
+
+  The new --protocol option may help in this.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test on kernel source
+
+  Download all versions of kernel; unpack, sync between them.  Also
+  sync between uncompressed tarballs.  Compare directories after
+  transfer.
+
+  Use local mode; ssh; daemon; --whole-file and --no-whole-file.
+
+  Use awk to pull out the 'speedup' number for each transfer.  Make
+  sure it is >= x.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test large files
+
+  Sparse and non-sparse
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create mutator program for testing
+
+  Insert bytes, delete bytes, swap blocks, ...
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+If tests are skipped, say why.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create pipe program for testing
+
+  Create pipe program that makes slow/jerky connections for
+  testing Versions of read() and write() that corrupt the
+  stream, or abruptly fail
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+  Separate makefile target to run rough tests -- or perhaps
+  just run them every time?
+
+                      --          --
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+
+rsyncsh
+
+   Write a small emulation of interactive ftp as a Pythonn program
+   that calls rsync.  Commands such as "cd", "ls", "ls *.c" etc map
+   fairly directly into rsync commands: it just needs to remember the
+   current host, directory and so on.  We can probably even do
+   completion of remote filenames.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncable gzip patch
+
+  Exhaustive, tortuous testing
+
+  Cleanups?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
+
+  Goswin Brederlow suggested this on Debian; I think tridge and I
+  talked about it previous in relation to rproxy.
+
+                      --          --
+

access.c

@@ -27,56 +27,185 @@
 static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
 {
 	if (!host || !*host) return 0;
-	return (fnmatch(tok, host, 0) == 0);
+	return wildmatch(tok, host);
 }
 
+static int match_binary(char *b1, char *b2, char *mask, int addrlen)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i=0; i<addrlen; i++) {
+		if ((b1[i]^b2[i])&mask[i]) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static void make_mask(char *mask, int plen, int addrlen) {
+	int w, b;
+
+	w = plen >> 3;
+	b = plen & 0x7;
+
+	if (w)
+		memset(mask, 0xff, w);
+	if (w < addrlen)
+		mask[w] = 0xff & (0xff<<(8-b));
+	if (w+1 < addrlen)
+		memset(mask+w+1, 0, addrlen-w-1);
+
+	return;
+}
 
 static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 {
 	char *p;
-	unsigned long a, t, mask = (unsigned long)~0;
+	struct addrinfo hints, *resa, *rest;
+	int gai;
+	int ret = 0;
+	int addrlen = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+	long int bits;
+#else
+	int bits;
+#endif
+	char mask[16];
+	char *a = NULL, *t = NULL;
+	unsigned int len;
 
 	if (!addr || !*addr) return 0;
 
-	if (!isdigit(tok[0])) return 0;
-
 	p = strchr(tok,'/');
-	if (p) *p = 0;
-
-	a = inet_addr(addr);
-	t = inet_addr(tok);
-
 	if (p) {
-		*p = '/';
+		*p = '\0';
+		len = p - tok;
 	}
+	else
+		len = strlen(tok);
 
-	if (t == INADDR_NONE) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"malformed address %s\n", tok);
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname (not an address) */
+	if (strspn(tok, ".0123456789") != len
+#ifdef INET6
+	 && !strchr(tok, ':')
+#endif
+		) return 0;
+
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+	hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC;
+	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+#ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
+	hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+#endif
+
+	gai = getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hints, &resa);
+	if (gai) return 0;
+
+	gai = getaddrinfo(tok, NULL, &hints, &rest);
+	if (p)
+		*p++ = '/';
+	if (gai) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"error matching address %s: %s\n",
+			tok,
+			gai_strerror(gai));
+		freeaddrinfo(resa);
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	a = ntohl(a);
-	t = ntohl(t);
-
-	if (p) {
-		if (strchr(p+1,'.')) {
-			mask = inet_addr(p+1);
-			if (mask == INADDR_NONE) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			mask = ntohl(mask);
-		} else {
-			int bits = atoi(p+1);
-			if (bits <= 0 || bits > 32) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			mask &= (mask << (32-bits));
-		}
+	if (rest->ai_family != resa->ai_family) {
+		ret = 0;
+		goto out;
 	}
 
-	return ((a&mask) == (t&mask));
+	switch(resa->ai_family) {
+	case PF_INET:
+		a = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)resa->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		t = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)rest->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		addrlen = 4;
+
+		break;
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	case PF_INET6:
+	    {
+		struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6a, *sin6t;
+
+		sin6a = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)resa->ai_addr;
+		sin6t = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)rest->ai_addr;
+
+		a = (char *)&sin6a->sin6_addr;
+		t = (char *)&sin6t->sin6_addr;
+
+		addrlen = 16;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin6t->sin6_scope_id &&
+		    sin6a->sin6_scope_id != sin6t->sin6_scope_id) {
+			ret = 0;
+			goto out;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	default:
+	    rprintf(FERROR,"unknown family %u\n", rest->ai_family);
+	    ret = 0;
+	    goto out;
+	}
+
+	bits = -1;
+	if (p) {
+		if (inet_pton(resa->ai_addr->sa_family, p, mask) <= 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			char *ep = NULL;
+#else
+			unsigned char *pp;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			bits = strtol(p, &ep, 10);
+			if (!*p || *ep) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+#else
+			for (pp = (unsigned char *)p; *pp; pp++) {
+				if (!isascii(*pp) || !isdigit(*pp)) {
+					rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+					ret = 0;
+					goto out;
+				}
+			}
+			bits = atoi(p);
+#endif
+			if (bits == 0) {
+				ret = 1;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			if (bits < 0 || bits > (addrlen << 3)) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		bits = 128;
+	}
+
+	if (bits >= 0)
+		make_mask(mask, bits, addrlen);
+
+	ret = match_binary(a, t, mask, addrlen);
+
+out:
+	freeaddrinfo(resa);
+	freeaddrinfo(rest);
+	return ret;
 }
 
 static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)

acconfig.h

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#undef HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR
-#undef HAVE_ERRNO_DECL
-#undef HAVE_LONGLONG
-#undef HAVE_OFF64_T
-#undef HAVE_REMSH
-#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
-#undef HAVE_UTIMBUF
-#undef ino_t
-#undef HAVE_CONNECT
-#undef HAVE_SHORT_INO_T
-#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-#undef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ

aclocal.m4

@@ -21,3 +21,51 @@ AC_DEFUN(AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE, [
     ac_cv_build_system_type="$build"
     ac_cv_target_system_type="$target"
 ])
+
+dnl Check for socklen_t: historically on BSD it is an int, and in
+dnl POSIX 1g it is a type of its own, but some platforms use different
+dnl types for the argument to getsockopt, getpeername, etc.  So we
+dnl have to test to find something that will work.
+
+dnl This is no good, because passing the wrong pointer on C compilers is
+dnl likely to only generate a warning, not an error.  We don't call this at
+dnl the moment.
+
+AC_DEFUN([TYPE_SOCKLEN_T],
+[
+   AC_CHECK_TYPE([socklen_t], ,[
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([for socklen_t equivalent])
+      AC_CACHE_VAL([rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv],
+      [
+         # Systems have either "struct sockaddr *" or
+         # "void *" as the second argument to getpeername
+         rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv=
+         for arg2 in "struct sockaddr" void; do
+            for t in int size_t unsigned long "unsigned long"; do
+               AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+                  int getpeername (int, $arg2 *, $t *);
+               ],[
+                  $t len;
+                  getpeername(0,0,&len);
+               ],[
+                  rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv="$t"
+                  break
+               ])
+            done
+         done
+
+         if test "x$rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv" = x; then
+            AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type to use in place of socklen_t])
+         fi
+      ])
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv)
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(socklen_t, $rsync_cv_socklen_t_equiv,
+			[type to use in place of socklen_t if not defined])],
+      [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>])
+])
+
+

authenticate.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+   
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell 
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
 encode a buffer using base64 - simple and slow algorithm. null terminates
 the result.
   ***************************************************************************/
-static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
+void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 {
 	char *b64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
 	int bit_offset, byte_offset, idx, i;
@@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 
 	memset(out, 0, bytes+1);
 
-	for (i=0;i<bytes;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < bytes; i++) {
 		byte_offset = (i*6)/8;
 		bit_offset = (i*6)%8;
 		if (bit_offset < 3) {
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 	if (fd == -1) return 0;
 
 	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"stat(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
 		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
@@ -104,8 +105,8 @@ static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 
 	while (!found) {
 		int i = 0;
-		memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
-		while (i<(sizeof(line)-1)) {
+		memset(line, 0, sizeof line);
+		while ((size_t) i < (sizeof(line)-1)) {
 			if (read(fd, &line[i], 1) != 1) {
 				memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
 				close(fd);
@@ -135,7 +136,6 @@ static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 {
 	char buffer[100];
-	int len=0;
 	int fd=0;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	int ok = 1;
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 	if (!filename) return NULL;
 
 	if ( (fd=open(filename,O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"could not open password file \"%s\"\n",filename);
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",filename);
 		if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");	
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	
 	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"stat(%s) : %s\n", filename, strerror(errno));
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must not be other-accessible\n");
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 	if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
 
 	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1]='\0';
-	if ( (len=read(fd,buffer,sizeof(buffer)-1)) > 0)
+	if (read(fd,buffer,sizeof(buffer)-1) > 0)
 	{
 		char *p = strtok(buffer,"\n\r");
 		close(fd);
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
 
    otherwise return username
 */
-char *auth_server(int fd, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
+char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
 {
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
 	char challenge[16];
@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ char *auth_server(int fd, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
 	
 	base64_encode(challenge, 16, b64_challenge);
 
-	io_printf(fd,"%s%s\n", leader, b64_challenge);
+	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, b64_challenge);
 
-	if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -234,12 +234,12 @@ char *auth_server(int fd, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
 	if (sscanf(line,"%99s %29s", user, pass) != 2) {
 		return NULL;
 	}
-
+	
 	users = strdup(users);
 	if (!users) return NULL;
 
 	for (tok=strtok(users," ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
-		if (strcmp(tok, user) == 0) break;
+		if (wildmatch(tok, user)) break;
 	}
 	free(users);
 
@@ -269,9 +269,19 @@ void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
 	char pass2[30];
 	extern char *password_file;
 
-	if (!user || !*user) return;
+	if (!user || !*user)
+		user = "nobody";
 
 	if (!(pass=getpassf(password_file)) && !(pass=getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD"))) {
+		/* XXX: cyeoh says that getpass is deprecated, because
+		 * it may return a truncated password on some systems,
+		 * and it is not in the LSB.
+                 *
+                 * Andrew Klein says that getpassphrase() is present
+                 * on Solaris and reads up to 256 characters.
+                 *
+                 * OpenBSD has a readpassphrase() that might be more suitable.
+                 */
 		pass = getpass("Password: ");
 	}
 

backup.c

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -21,264 +21,227 @@
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
+extern int backup_suffix_len;
+extern int backup_dir_len;
+extern unsigned int backup_dir_remainder;
+extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-
 extern int am_root;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_links;
 extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int orig_umask;
 
 /* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
 static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 {
 	char fnamebak[MAXPATHLEN];
-	if (strlen(fname) + strlen(backup_suffix) > (MAXPATHLEN-1)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"backup filename too long\n");
+
+	if (stringjoin(fnamebak, sizeof fnamebak, fname, backup_suffix, NULL)
+	    >= sizeof fnamebak) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	slprintf(fnamebak,sizeof(fnamebak),"%s%s",fname,backup_suffix);
-	if (do_rename(fname,fnamebak) != 0) {
+	if (do_rename(fname, fnamebak) != 0) {
 		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
 		if (errno != ENOENT && errno != EINVAL) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"rename %s %s : %s\n",fname,fnamebak,strerror(errno));
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rename %s to backup %s", fname, fnamebak);
 			return 0;
 		}
 	} else if (verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"backed up %s to %s\n",fname,fnamebak);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n", fname, fnamebak);
 	}
 	return 1;
 }
 
 
-/* recursively make a directory path */
-static int make_dir(char *name, int mask)
-{
-	char newdir [MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *p, *d;
-
-	/* copy pathname over, look for last '/' */
-	for (p = d = newdir; *name; *d++ = *name++)
-		if (*name == '/')
-			p = d;
-	if (p == newdir)
-		return 0;
-	*p = 0;
-
-	/* make the new directory, if that fails then make its parent */
-	while (do_mkdir (newdir, mask) != 0)
-		if ((errno != ENOENT) || !make_dir (newdir, mask))
-			return 0;
-
-	return 1;
-} /* make_dir */
-
-
 /****************************************************************************
 Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
 path
 ****************************************************************************/
-static int make_bak_dir(char *fname,char *bak_path)
+static int make_bak_dir(char *fullpath)
 {
-        STRUCT_STAT st;
-        STRUCT_STAT *st2;
-        char fullpath[MAXPATHLEN];
-        extern int orig_umask;
-        char *p;
-        char *q;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char *rel = fullpath + backup_dir_len;
+	char *end = rel + strlen(rel);
+	char *p = end;
 
-        while(strncmp(bak_path,"./",2)==0) bak_path += 2;
+	while (strncmp(fullpath, "./", 2) == 0)
+		fullpath += 2;
 
-        if(bak_path[strlen(bak_path)-1]!='/') {
-                slprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s/",bak_path);
-        } else {
-                slprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s",bak_path);
-        }
-        p=fullpath;
-        q=&fullpath[strlen(fullpath)];  /* End of bak_path string */
-        strcat(fullpath,fname);
+	/* Try to find an existing dir, starting from the deepest dir. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (--p == fullpath) {
+			p += strlen(p);
+			goto failure;
+		}
+		if (*p == '/') {
+			*p = '\0';
+			if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) == 0)
+				break;
+			if (errno != ENOENT) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+				    "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed: %s\n",
+				    full_fname(fullpath), strerror(errno));
+				goto failure;
+			}
+		}
+	}
 
-        /* Make the directories */
-        while ((p=strchr(p,'/'))) {
-                *p = 0;
-                if(do_lstat(fullpath,&st)!=0) {
-                        do_mkdir(fullpath,0777 & ~orig_umask);
-                        if(p>q) {
-                                if(do_lstat(q,&st)!=0) {
-                                        rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir stat %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                } else {
-                                        st2=&st;
-                                        set_modtime(fullpath,st2->st_mtime);
-                                        if(do_lchown(fullpath,st2->st_uid,st2->st_gid)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir chown %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                        if(do_chmod(fullpath,st2->st_mode)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir failed to set permissions on %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                };
-                        }
-                };
-                *p = '/';
-                p++;
-        }
-        return 0;
+	/* Make all the dirs that we didn't find on the way here. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (p >= rel) {
+			/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the
+			 * actual dir that the files are coming from. */
+			if (do_lstat(rel, &st) != 0) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+				    "make_bak_dir stat %s failed: %s\n",
+				    full_fname(rel), strerror(errno));
+			} else {
+				set_modtime(fullpath, st.st_mtime);
+				do_lchown(fullpath, st.st_uid, st.st_gid);
+				do_chmod(fullpath, st.st_mode);
+			}
+		}
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+		if (p == end)
+			break;
+		if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed: %s\n",
+			    full_fname(fullpath), strerror(errno));
+			goto failure;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+
+failure:
+	while (p != end) {
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+	}
+	return -1;
 }
 
 /* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
 static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
 {
-	int keep_trying = 4;
-	int keep_path_extfs = 0;
-	int failed;
-
-	while (keep_trying) {
-		if (keep_path_extfs)
-			failed = copy_file (src, dst, 0755);
-		else
-			failed = robust_rename (src, dst);
-
-		if (failed) {
-			if (verbose > 2)
-				rprintf (FERROR, "robust_move failed: %s(%d)\n",
-					strerror (errno), errno);
-			switch (errno) {
-				/* external filesystem */
-				case EXDEV:
-					keep_path_extfs = 1;
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				/* no directory to write to */
-				case ENOENT:
-					make_dir (dst, 0755);
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				default:
-					keep_trying = 0;
-			} /* switch */
-		} else
-			keep_trying = 0;
-	} /* while */
-	return (!failed);
-} /* robust_move */
+	if (robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0 && (errno != ENOENT
+	    || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0 || robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
 
 
-/* if we have a backup_dir, then we get here from make_backup().
-   We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree */
+/* If we have a --backup-dir, then we get here from make_backup().
+ * We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree. */
 static int keep_backup(char *fname)
 {
-
-	static int initialised;
-
-	char keep_name [MAXPATHLEN];
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-
-	int kept=0;
+	int kept = 0;
 	int ret_code;
 
-	if (!initialised) {
-		if (backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] == '/')
-			backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] = 0;
-		if (verbose > 0)
-			rprintf (FINFO, "backup_dir is %s\n", backup_dir);
-		initialised = 1;
-	}
-
 	/* return if no file to keep */
 #if SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (do_lstat (fname, &st)) return 1;
+	if (do_lstat(fname, &st)) return 1;
 #else
-	if (do_stat (fname, &st)) return 1;
+	if (do_stat(fname, &st)) return 1;
 #endif
 
-	file = make_file (0, fname);
+	file = make_file(fname, NULL, NO_EXCLUDES);
 
-        /* make a complete pathname for backup file */
-        if (strlen(backup_dir) + strlen(fname) > (MAXPATHLEN - 1)) {
-                rprintf (FERROR, "keep_backup filename too long\n");
-                return 0;
-        }
-
-        slprintf(keep_name, sizeof (keep_name), "%s/%s", backup_dir, fname);
+	/* the file could have disappeared */
+	if (!file) return 1;
 
+	/* make a complete pathname for backup file */
+	if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, backup_dir_remainder,
+	    fname, backup_suffix, NULL) >= backup_dir_remainder) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "keep_backup filename too long\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 #ifdef HAVE_MKNOD
 	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
-        if(IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
-                if(am_root && preserve_devices) {
-                        make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                        if(do_mknod(keep_name,file->mode,file->rdev)!=0) {
-                                rprintf(FERROR,"mknod %s : %s\n",keep_name,strerror(errno));
-                        } else {
-                                if(verbose>2)
-                                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : DEVICE %s successful.\n",fname);
-                        };
-                };
-		kept=1;
-                do_unlink(fname);
-        };
+	if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
+		if (am_root && preserve_devices) {
+			make_bak_dir(backup_dir_buf);
+			if (do_mknod(backup_dir_buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) != 0) {
+				rprintf(FERROR, "mknod %s failed: %s\n",
+					full_fname(backup_dir_buf), strerror(errno));
+			} else if (verbose > 2) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
+					fname);
+			}
+		}
+		kept = 1;
+		do_unlink(fname);
+	}
 #endif
 
-	if(!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
+	if (!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
 		/* make an empty directory */
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                do_mkdir(keep_name,file->mode);
-                ret_code=do_rmdir(fname);
-                if(verbose>2)
-                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : RMDIR %s returns %i\n",fname,ret_code);
-		kept=1;
-        };
+		make_bak_dir(backup_dir_buf);
+		do_mkdir(backup_dir_buf, file->mode);
+		ret_code = do_rmdir(fname);
+
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RMDIR %s returns %i\n",
+				full_fname(fname), ret_code);
+		}
+		kept = 1;
+	}
 
 #if SUPPORT_LINKS
-        if(!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-                extern int safe_symlinks;
-                if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->link, keep_name)) {
-                        if (verbose) {
-                                rprintf(FINFO,"ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-                                        keep_name,file->link);
-                        }
-			kept=1;
-                }
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                if(do_symlink(file->link,keep_name) != 0) {
-                        rprintf(FERROR,"link %s -> %s : %s\n",keep_name,file->link,strerror(errno));
-                };
-                do_unlink(fname);
-		kept=1;
-        };
+	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		extern int safe_symlinks;
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->u.link, backup_dir_buf)) {
+			if (verbose) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
+					full_fname(backup_dir_buf), file->u.link);
+			}
+			kept = 1;
+		}
+		make_bak_dir(backup_dir_buf);
+		if (do_symlink(file->u.link, backup_dir_buf) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "link %s -> %s : %s\n",
+				full_fname(backup_dir_buf), file->u.link, strerror(errno));
+		}
+		do_unlink(fname);
+		kept = 1;
+	}
 #endif
-        if(!kept && preserve_hard_links && check_hard_link(file)) {
-                if(verbose > 1) rprintf(FINFO,"%s is a hard link\n",f_name(file));
-        };
 
-        if(!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-                rprintf(FINFO,"make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",fname);
-        }
+	if (!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
+			fname);
+	}
 
 	/* move to keep tree if a file */
-	if(!kept) {
-		if (!robust_move (fname, keep_name))
-			rprintf(FERROR, "keep_backup failed %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fname, keep_name, strerror(errno));
-	};
-	set_perms (keep_name, file, NULL, 0);
-	free_file (file);
-	free (file);
+	if (!kept) {
+		if (robust_move(fname, backup_dir_buf) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\": %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), backup_dir_buf, strerror(errno));
+		}
+	}
+	set_perms(backup_dir_buf, file, NULL, 0);
+	free(file);
 
 	if (verbose > 1)
-		rprintf (FINFO, "keep_backup %s -> %s\n", fname, keep_name);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "keep_backup %s -> %s\n", fname, backup_dir_buf);
 	return 1;
-} /* keep_backup */
+}
 
 
 /* main backup switch routine */
 int make_backup(char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir)
-		return (keep_backup(fname));
-	else
-		return (make_simple_backup(fname));
+		return keep_backup(fname);
+	return make_simple_backup(fname);
 }
-

batch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   Weiss 1/1999
+   Batch utilities for rsync.
+
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+#include <time.h>
+
+extern char *batch_prefix;
+extern int csum_length;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern struct stats stats;
+
+struct file_list *batch_flist;
+
+static char rsync_flist_file[] = ".rsync_flist";
+static char rsync_csums_file[] = ".rsync_csums";
+static char rsync_delta_file[] = ".rsync_delta";
+static char rsync_argvs_file[] = ".rsync_argvs";
+
+static int f_csums = -1;
+static int f_delta = -1;
+
+void write_batch_flist_info(int flist_count, struct file_struct **files)
+{
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+	int i, f, save_pv;
+	int64 save_written;
+
+	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+	    batch_prefix, rsync_flist_file, NULL);
+
+	f = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	if (f < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+
+	save_written = stats.total_written;
+	save_pv = protocol_version;
+	protocol_version = PROTOCOL_VERSION;
+	write_int(f, protocol_version);
+	write_int(f, flist_count);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < flist_count; i++) {
+		send_file_entry(files[i], f,
+		    files[i]->flags & FLAG_TOP_DIR ?  XMIT_TOP_DIR : 0);
+	}
+	send_file_entry(NULL, f, 0);
+
+	protocol_version = save_pv;
+	stats.total_written = save_written;
+
+	close(f);
+}
+
+
+void write_batch_argvs_file(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int f;
+	int i;
+	char buff[256]; /* XXX */
+	char buff2[MAXPATHLEN + 6];
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+	    batch_prefix, rsync_argvs_file, NULL);
+
+	f = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
+	    S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IEXEC);
+	if (f < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+	buff[0] = '\0';
+
+	/* Write argvs info to batch file */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
+		if (i == argc - 2) /* Skip source directory on cmdline */
+			continue;
+		/*
+		 * FIXME:
+		 * I think directly manipulating argv[] is probably bogus
+		 */
+		if (!strncmp(argv[i], "--write-batch",
+		    strlen("--write-batch"))) {
+			/* Safer to change it here than script */
+			/*
+			 * Change to --read-batch=prefix
+			 * to get ready for remote
+			 */
+			strlcat(buff, "--read-batch=", sizeof buff);
+			strlcat(buff, batch_prefix, sizeof buff);
+		} else
+		if (i == argc - 1) {
+			snprintf(buff2, sizeof buff2, "${1:-%s}", argv[i]);
+			strlcat(buff, buff2, sizeof buff);
+		}
+		else {
+			strlcat(buff, argv[i], sizeof buff);
+		}
+
+		if (i < (argc - 1)) {
+			strlcat(buff, " ", sizeof buff);
+		}
+	}
+	strlcat(buff, "\n", sizeof buff);
+	if (!write(f, buff, strlen(buff))) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		close(f);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+	close(f);
+}
+
+struct file_list *create_flist_from_batch(void)
+{
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+	unsigned short flags;
+	int i, f, save_pv;
+	int64 save_read;
+
+	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+	    batch_prefix, rsync_flist_file, NULL);
+
+	f = do_open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0);
+	if (f < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+
+	batch_flist = flist_new(WITH_HLINK, "create_flist_from_batch");
+
+	save_read = stats.total_read;
+	save_pv = protocol_version;
+	protocol_version = read_int(f);
+
+	batch_flist->count = read_int(f);
+	flist_expand(batch_flist);
+
+	for (i = 0; (flags = read_byte(f)) != 0; i++) {
+		if (protocol_version >= 28 && (flags & XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS))
+			flags |= read_byte(f) << 8;
+		receive_file_entry(&batch_flist->files[i], flags, batch_flist, f);
+	}
+	receive_file_entry(NULL, 0, NULL, 0); /* Signal that we're done. */
+
+	protocol_version = save_pv;
+	stats.total_read = save_read;
+
+	return batch_flist;
+}
+
+void write_batch_csums_file(void *buff, int bytes_to_write)
+{
+	if (write(f_csums, buff, bytes_to_write) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file write error: %s\n",
+		    strerror(errno));
+		close(f_csums);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+}
+
+void close_batch_csums_file(void)
+{
+	close(f_csums);
+	f_csums = -1;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Write csum info to batch file
+ *
+ * @todo This will break if s->count is ever larger than maxint.  The
+ * batch code should probably be changed to consistently use the
+ * variable-length integer routines, which is probably a compatible
+ * change.
+ **/
+void write_batch_csum_info(int *flist_entry, struct sum_struct *s)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	int int_count;
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (f_csums < 0) {
+		stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		    batch_prefix, rsync_csums_file, NULL);
+
+		f_csums = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
+		    S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+		if (f_csums < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+			    filename, strerror(errno));
+			close(f_csums);
+			exit_cleanup(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	write_batch_csums_file(flist_entry, sizeof (int));
+	int_count = s ? (int) s->count : 0;
+	write_batch_csums_file(&int_count, sizeof int_count);
+
+	if (s) {
+		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+			write_batch_csums_file(&s->sums[i].sum1,
+			    sizeof (uint32));
+			write_batch_csums_file(s->sums[i].sum2, csum_length);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+int read_batch_csums_file(char *buff, int len)
+{
+	int bytes_read;
+
+	if ((bytes_read = read(f_csums, buff, len)) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file read error: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		close(f_csums);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+	return bytes_read;
+}
+
+void read_batch_csum_info(int flist_entry, struct sum_struct *s,
+			  int *checksums_match)
+{
+	int i;
+	int file_flist_entry;
+	int file_chunk_ct;
+	uint32 file_sum1;
+	char file_sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (f_csums < 0) {
+		stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		    batch_prefix, rsync_csums_file, NULL);
+
+		f_csums = do_open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0);
+		if (f_csums < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+			    filename, strerror(errno));
+			close(f_csums);
+			exit_cleanup(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_flist_entry, sizeof (int));
+	if (file_flist_entry != flist_entry) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "file_flist_entry (%d) != flist_entry (%d)\n",
+		    file_flist_entry, flist_entry);
+		close(f_csums);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+
+	} else {
+		read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_chunk_ct, sizeof (int));
+		*checksums_match = 1;
+		for (i = 0; i < file_chunk_ct; i++) {
+			read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_sum1,
+			    sizeof (uint32));
+			read_batch_csums_file(file_sum2, csum_length);
+
+			if ((s->sums[i].sum1 != file_sum1)
+			    || memcmp(s->sums[i].sum2, file_sum2, csum_length))
+				*checksums_match = 0;
+		}		/*  end for  */
+	}
+}
+
+void write_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
+{
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (f_delta < 0) {
+		stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		    batch_prefix, rsync_delta_file, NULL);
+
+		f_delta = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
+				  S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+		if (f_delta < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+				filename, strerror(errno));
+			exit_cleanup(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (write(f_delta, buff, bytes_to_write) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		close(f_delta);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+}
+
+void close_batch_delta_file(void)
+{
+	close(f_delta);
+	f_delta = -1;
+}
+
+int read_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int len)
+{
+	int bytes_read;
+	char filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (f_delta < 0) {
+		stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		    batch_prefix, rsync_delta_file, NULL);
+
+		f_delta = do_open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0);
+		if (f_delta < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
+			    filename, strerror(errno));
+			close(f_delta);
+			exit_cleanup(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	bytes_read = read(f_delta, buff, len);
+	if (bytes_read < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
+		    filename, strerror(errno));
+		close(f_delta);
+		exit_cleanup(1);
+	}
+
+	return bytes_read;
+}
+
+void show_flist(int index, struct file_struct **fptr)
+{
+	/*  for debugging    show_flist(flist->count, flist->files * */
+
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->flags=%#x\n", fptr[i]->flags);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->modtime=%#lx\n",
+			(long unsigned) fptr[i]->modtime);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->length=%.0f\n",
+			(double) fptr[i]->length);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->mode=%#o\n", (int) fptr[i]->mode);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basename=%s\n", fptr[i]->basename);
+		if (fptr[i]->dirname)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dirname=%s\n",
+				fptr[i]->dirname);
+		if (fptr[i]->basedir)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basedir=%s\n",
+				fptr[i]->basedir);
+	}
+}
+
+void show_argvs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	/*  for debugging  * */
+
+	int i;
+	rprintf(FINFO, "BATCH.C:show_argvs,argc=%d\n", argc);
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+		/*    if (argv[i])   */
+		rprintf(FINFO, "i=%d,argv[i]=%s\n", i, argv[i]);
+
+	}
+}

checksum.c

@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ int csum_length=2; /* initial value */
 
 #define CSUM_CHUNK 64
 
-int checksum_seed = 0;
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int protocol_version;
 
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void get_checksum2(char *buf,int len,char *sum)
 
 	if (len > len1) {
 		if (buf1) free(buf1);
-		buf1 = (char *)malloc(len+4);
+		buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
 		len1 = len;
 		if (!buf1) out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
 	}
@@ -74,7 +74,13 @@ void get_checksum2(char *buf,int len,char *sum)
 	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
 	}
-	if (len - i > 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes.
+	 */
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27) {
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), (len-i));
 	}
 	
@@ -105,8 +111,16 @@ void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, CSUM_CHUNK);
 	}
 
+	/*
+	 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes.
+	 */
 	if (len - i > 0) {
 		memcpy(tmpchunk, map_ptr(buf,i,len-i), len-i);
+	}
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27) {
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, (len-i));
 	}
 
@@ -117,16 +131,6 @@ void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
 }
 
 
-void checksum_init(void)
-{
-  if (remote_version >= 14)
-    csum_length = 2; /* adaptive */
-  else
-    csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-}
-
-
-
 static int sumresidue;
 static char sumrbuf[CSUM_CHUNK];
 static struct mdfour md;
@@ -140,7 +144,15 @@ void sum_init(void)
 	sum_update(s,4);
 }
 
-void sum_update(char *p,int len)
+/**
+ * Feed data into an MD4 accumulator, md.  The results may be
+ * retrieved using sum_end().  md is used for different purposes at
+ * different points during execution.
+ *
+ * @todo Perhaps get rid of md and just pass in the address each time.
+ * Very slightly clearer and slower.
+ **/
+void sum_update(char *p, int len)
 {
 	int i;
 	if (len + sumresidue < CSUM_CHUNK) {
@@ -172,7 +184,7 @@ void sum_update(char *p,int len)
 
 void sum_end(char *sum)
 {
-	if (sumresidue) {
+	if (sumresidue || protocol_version >= 27) {
 		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, sumresidue);
 	}
 

cleanup.c

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+   
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,9 +21,50 @@
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/* handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
-   --partial is selected. We need to ensure that the partial file is
-   kept if any real data has been transferred */
+/**
+ * Close all open sockets and files, allowing a (somewhat) graceful
+ * shutdown() of socket connections.  This eliminates the abortive
+ * TCP RST sent by a Winsock-based system when the close() occurs.
+ **/
+void close_all(void)
+{
+#ifdef SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS
+	int max_fd;
+	int fd;
+	int ret;
+	struct stat st;
+
+	max_fd = sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) - 1;
+	for (fd = max_fd; fd >= 0; fd--) {
+		ret = fstat(fd,&st);
+		if (fstat(fd,&st) == 0) {
+			if (is_a_socket(fd)) {
+				ret = shutdown(fd, 2);
+			}
+			ret = close(fd);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @file cleanup.c
+ *
+ * Code for handling interrupted transfers.  Depending on the @c
+ * --partial option, we may either delete the temporary file, or go
+ * ahead and overwrite the destination.  This second behaviour only
+ * occurs if we've sent literal data and therefore hopefully made
+ * progress on the transfer.
+ **/
+
+/**
+ * Set to True once literal data has been sent across the link for the
+ * current file. (????)
+ *
+ * Handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
+ * --partial is selected.  We need to ensure that the partial file is
+ * kept if any real data has been transferred.
+ **/
 int cleanup_got_literal=0;
 
 static char *cleanup_fname;
@@ -29,16 +72,43 @@ static char *cleanup_new_fname;
 static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
 static int cleanup_fd1, cleanup_fd2;
 static struct map_struct *cleanup_buf;
-static int cleanup_pid = 0;
+static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
 extern int io_error;
 
+pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
+
+/**
+ * Eventually calls exit(), passing @p code, therefore does not return.
+ *
+ * @param code one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
+ **/
 void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
+	int ocode = code;
 	extern int keep_partial;
+	extern int log_got_error;
+	static int inside_cleanup = 0;
 
-	if (code == 0 && io_error) code = RERR_FILEIO;
+	if (inside_cleanup > 10) {
+		/* prevent the occasional infinite recursion */
+		return;
+	}
+	inside_cleanup++;
 
 	signal(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
+	signal(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+
+	if (verbose > 3)
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n", 
+			code, file, line);
+
+	if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
+		int status;
+		if (waitpid(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG) == cleanup_child_pid) {
+			status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+			if (status > code) code = status;
+		}
+	}
 
 	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && keep_partial) {
 		char *fname = cleanup_fname;
@@ -48,21 +118,33 @@ void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 		if (cleanup_fd2 != -1) close(cleanup_fd2);
 		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, cleanup_file);
 	}
-	io_flush();
+	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
 	if (cleanup_fname)
 		do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
 	if (code) {
 		kill_all(SIGUSR1);
 	}
-	if ((cleanup_pid != 0) && (cleanup_pid == (int) getpid())) {
+	if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
 		char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
 		if (pidf && *pidf) {
 			unlink(lp_pid_file());
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (code == 0) {
+		if ((io_error & ~IOERR_VANISHED) || log_got_error)
+			code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+		else if (io_error)
+			code = RERR_VANISHED;
+	}
+
 	if (code) log_exit(code, file, line);
 
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): about to call exit(%d)\n", 
+			ocode, file, line, code);
+
+	close_all();
 	exit(code);
 }
 
@@ -84,7 +166,7 @@ void cleanup_set(char *fnametmp, char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 	cleanup_fd2 = fd2;
 }
 
-void cleanup_set_pid(int pid)
+void cleanup_set_pid(pid_t pid)
 {
 	cleanup_pid = pid;
 }

clientname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   rsync -- fast file replication program
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @file clientname.c
+ *
+ * Functions for looking up the remote name or addr of a socket.
+ *
+ * This file is now converted to use the new-style getaddrinfo()
+ * interface, which supports IPv6 but is also supported on recent
+ * IPv4-only machines.  On systems that don't have that interface, we
+ * emulate it using the KAME implementation.
+ **/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+static const char default_name[] = "UNKNOWN";
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_server;
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the IP addr of the client as a string
+ **/
+char *client_addr(int fd)
+{
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
+	char *ssh_client, *p;
+	int len;
+	static char addr_buf[100];
+	static int initialised;
+
+	if (initialised)
+		return addr_buf;
+
+	initialised = 1;
+
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		strcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0");
+		if ((ssh_client = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
+			/* truncate SSH_CLIENT to just IP address */
+			if ((p = strchr(ssh_client, ' ')) != NULL) {
+				len = MIN((unsigned int) (p - ssh_client),
+				    sizeof addr_buf - 1);
+				strncpy(addr_buf, ssh_client, len);
+				*(addr_buf + len) = '\0';
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &length);
+		getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *)&ss, length,
+			    addr_buf, sizeof addr_buf, NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+	}
+
+	return addr_buf;
+}
+
+
+static int get_sockaddr_family(const struct sockaddr_storage *ss)
+{
+	return ((struct sockaddr *) ss)->sa_family;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the DNS name of the client.
+ *
+ * The name is statically cached so that repeated lookups are quick,
+ * so there is a limit of one lookup per customer.
+ *
+ * If anything goes wrong, including the name->addr->name check, then
+ * we just use "UNKNOWN", so you can use that value in hosts allow
+ * lines.
+ *
+ * After translation from sockaddr to name we do a forward lookup to
+ * make sure nobody is spoofing PTR records.
+ **/
+char *client_name(int fd)
+{
+	static char name_buf[100];
+	static char port_buf[100];
+	static int initialised;
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t ss_len;
+
+	if (initialised)
+		return name_buf;
+
+	strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	initialised = 1;
+
+	memset(&ss, 0, sizeof ss);
+
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		char *addr = client_addr(fd);
+		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
+		int err;
+
+		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
+
+		hint.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+		hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+
+		if ((err = getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hint, &answer)) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME ": malformed address %s: %s\n",
+			        addr, gai_strerror(err));
+			return name_buf;
+		}
+
+		switch (answer->ai_family) {
+		case AF_INET:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#ifdef INET6
+		case AF_INET6:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#endif
+		}
+		freeaddrinfo(answer);
+	} else {
+		ss_len = sizeof ss;
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &ss_len);
+	}
+
+	if (!lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf,
+			port_buf, sizeof port_buf))
+		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf);
+
+	return name_buf;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the sockaddr for the client.
+ *
+ * If it comes in as an ipv4 address mapped into IPv6 format then we
+ * convert it back to a regular IPv4.
+ **/
+void client_sockaddr(int fd,
+		     struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+		     socklen_t *ss_len)
+{
+	memset(ss, 0, sizeof *ss);
+
+	if (getpeername(fd, (struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len)) {
+		/* FIXME: Can we really not continue? */
+		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME ": getpeername on fd%d failed: %s\n",
+			fd, strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
+	}
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	if (get_sockaddr_family(ss) == AF_INET6 &&
+	    IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)ss)->sin6_addr)) {
+		/* OK, so ss is in the IPv6 family, but it is really
+		 * an IPv4 address: something like
+		 * "::ffff:10.130.1.2".  If we use it as-is, then the
+		 * reverse lookup might fail or perhaps something else
+		 * bad might happen.  So instead we convert it to an
+		 * equivalent address in the IPv4 address family.  */
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+		struct sockaddr_in *sin;
+
+		memcpy(&sin6, ss, sizeof sin6);
+		sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)ss;
+		memset(sin, 0, sizeof *sin);
+		sin->sin_family = AF_INET;
+		*ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+#if HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN
+		sin->sin_len = *ss_len;
+#endif
+		sin->sin_port = sin6.sin6_port;
+
+		/* There is a macro to extract the mapped part
+		 * (IN6_V4MAPPED_TO_SINADDR ?), but it does not seem
+		 * to be present in the Linux headers. */
+		memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, &sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[12],
+		    sizeof sin->sin_addr);
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Look up a name from @p ss into @p name_buf.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor for client socket.
+ **/
+int lookup_name(int fd, const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+		socklen_t ss_len,
+		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_len,
+		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_len)
+{
+	int name_err;
+
+	/* reverse lookup */
+	name_err = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len,
+			       name_buf, name_buf_len,
+			       port_buf, port_buf_len,
+			       NI_NAMEREQD | NI_NUMERICSERV);
+	if (name_err != 0) {
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME ": name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
+			client_addr(fd),
+			gai_strerror(name_err));
+		return name_err;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Compare an addrinfo from the resolver to a sockinfo.
+ *
+ * Like strcmp, returns 0 for identical.
+ **/
+int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
+			      const struct sockaddr_storage *ss)
+{
+	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
+	const char fn[] = "compare_addrinfo_sockaddr";
+
+	if (ai->ai_family != ss_family) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"%s: response family %d != %d\n",
+			fn, ai->ai_family, ss_family);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/* The comparison method depends on the particular AF. */
+	if (ss_family == AF_INET) {
+		const struct sockaddr_in *sin1, *sin2;
+
+		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ss;
+		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ai->ai_addr;
+
+		return memcmp(&sin1->sin_addr, &sin2->sin_addr,
+			      sizeof sin1->sin_addr);
+	}
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	if (ss_family == AF_INET6) {
+		const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1, *sin2;
+
+		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ss;
+		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ai->ai_addr;
+
+		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
+				fn, ai->ai_addrlen);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		if (memcmp(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr,
+			   sizeof sin1->sin6_addr))
+			return 1;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin1->sin6_scope_id != sin2->sin6_scope_id)
+			return 1;
+#endif
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif /* INET6 */
+
+	/* don't know */
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Do a forward lookup on @p name_buf and make sure it corresponds to
+ * @p ss -- otherwise we may be being spoofed.  If we suspect we are,
+ * then we don't abort the connection but just emit a warning, and
+ * change @p name_buf to be "UNKNOWN".
+ *
+ * We don't do anything with the service when checking the name,
+ * because it doesn't seem that it could be spoofed in any way, and
+ * getaddrinfo on random service names seems to cause problems on AIX.
+ **/
+int check_name(int fd,
+	       const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+	       char *name_buf)
+{
+	struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
+	int error;
+	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
+
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof hints);
+	hints.ai_family = ss_family;
+	hints.ai_flags = AI_CANONNAME;
+	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	error = getaddrinfo(name_buf, NULL, &hints, &res0);
+	if (error) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			RSYNC_NAME ": forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
+			name_buf, gai_strerror(error));
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		return error;
+	}
+
+
+	/* Given all these results, we expect that one of them will be
+	 * the same as ss.  The comparison is a bit complicated. */
+	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
+		if (!compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(res, ss))
+			break;	/* OK, identical */
+	}
+
+	if (!res0) {
+		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
+		 * address that was the same as ss. */
+		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME
+			": no known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n",
+			name_buf);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	} else if (res == NULL) {
+		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
+		 * address that was the same as ss. */
+		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME
+			": %s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n",
+			client_addr(fd),
+			name_buf);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	}
+
+	freeaddrinfo(res0);
+	return 0;
+}
+

clientserver.c

@@ -1,45 +1,82 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
 
-/* the socket based protocol for setting up a connection wit rsyncd */
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * The socket based protocol for setting up a connection with
+ * rsyncd.
+ **/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_root;
 extern int module_id;
 extern int read_only;
 extern int verbose;
 extern int rsync_port;
-char *auth_user;
-int sanitize_paths = 0;
+extern int kludge_around_eof;
+extern int daemon_over_rsh;
+extern int list_only;
+extern int sanitize_paths;
+extern int filesfrom_fd;
+extern int remote_protocol;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int io_timeout;
+extern int orig_umask;
+extern int no_detach;
+extern int default_af_hint;
+extern char *bind_address;
+extern struct exclude_list_struct server_exclude_list;
+extern char *exclude_path_prefix;
+extern char *config_file;
 
+char *auth_user;
+
+/**
+ * Run a client connected to an rsyncd.  The alternative to this
+ * function for remote-shell connections is do_cmd().
+ *
+ * After negotiating which module to use and reading the server's
+ * motd, this hands over to client_run().  Telling the server the
+ * module will cause it to chroot/setuid/etc.
+ *
+ * Instead of doing a transfer, the client may at this stage instead
+ * get a listing of remote modules and exit.
+ *
+ * @return -1 for error in startup, or the result of client_run().
+ * Either way, it eventually gets passed to exit_cleanup().
+ **/
 int start_socket_client(char *host, char *path, int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-	int fd, i;
-	char *sargs[MAX_ARGS];
-	int sargc=0;
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
+	int fd, ret;
 	char *p, *user=NULL;
-	extern int remote_version;
-	extern int am_sender;
-	extern struct in_addr socket_address;
 
+	/* this is redundant with code in start_inband_exchange(), but
+	 * this short-circuits a problem before we open a socket, and
+	 * the extra check won't hurt */
 	if (*path == '/') {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"ERROR: The remote path must start with a module name\n");
+		rprintf(FERROR,"ERROR: The remote path must start with a module name not a /\n");
 		return -1;
 	}
 
@@ -50,203 +87,306 @@ int start_socket_client(char *host, char *path, int argc, char *argv[])
 		*p = 0;
 	}
 
+	fd = open_socket_out_wrapped(host, rsync_port, bind_address,
+				     default_af_hint);
+	if (fd == -1)
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
+
+	ret = start_inband_exchange(user, path, fd, fd, argc);
+
+	return ret < 0? ret : client_run(fd, fd, -1, argc, argv);
+}
+
+int start_inband_exchange(char *user, char *path, int f_in, int f_out, int argc)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *sargs[MAX_ARGS];
+	int sargc = 0;
+	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *p;
+
+	if (argc == 0 && !am_sender)
+		list_only = 1;
+
+	if (*path == '/') {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: The remote path must start with a module name\n");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
 	if (!user) user = getenv("USER");
 	if (!user) user = getenv("LOGNAME");
 
-	fd = open_socket_out(host, rsync_port, &socket_address);
-	if (fd == -1) {
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
-	}
-	
-	server_options(sargs,&sargc);
+	/* set daemon_over_rsh to false since we need to build the
+	 * true set of args passed through the rsh/ssh connection;
+	 * this is a no-op for direct-socket-connection mode */
+	daemon_over_rsh = 0;
+	server_options(sargs, &sargc);
 
 	sargs[sargc++] = ".";
 
-	if (path && *path) 
+	if (path && *path)
 		sargs[sargc++] = path;
 
 	sargs[sargc] = NULL;
 
-	io_printf(fd,"@RSYNCD: %d\n", PROTOCOL_VERSION);
+	io_printf(f_out, "@RSYNCD: %d\n", protocol_version);
 
-	if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "rsync: did not see server greeting\n");
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (sscanf(line,"@RSYNCD: %d", &remote_version) != 1) {
+	if (sscanf(line,"@RSYNCD: %d", &remote_protocol) != 1) {
+		/* note that read_line strips of \n or \r */
+		rprintf(FERROR, "rsync: server sent \"%s\" rather than greeting\n",
+			line);
 		return -1;
 	}
+	if (protocol_version > remote_protocol)
+		protocol_version = remote_protocol;
 
 	p = strchr(path,'/');
 	if (p) *p = 0;
-	io_printf(fd,"%s\n",path);
+	io_printf(f_out, "%s\n", path);
 	if (p) *p = '/';
 
+	/* Old servers may just drop the connection here,
+	 rather than sending a proper EXIT command.  Yuck. */
+	kludge_around_eof = list_only && (protocol_version < 25);
+
 	while (1) {
-		if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+		if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "rsync: didn't get server startup line\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
 
 		if (strncmp(line,"@RSYNCD: AUTHREQD ",18) == 0) {
-			auth_client(fd, user, line+18);
+			auth_client(f_out, user, line+18);
 			continue;
 		}
 
 		if (strcmp(line,"@RSYNCD: OK") == 0) break;
-		rprintf(FINFO,"%s\n", line);
+
+		if (strcmp(line,"@RSYNCD: EXIT") == 0) {
+			/* This is sent by recent versions of the
+			 * server to terminate the listing of modules.
+			 * We don't want to go on and transfer
+			 * anything; just exit. */
+			exit(0);
+		}
+
+		if (strncmp(line, "@ERROR", 6) == 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,"%s\n", line);
+			/* This is always fatal; the server will now
+			 * close the socket. */
+			return RERR_STARTCLIENT;
+		} else {
+			rprintf(FINFO,"%s\n", line);
+		}
+	}
+	kludge_around_eof = False;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sargc; i++) {
+		io_printf(f_out, "%s\n", sargs[i]);
+	}
+	io_printf(f_out, "\n");
+
+	if (protocol_version < 23) {
+		if (protocol_version == 22 || !am_sender)
+			io_start_multiplex_in(f_in);
 	}
 
-	for (i=0;i<sargc;i++) {
-		io_printf(fd,"%s\n", sargs[i]);
-	}
-	io_printf(fd,"\n");
-
-	if (remote_version < 23) {
-		if (remote_version == 22 || (remote_version > 17 && !am_sender))
-			io_start_multiplex_in(fd);
-	}
-
-	return client_run(fd, fd, -1, argc, argv);
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
 
-static int rsync_module(int fd, int i)
+static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i)
 {
 	int argc=0;
 	char *argv[MAX_ARGS];
 	char **argp;
 	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	uid_t uid = (uid_t)-2;
+	uid_t uid = (uid_t)-2;  /* canonically "nobody" */
 	gid_t gid = (gid_t)-2;
 	char *p;
-	char *addr = client_addr(fd);
-	char *host = client_name(fd);
+	char *addr = client_addr(f_in);
+	char *host = client_name(f_in);
 	char *name = lp_name(i);
 	int use_chroot = lp_use_chroot(i);
 	int start_glob=0;
 	int ret;
 	char *request=NULL;
-	extern int am_sender;
-	extern int remote_version;
-	extern int am_root;
 
 	if (!allow_access(addr, host, lp_hosts_allow(i), lp_hosts_deny(i))) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"rsync denied on module %s from %s (%s)\n",
-			name, client_name(fd), client_addr(fd));
-		io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: access denied to %s from %s (%s)\n",
-			  name, client_name(fd), client_addr(fd));
+			name, host, addr);
+		io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: access denied to %s from %s (%s)\n",
+			  name, host, addr);
 		return -1;
 	}
 
+	if (am_daemon && am_server) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "rsync allowed access on module %s from %s (%s)\n",
+			name, host, addr);
+	}
+
 	if (!claim_connection(lp_lock_file(i), lp_max_connections(i))) {
 		if (errno) {
 			rprintf(FERROR,"failed to open lock file %s : %s\n",
 				lp_lock_file(i), strerror(errno));
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: failed to open lock file %s : %s\n",
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: failed to open lock file %s : %s\n",
 				  lp_lock_file(i), strerror(errno));
 		} else {
 			rprintf(FERROR,"max connections (%d) reached\n",
 				lp_max_connections(i));
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: max connections (%d) reached - try again later\n", lp_max_connections(i));
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: max connections (%d) reached - try again later\n",
+				lp_max_connections(i));
 		}
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	
-	auth_user = auth_server(fd, i, addr, "@RSYNCD: AUTHREQD ");
+
+	auth_user = auth_server(f_in, f_out, i, addr, "@RSYNCD: AUTHREQD ");
 
 	if (!auth_user) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"auth failed on module %s from %s (%s)\n",
-			name, client_name(fd), client_addr(fd));
-		io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: auth failed on module %s\n",name);
-		return -1;		
+			name, host, addr);
+		io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: auth failed on module %s\n", name);
+		return -1;
 	}
 
 	module_id = i;
 
-	am_root = (getuid() == 0);
+	am_root = (MY_UID() == 0);
 
 	if (am_root) {
 		p = lp_uid(i);
 		if (!name_to_uid(p, &uid)) {
-			if (!isdigit(*p)) {
+			if (!isdigit(* (unsigned char *) p)) {
 				rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid uid %s\n", p);
-				io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: invalid uid\n");
+				io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: invalid uid %s\n", p);
 				return -1;
-			} 
+			}
 			uid = atoi(p);
 		}
 
 		p = lp_gid(i);
 		if (!name_to_gid(p, &gid)) {
-			if (!isdigit(*p)) {
+			if (!isdigit(* (unsigned char *) p)) {
 				rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid gid %s\n", p);
-				io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: invalid gid\n");
+				io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: invalid gid %s\n", p);
 				return -1;
-			} 
+			}
 			gid = atoi(p);
 		}
 	}
 
+	/* TODO: If we're not root, but the configuration requests
+	 * that we change to some uid other than the current one, then
+	 * log a warning. */
+
+	/* TODO: Perhaps take a list of gids, and make them into the
+	 * supplementary groups. */
+
+	exclude_path_prefix = use_chroot? "" : lp_path(i);
+	if (*exclude_path_prefix == '/' && !exclude_path_prefix[1])
+		exclude_path_prefix = "";
+
 	p = lp_include_from(i);
-	add_exclude_file(p, 1, 1);
+	add_exclude_file(&server_exclude_list, p,
+			 XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS | XFLG_DEF_INCLUDE);
 
 	p = lp_include(i);
-	add_include_line(p);
+	add_exclude(&server_exclude_list, p,
+		    XFLG_WORD_SPLIT | XFLG_DEF_INCLUDE);
 
 	p = lp_exclude_from(i);
-	add_exclude_file(p, 1, 0);
+	add_exclude_file(&server_exclude_list, p,
+			 XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS);
 
 	p = lp_exclude(i);
-	add_exclude_line(p);
+	add_exclude(&server_exclude_list, p, XFLG_WORD_SPLIT);
 
-	log_open();
+	exclude_path_prefix = NULL;
+
+	log_init();
 
 	if (use_chroot) {
+		/*
+		 * XXX: The 'use chroot' flag is a fairly reliable
+		 * source of confusion, because it fails under two
+		 * important circumstances: running as non-root,
+		 * running on Win32 (or possibly others).  On the
+		 * other hand, if you are running as root, then it
+		 * might be better to always use chroot.
+		 *
+		 * So, perhaps if we can't chroot we should just issue
+		 * a warning, unless a "require chroot" flag is set,
+		 * in which case we fail.
+		 */
 		if (chroot(lp_path(i))) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"chroot %s failed\n", lp_path(i));
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: chroot failed\n");
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "chroot %s failed", lp_path(i));
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chroot failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
 
-		if (!push_dir("/", 0)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"chdir %s failed\n", lp_path(i));
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
+		if (!push_dir("/")) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "chdir %s failed\n", lp_path(i));
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
 
 	} else {
-		if (!push_dir(lp_path(i), 0)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"chdir %s failed\n", lp_path(i));
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
+		if (!push_dir(lp_path(i))) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "chdir %s failed\n", lp_path(i));
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
 		sanitize_paths = 1;
 	}
 
 	if (am_root) {
+		/* XXXX: You could argue that if the daemon is started
+		 * by a non-root user and they explicitly specify a
+		 * gid, then we should try to change to that gid --
+		 * this could be possible if it's already in their
+		 * supplementary groups. */
+
+		/* TODO: Perhaps we need to document that if rsyncd is
+		 * started by somebody other than root it will inherit
+		 * all their supplementary groups. */
+
 		if (setgid(gid)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"setgid %d failed\n", gid);
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: setgid failed\n");
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "setgid %d failed", (int) gid);
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: setgid failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
+#ifdef HAVE_SETGROUPS
+		/* Get rid of any supplementary groups this process
+		 * might have inheristed. */
+		if (setgroups(1, &gid)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "setgroups failed");
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: setgroups failed\n");
+			return -1;
+		}
+#endif
 
 		if (setuid(uid)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"setuid %d failed\n", uid);
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: setuid failed\n");
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "setuid %d failed", (int) uid);
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: setuid failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
 
-		am_root = (getuid() == 0);
+		am_root = (MY_UID() == 0);
 	}
 
-	io_printf(fd,"@RSYNCD: OK\n");
+	io_printf(f_out, "@RSYNCD: OK\n");
 
 	argv[argc++] = "rsyncd";
 
 	while (1) {
-		if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+		if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
 			return -1;
 		}
 
@@ -278,20 +418,11 @@ static int rsync_module(int fd, int i)
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (sanitize_paths) {
-		/*
-		 * Note that this is applied to all parameters, whether or not
-		 *    they are filenames, but no other legal parameters contain
-		 *    the forms that need to be sanitized so it doesn't hurt;
-		 *    it is not known at this point which parameters are files
-		 *    and which aren't.
-		 */
-		for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-			sanitize_path(argv[i], NULL);
-		}
-	}
+	argp = argv;
+	ret = parse_arguments(&argc, (const char ***) &argp, 0);
 
-	ret = parse_arguments(argc, argv, 0);
+	if (filesfrom_fd == 0)
+		filesfrom_fd = f_in;
 
 	if (request) {
 		if (*auth_user) {
@@ -306,30 +437,35 @@ static int rsync_module(int fd, int i)
 		free(request);
 	}
 
-#if !TRIDGE
+#ifndef DEBUG
 	/* don't allow the logs to be flooded too fast */
-	if (verbose > 1) verbose = 1;
+	if (verbose > lp_max_verbosity())
+		verbose = lp_max_verbosity();
 #endif
 
-	argc -= optind;
-	argp = argv + optind;
-	optind = 0;
-
-	if (remote_version < 23) {
-		if (remote_version == 22 || (remote_version > 17 && am_sender))
-			io_start_multiplex_out(fd);
+	if (protocol_version < 23) {
+		if (protocol_version == 22 || am_sender)
+			io_start_multiplex_out(f_out);
 	}
 
+	/* For later protocol versions, we don't start multiplexing
+	 * until we've configured nonblocking in start_server.  That
+	 * means we're in a sticky situation now: there's no way to
+	 * convey errors to the client. */
+
+	/* FIXME: Hold off on reporting option processing errors until
+	 * we've set up nonblocking and multiplexed IO and can get the
+	 * message back to them. */
 	if (!ret) {
 		option_error();
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
 	}
 
 	if (lp_timeout(i)) {
-		extern int io_timeout;
 		io_timeout = lp_timeout(i);
 	}
 
-	start_server(fd, fd, argc, argp);
+	start_server(f_in, f_out, argc, argp);
 
 	return 0;
 }
@@ -340,32 +476,37 @@ static void send_listing(int fd)
 {
 	int n = lp_numservices();
 	int i;
-	
+
 	for (i=0;i<n;i++)
 		if (lp_list(i))
-		    io_printf(fd, "%-15s\t%s\n", lp_name(i), lp_comment(i));
+			io_printf(fd, "%-15s\t%s\n", lp_name(i), lp_comment(i));
+
+	if (protocol_version >= 25)
+		io_printf(fd,"@RSYNCD: EXIT\n");
 }
 
-/* this is called when a socket connection is established to a client
+/* this is called when a connection is established to a client
    and we want to start talking. The setup of the system is done from
    here */
-static int start_daemon(int fd)
+int start_daemon(int f_in, int f_out)
 {
 	char line[200];
 	char *motd;
 	int i = -1;
-	extern char *config_file;
-	extern int remote_version;
 
 	if (!lp_load(config_file, 0)) {
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 	}
 
-	set_socket_options(fd,"SO_KEEPALIVE");
-	set_socket_options(fd,lp_socket_options());
-	
+	log_init();
 
-	io_printf(fd,"@RSYNCD: %d\n", PROTOCOL_VERSION);
+	if (!am_server) {
+		set_socket_options(f_in, "SO_KEEPALIVE");
+		set_socket_options(f_in, lp_socket_options());
+		set_nonblocking(f_in);
+	}
+
+	io_printf(f_out, "@RSYNCD: %d\n", protocol_version);
 
 	motd = lp_motd_file();
 	if (motd && *motd) {
@@ -374,92 +515,97 @@ static int start_daemon(int fd)
 			int len = fread(line, 1, sizeof(line)-1, f);
 			if (len > 0) {
 				line[len] = 0;
-				io_printf(fd,"%s", line);
+				io_printf(f_out, "%s", line);
 			}
 		}
 		if (f) fclose(f);
-		io_printf(fd,"\n");
+		io_printf(f_out, "\n");
 	}
 
-	if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (sscanf(line,"@RSYNCD: %d", &remote_version) != 1) {
-		io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: protocol startup error\n");
+	if (sscanf(line,"@RSYNCD: %d", &remote_protocol) != 1) {
+		io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: protocol startup error\n");
 		return -1;
-	}	
+	}
+	if (protocol_version > remote_protocol)
+		protocol_version = remote_protocol;
 
 	while (i == -1) {
 		line[0] = 0;
-		if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+		if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
 			return -1;
 		}
 
 		if (!*line || strcmp(line,"#list")==0) {
-			send_listing(fd);
+			send_listing(f_out);
 			return -1;
-		} 
+		}
 
 		if (*line == '#') {
 			/* it's some sort of command that I don't understand */
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: Unknown command '%s'\n", line);
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: Unknown command '%s'\n", line);
 			return -1;
 		}
 
 		i = lp_number(line);
 		if (i == -1) {
-			io_printf(fd,"@ERROR: Unknown module '%s'\n", line);
+			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: Unknown module '%s'\n", line);
 			return -1;
 		}
 	}
 
-	return rsync_module(fd, i);
+	return rsync_module(f_in, f_out, i);
 }
 
 
 int daemon_main(void)
 {
-	extern char *config_file;
-	extern int orig_umask;
 	char *pid_file;
 
 	if (is_a_socket(STDIN_FILENO)) {
 		int i;
 
 		/* we are running via inetd - close off stdout and
-		   stderr so that library functions (and getopt) don't
-		   try to use them. Redirect them to /dev/null */
+		 * stderr so that library functions (and getopt) don't
+		 * try to use them. Redirect them to /dev/null */
 		for (i=1;i<3;i++) {
-			close(i); 
+			close(i);
 			open("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
 		}
 
-		return start_daemon(STDIN_FILENO);
+		return start_daemon(STDIN_FILENO, STDIN_FILENO);
 	}
 
-	become_daemon();
+	if (!no_detach)
+		become_daemon();
 
 	if (!lp_load(config_file, 1)) {
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 	}
 
-	log_open();
+	log_init();
 
-	rprintf(FINFO,"rsyncd version %s starting\n",VERSION);
+	rprintf(FINFO, "rsyncd version %s starting, listening on port %d\n",
+		RSYNC_VERSION, rsync_port);
+	/* TODO: If listening on a particular address, then show that
+	 * address too.  In fact, why not just do inet_ntop on the
+	 * local address??? */
 
 	if (((pid_file = lp_pid_file()) != NULL) && (*pid_file != '\0')) {
 		char pidbuf[16];
 		int fd;
-		int pid = (int) getpid();
+		pid_t pid = getpid();
 		cleanup_set_pid(pid);
 		if ((fd = do_open(lp_pid_file(), O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC,
 					0666 & ~orig_umask)) == -1) {
-		    cleanup_set_pid(0);
-		    rprintf(FLOG,"failed to create pid file %s\n", pid_file);
-		    exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+			cleanup_set_pid(0);
+			rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "failed to create pid file %s", pid_file);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
-		slprintf(pidbuf, sizeof(pidbuf), "%d\n", pid);
+		snprintf(pidbuf, sizeof pidbuf, "%ld\n", (long)pid);
 		write(fd, pidbuf, strlen(pidbuf));
 		close(fd);
 	}
@@ -467,4 +613,3 @@ int daemon_main(void)
 	start_accept_loop(rsync_port, start_daemon);
 	return -1;
 }
-

compat.c

@@ -17,10 +17,16 @@
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
-/* compatability routines for older rsync protocol versions */
+/**
+ * @file compat.c
+ *
+ * Compatibility routines for older rsync protocol versions.
+ **/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+int remote_protocol = 0;
+
 extern int am_server;
 
 extern int preserve_links;
@@ -32,42 +38,56 @@ extern int preserve_times;
 extern int always_checksum;
 extern int checksum_seed;
 
-
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int protocol_version;
 extern int verbose;
 
+extern int read_batch;
+extern int write_batch;
+
 void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 {
-	if (remote_version == 0) {
+	if (remote_protocol == 0) {
 		if (am_server) {
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
+			remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
+			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
 		} else {
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
+			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
+			remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
 		}
+		if (protocol_version > remote_protocol)
+			protocol_version = remote_protocol;
 	}
 
-	if (remote_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION ||
-	    remote_version > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "(%s) Protocol versions: remote=%d, negotiated=%d\n",
+			am_server? "Server" : "Client", remote_protocol, protocol_version);
+	}
+	if (remote_protocol < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION
+	 || remote_protocol > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"protocol version mismatch - is your shell clean?\n");
 		rprintf(FERROR,"(see the rsync man page for an explanation)\n");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-	}	
-	
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "local_version=%d remote_version=%d\n",
-			PROTOCOL_VERSION, remote_version);
-	
-	if (remote_version >= 12) {
-		if (am_server) {
-			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
-			write_int(f_out,checksum_seed);
-		} else {
-			checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
-		}
 	}
-	
-	checksum_init();
-}
+	if (remote_protocol < OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"%s is very old version of rsync, upgrade recommended.\n",
+			am_server? "Client" : "Server");
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be at least %d on the %s.\n",
+			MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version > PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be no more than %d on the %s.\n",
+			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
 
+	if (am_server) {
+		if (!checksum_seed)
+			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
+		write_int(f_out, checksum_seed);
+	} else {
+		checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
+	}
+}

configure.in

@@ -1,29 +1,290 @@
 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(byteorder.h)
+
+AC_INIT()
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
 
-# compile with optimisation and without debugging by default
-CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
+RSYNC_VERSION=2.6.1pre-2
+AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
 
-AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
-AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_VERSION, ["$RSYNC_VERSION"], [rsync release version])
+
+LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS-""}
+
+AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
 
 dnl Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_EGREP
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_SUBST(SHELL)
 
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
+          [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = xno
+then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
+fi
+
+# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
+
+# Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
+# chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
+		[including debugging symbols and features (default yes)]),
+		[], [])
+
+if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"
+then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    # leave CFLAGS alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
+    dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
+    dnl CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-g"}
+fi
+
+
+
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],	
+		[turn on CPU profiling (default no)],
+		[], []))
+if test x"$enable_profile" = xyes
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg"
+fi
+
+
+# Specifically, this turns on panic_action handling.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-maintainer-mode],	
+		[turn on extra debug features],
+		[], []))
+if test x"$enable_maintainer_mode" = xyes
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DMAINTAINER_MODE"
+fi
+
+
+# This is needed for our included version of popt.  Kind of silly, but
+# I don't want our version too far out of sync.
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H"
+
+# If GCC, turn on warnings.
+if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"
+then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -W"
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
+        [  --with-included-popt    use bundled popt library, not from system])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
+	[  --with-rsync-path=PATH  set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)],
+	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
+	[ RSYNC_PATH="rsync" ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_PATH, "$RSYNC_PATH", [location of rsync on remote machine])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsyncd-conf,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsyncd-conf=PATH], [set configuration file for rsync server to PATH (default: /etc/rsyncd.conf)]),
+	[ if test ! -z "$with_rsyncd_conf" ; then
+		case $with_rsyncd_conf in
+			yes|no)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+				;;
+			/*)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="$with_rsyncd_conf"
+				;;
+			*)
+                                AC_MSG_ERROR(You must specify an absolute path to --with-rsyncd-conf=PATH)
+				;;
+		esac
+	else
+		RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+	fi ],
+	[ RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf" ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNCD_SYSCONF, "$RSYNCD_SYSCONF", [location of configuration file for rsync server])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsh,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsh=CMD], [set remote shell command to CMD (default: ssh)]))
+
 AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_REMSH, remsh, 1, 0)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_REMSH, $HAVE_REMSH)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_REMSH, $HAVE_REMSH, [remote shell is remsh not rsh])
+
+if test x"$with_rsh" != x
+then
+	RSYNC_RSH="$with_rsh"
+else
+	RSYNC_RSH="ssh"
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_RSH, "$RSYNC_RSH", [default -e command])
+
+# arrgh. libc in the current debian stable screws up the largefile
+# stuff, getting byte range locking wrong
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken largefile support],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	struct flock lock;
+        int status;
+	int fd = open("conftest.dat", O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0600);
+	lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start = 0;
+	lock.l_len = 1;
+	lock.l_pid = 0;
+	
+	fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock);
+	if (fork() == 0) {
+		lock.l_start = 1;		
+		exit(fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock) == 0);
+        }
+        wait(&status);
+	unlink("conftest.dat");
+	exit(WEXITSTATUS(status));
+}
+],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE" != x"yes"; then
+   AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+fi
+
+ipv6type=unknown
+ipv6lib=none
+ipv6trylibc=yes
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6], [don't even try to use IPv6]))
+
+if test "x$enable_ipv6" != xno
+then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
+	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
+		case $i in
+		inria)
+			# http://www.kame.net/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef IPV6_INRIA_VERSION
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
+				])
+			;;
+		kame)
+			# http://www.kame.net/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef __KAME__
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		linux-glibc)
+			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <features.h>
+#if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		linux-inet6)
+			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
+			if test -d /usr/inet6 -o -f /usr/inet6/lib/libinet6.a; then
+				ipv6type=$i
+				ipv6lib=inet6
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/inet6/lib
+				ipv6trylibc=yes;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
+				CFLAGS="-I/usr/inet6/include $CFLAGS"
+			fi
+			;;
+		toshiba)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef _TOSHIBA_INET6
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=inet6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		v6d)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include </usr/local/v6/include/sys/v6config.h>
+#ifdef __V6D__
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=v6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		zeta)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef _ZETA_MINAMI_INET6
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				ipv6lib=inet6;
+				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
+		esac
+		if test "$ipv6type" != "unknown"; then
+			break
+		fi
+	done
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($ipv6type)
+
+	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, inet6)
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to call shutdown on all sockets])
+case $host_os in
+	*cygwin* ) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+                   AC_DEFINE(SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS, 1,
+			    [Define if sockets need to be shutdown])
+		   ;;
+	       * ) AC_MSG_RESULT(no);;
+esac
 
 AC_C_BIGENDIAN
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_HEADER_TIME
 AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h unistd.h utime.h grp.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h sys/ioctl.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(glob.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h \
+    unistd.h utime.h grp.h compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h \
+    sys/ioctl.h sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h \
+    sys/un.h glob.h mcheck.h sys/sysctl.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h \
+    netdb.h malloc.h float.h)
+AC_HEADER_MAJOR
 
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
@@ -38,131 +299,22 @@ AC_TYPE_OFF_T
 AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
 AC_TYPE_PID_T
 AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
-AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
-AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t,unsigned)
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPE([ino_t], [unsigned])
+TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for errno in errno.h],rsync_cv_errno, [
     AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <errno.h>],[int i = errno],
 	rsync_cv_errno=yes,rsync_cv_have_errno_decl=no)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_errno" = x"yes"; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL)
-fi
-
-AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
-AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf setsid glob strpbrk)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcat strlcpy inet_aton socketpair)
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working fnmatch],rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
-main() { exit((fnmatch("*.o", "x.o", FNM_PATHNAME) == 0 &&
-               fnmatch("a/b/*", "a/b/c/d", FNM_PATHNAME) != 0) ? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH)
-fi
-
-# sometimes getopt_long cannot parse same arguments twice
-# e.g. on certain versions of CygWin32
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working getopt_long],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETOPT_LONG,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <getopt.h>
-main() {
-    int i, x = 0; char *argv[] = { "x", "--xx" };
-    struct option o[] = {{"xx", 0, 0, 1}, {0,0,0,0}};
-    getopt_long(2, argv, "x", o, &i) == 1 ? x++ : 0; optind = 0;
-    getopt_long(2, argv, "x", o, &i) == 1 ? x++ : 0;
-    exit(x == 2 ? 0 : 1);
-}], rsync_cv_HAVE_GETOPT_LONG=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETOPT_LONG=no,
-    rsync_cv_HAVE_GETOPT_LONG=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETOPT_LONG" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETOPT_LONG)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long],rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { long long x = 1000000; x *= x; exit(((x/1000000) == 1000000)? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONGLONG)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for off64_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { struct stat64 st; off64_t s; if (sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(off64_t)) exit(1); exit((lstat64("/dev/null", &st)==0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OFF64_T)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for short ino_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { if (sizeof(ino_t) < sizeof(unsigned int)) return 0; return 1; }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHORT_INO_T)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { char c; c=250; exit((c > 0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken readdir],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-main() { struct dirent *di; DIR *d = opendir("."); di = readdir(d);
-if (di && di->d_name[-2] == '.' && di->d_name[-1] == 0 &&
-di->d_name[0] == 0) exit(0); exit(1);} ],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <utime.h>],
-[struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-main() { struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));}],
-           rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ)
-fi
-
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
-if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
-    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(0); } 
-exit(1);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA)
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL, 1, [ ])
 fi
 
 # The following test taken from the cvs sources
 # If we can't find connect, try looking in -lsocket, -lnsl, and -linet.
+# These need checks to be before checks for any other functions that
+#    might be in the same libraries.
 # The Irix 5 libc.so has connect and gethostbyname, but Irix 5 also has
 # libsocket.so which has a bad implementation of gethostbyname (it
 # only looks in /etc/hosts), so we only look for -lsocket if we need
@@ -187,15 +339,89 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
     esac
     dnl We can't just call AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect) here, because the value
     dnl has been cached.
-    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" || 
+    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" ||
        test x"$ac_cv_lib_inet_connect" = x"yes"; then
         # ac_cv_func_connect=yes
         # don't!  it would cause AC_CHECK_FUNC to succeed next time configure is run
-        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT)
+        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT, 1, [ ])
     fi
 fi
 
-# 
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, inet_ntop)
+
+dnl AC_MSG_NOTICE([Looking in libraries: $LIBS])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton)])
+
+# Irix 6.5 has getaddrinfo but not the corresponding defines, so use
+#   builtin getaddrinfo if one of the defines don't exist
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether defines needed by getaddrinfo exist],
+               rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES,[
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+			#include <sys/types.h>
+			#include <sys/socket.h>
+			#include <netdb.h>
+			#ifdef AI_PASSIVE
+			yes
+			#endif],
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=yes,
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes"; then
+	# Tru64 UNIX has getaddrinfo() but has it renamed in libc as
+	# something else so we must include <netdb.h> to get the
+	# redefinition.
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, ,
+		[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getaddrinfo by including <netdb.h>])
+		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+		#include <sys/socket.h>
+		#include <netdb.h>],[getaddrinfo(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+			AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO, 1,
+				[Define if you have the `getaddrinfo' function.])],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+			AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)])])
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)])
+else
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr.sa_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in.sin_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in.sin_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct sockaddr_storage)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>],
+[struct sockaddr_storage x;],
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1,
+		[Define if you have strct sockaddr_storage.] ),
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
 # if we can't find strcasecmp, look in -lresolv (for Unixware at least)
 #
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcasecmp)
@@ -203,6 +429,196 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_func_strcasecmp" = x"no"; then
     AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, strcasecmp)
 fi
 
+dnl At the moment we don't test for a broken memcmp(), because all we
+dnl need to do is test for equality, not comparison, and it seems that
+dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.
+dnl AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
+
+AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod mkfifo \
+    fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime mtrace \
+    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk \
+    strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid)
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working socketpair],rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+main() {
+       int fd[2];
+       exit((socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, fd) != -1) ? 0 : 1);
+}],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"
+then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
+if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"
+then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/popt)
+    BUILD_POPT='$(popt_OBJS)'
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/popt"
+    if test x"$ALLOCA" != x
+    then
+	# this can be removed when/if we add an included alloca.c;
+	#  see autoconf documentation on AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+	AC_MSG_WARN([included libpopt will use malloc, not alloca (which wastes a small amount of memory)])
+    fi
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long],rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+main() { long long x = 1000000; x *= x; exit(((x/1000000) == 1000000)? 0: 1); }],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONGLONG, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for off64_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+main() { struct stat64 st; off64_t s; if (sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(off64_t)) exit(1); exit((lstat64("/dev/null", &st)==0)?0:1); }],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OFF64_T, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for short ino_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+main() { if (sizeof(ino_t) < sizeof(unsigned int)) return 0; return 1; }],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHORT_INO_T, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
+main() { char c; c=250; exit((c > 0)?0:1); }],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken readdir],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+main() { struct dirent *di; DIR *d = opendir("."); di = readdir(d);
+if (di && di->d_name[-2] == '.' && di->d_name[-1] == 0 &&
+di->d_name[0] == 0) exit(0); exit(1);} ],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <utime.h>],
+[struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+main() { struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));}],
+           rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C99 vsnprintf],rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+void foo(const char *format, ...) {
+       va_list ap;
+       int len;
+       char buf[5];
+
+       va_start(ap, format);
+       len = vsnprintf(0, 0, format, ap);
+       va_end(ap);
+       if (len != 5) exit(1);
+
+       if (snprintf(buf, 3, "hello") != 5 || strcmp(buf, "he") != 0) exit(1);
+
+       exit(0);
+}
+main() { foo("hello"); }
+],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for secure mkstemp],rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+main() {
+  struct stat st;
+  char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+  int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
+  if (fd == -1) exit(1);
+  unlink(tpl);
+  if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
+  if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
+  exit(0);
+}],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
+rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
+if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
+    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(1); }
+exit(0);}],
+           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_aton],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+main() { struct in_addr ip;
+if (inet_aton("example", &ip) == 0) exit(0); exit(1);}],
+           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_ATON, 1, [ ])
+fi
+
 #
 # The following test was mostly taken from the tcl/tk plus patches
 #
@@ -232,6 +648,26 @@ fi
 AC_SUBST(OBJ_SAVE)
 AC_SUBST(OBJ_RESTORE)
 AC_SUBST(CC_SHOBJ_FLAG)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
 
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
+AC_OUTPUT
 
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy)
+if test x"$with_rsh" = x; then
+	if test x"$HAVE_REMSH" = x1; then
+		rmsh1='remsh:'
+		rmsh2='=remsh'
+	else
+		rmsh1='rsh:  '
+		rmsh2='=rsh  '
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT()
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([    **********************************************************************])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([    *   As of v2.6.0, the default remote shell is ssh instead of rsh!!   *])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([    *   To use previous default of $rmsh1 ./configure --with-rsh$rmsh2   *])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([    **********************************************************************])
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT()
+AC_MSG_RESULT([    rsync ${RSYNC_VERSION} configuration successful])
+AC_MSG_RESULT()

csprotocol.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+This is kind of informal and may be wrong, but it helped me.  It's
+basically a summary of clientserver.c and authenticate.c.
+
+ -- Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+$Id$
+
+
+
+
+This is the protocol used for rsync --daemon; i.e. connections to port
+873 rather than invocations over a remote shell.
+
+When the server accepts a connection, it prints a greeting
+
+  @RSYNCD: <version>
+
+where <version> is the numeric version; currently 24.  It follows this
+with a free text message-of-the-day.  It expects to see a similar
+greeting back from the client.
+
+The server is now in the connected state.  The client can either send
+the command
+
+  #list
+
+to get a listing of modules, or the name of a module.  After this, the
+connection is now bound to a particular module.  Access per host for
+this module is now checked, as is per-module connection limits.
+
+If authentication is required to use this module, the server will say
+
+  @RSYNCD: AUTHREQD <challenge>
+
+where <challenge> is a random string of base64 characters.  The client
+must respond with
+
+  <user> <response>
+
+where <user> is the username they claim to be, and <response> is the
+base64 form of the MD4 hash of challenge+password.
+
+At this point the server applies all remaining constraints before
+handing control to the client, including switching uid/gid, setting up
+include and exclude lists, moving to the root of the module, and doing
+chroot.
+
+If the login is acceptable, then the server will respond with
+
+  @RSYNCD: OK
+
+The client now writes some rsync options, as if it were remotely
+executing the command.  The server parses these arguments as if it had
+just been invoked with them, but they're added to the existing state.
+So if the client specifies a list of files to be included or excluded,
+they'll defer to existing limits specified in the server
+configuration.
+
+At this point the client and server both switch to using a
+multiplexing layer across the socket.  The main point of this is to
+allow the server to asynchronously pass errors back, while still
+allowing streamed and pipelined data.
+
+Unfortunately, the multiplex protocol is not used at every stage.  We
+start up in plain socket mode and then change over by calling
+io_start_buffering.  Of course both the client and the server have to
+do this at the same point.
+
+The server then talks to the client as normal across the socket,
+passing checksums, file lists and so on.  For documentation of that,
+stay tuned (or write it yourself!).
+
+
+
+------------
+Protocol version changes
+
+25	 (2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
+
+	 Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
+	 module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
+	 by just closing the socket anymore.

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+rsync.pdf
+rsync.ps

doc/README-SGML

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Handling the rsync SGML documentation
+
+rsync documentation is now primarily in Docbook format.  Docbook is an
+SGML/XML documentation format that is becoming standard on free
+operating systems.  It's also used for Samba documentation.
+
+The SGML files are source code that can be translated into various
+useful output formats, primarily PDF, HTML, Postscript and plain text.  
+
+To do this transformation on Debian, you should install the
+docbook-utils package.  Having done that, you can say 
+
+  docbook2pdf rsync.sgml
+
+and so on.
+
+On other systems you probably need James Clark's "sp" and "JadeTeX"
+packages.  Work it out for yourself and send a note to the mailing
+list.
+

doc/profile.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Notes on rsync profiling
+
+strlcpy is hot:
+
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     push_dir [68]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     pop_dir [71]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     send_file_list [15]
+                0.01    0.00   18857/7735635     send_files [4]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     send_file_entry [18]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     make_file [20]
+                0.04    0.00  141666/7735635     send_directory <cycle 1> [36]
+                2.29    0.00 7316589/7735635     f_name [13]
+[14]    11.7    2.42    0.00 7735635         strlcpy [14]
+
+
+Here's the top few functions:
+
+ 46.23      9.57     9.57 13160929     0.00     0.00  mdfour64
+ 14.78     12.63     3.06 13160929     0.00     0.00  copy64
+ 11.69     15.05     2.42  7735635     0.00     0.00  strlcpy
+ 10.05     17.13     2.08    41438     0.05     0.38  sum_update
+  4.11     17.98     0.85 13159996     0.00     0.00  mdfour_update
+  1.50     18.29     0.31                             file_compare
+  1.45     18.59     0.30   129261     0.00     0.01  send_file_entry
+  1.23     18.84     0.26  2557585     0.00     0.00  f_name
+  1.11     19.07     0.23  1483750     0.00     0.00  u_strcmp
+  1.11     19.30     0.23   118129     0.00     0.00  writefd_unbuffered
+  0.92     19.50     0.19  1085011     0.00     0.00  writefd
+  0.43     19.59     0.09   156987     0.00     0.00  read_timeout
+  0.43     19.68     0.09   129261     0.00     0.00  clean_fname
+  0.39     19.75     0.08    32887     0.00     0.38  matched
+  0.34     19.82     0.07        1    70.00 16293.92  send_files
+  0.29     19.89     0.06   129260     0.00     0.00  make_file
+  0.29     19.95     0.06    75430     0.00     0.00  read_unbuffered
+
+
+
+mdfour could perhaps be made faster:
+
+/* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast!  */
+
+There might be an optimized version somewhere that we can borrow.

doc/rsync.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN">
+<book id="rsync">
+  <bookinfo>
+    <title>rsync</title>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>1996 -- 2002</year>
+      <holder>Martin Pool</holder>
+      <holder>Andrew Tridgell</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    <author>
+      <firstname>Martin</firstname>
+      <surname>Pool</surname>
+    </author>
+  </bookinfo>
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+
+    <para>rsync is a flexible program for efficiently copying files or
+      directory trees.
+
+    <para>rsync has many options to select which files will be copied
+      and how they are to be transferred.  It may be used as an
+      alternative to ftp, http, scp or rcp.
+
+    <para>The rsync remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just
+      the differences between two sets of files across the network link,
+      using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the
+      technical report that accompanies this package.</para>
+
+    <para>Some of the additional features of rsync are:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>support for copying links, devices, owners, groups and
+	  permissions
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  exclude and exclude-from options similar to GNU tar
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  a CVS exclude mode for ignoring the same files that CVS would ignore
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  can use any transparent remote shell, including rsh or ssh
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  does not require root privileges
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  pipelining of file transfers to minimize latency costs
+      </listitem>
+		
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  support for anonymous or authenticated rsync servers (ideal for
+	  mirroring)
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Using rsync</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>
+	Introductory example
+      </title>
+      
+      <para>
+	Probably the most common case of rsync usage is to copy files
+	to or from a remote machine using
+	<application>ssh</application> as a network transport.  In
+	this situation rsync is a good alternative to
+	<application>scp</application>.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The most commonly used arguments for rsync are
+      </para>
+
+      <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>Be verbose.  Primarily, display the name of each file as it is copied.</para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>
+	      Reproduce the structure and attributes of the origin files as exactly
+	      as possible: this includes copying subdirectories, symlinks, special
+	      files, ownership and permissions.  (@xref{Attributes to
+	      copy}.)
+	    </para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+      </variablelist>
+
+
+	
+      <para><option>-v </option>
+      
+      <para><option>-z</option>
+	Compress network traffic, using a modified version of the
+	@command{zlib} library.</para>
+      
+      <para><option>-P</option>
+	Display a progress indicator while files are transferred.  This should
+	normally be ommitted if rsync is not run on a terminal.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+
+
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Local and remote</title>
+      
+      <para>There are six different ways of using rsync. They
+      are:</para>
+
+      
+
+      <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM REFENTRY SECTION) -->
+      <orderedlist>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying local files. This is invoked when neither
+	    source nor destination path contains a @code{:} separator
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote machine using
+	    a remote shell program as the transport (such as rsh or
+	    ssh). This is invoked when the destination path contains a
+	    single @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote machine to the local machine
+	    using a remote shell program. This is invoked when the source
+	    contains a @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote rsync server to the local
+	    machine. This is invoked when the source path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator or a @code{rsync://} URL.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote rsync
+	    server. This is invoked when the destination path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for listing files on a remote machine. This is done the
+	    same way as rsync transfers except that you leave off the
+	    local destination.  
+
+	</listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+	  <para>
+Note that in all cases (other than listing) at least one of the source
+and destination paths must be local.
+
+	  <para>
+Any one invocation of rsync makes a copy in a single direction.  rsync
+currently has no equivalent of @command{ftp}'s interactive mode.
+
+@cindex @sc{nfs}
+@cindex network filesystems
+@cindex remote filesystems
+
+	  <para>
+rsync's network protocol is generally faster at copying files than
+network filesystems such as @sc{nfs} or @sc{cifs}.  It is better to
+run rsync on the file server either as a daemon or over ssh than
+running rsync giving the network directory.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Frequently asked questions</title>
+
+    
+    <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM SECTION SIMPLESECT REFENTRY SECT1) -->
+    <qandaset>
+      <!-- one of (QANDADIV QANDAENTRY) -->
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST
+	  SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE
+	  TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO
+	  SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS
+	  CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS
+	  DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA
+	  ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT
+	  MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE
+	  INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE
+	  PROCEDURE ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS INDEXTERM) -->
+	  <para>Are there mailing lists for rsync?
+	</question>
+
+	<answer>
+	  <para>Yes, and you can subscribe and unsubscribe through a
+	  web interface at
+	    <ulink
+	      url="http://lists.samba.org/">http://lists.samba.org/</ulink>
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    If you are having trouble with the mailing list, please
+	    send mail to the administrator
+	    
+	    <email>rsync-admin@lists.samba.org</email>
+
+	    not to the list itself.
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    The mailing list archives are searchable.  Use 
+	    <ulink url="http://google.com/">Google</ulink> and prepend
+	    the search with <userinput>site:lists.samba.org
+	    rsync</userinput>, plus relevant keywords.
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>
+	    Why is rsync so much bigger when I build it with
+	    <command>gcc</command>?
+	  </para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    On gcc, rsync builds by default with debug symbols
+	    included.  If you strip both executables, they should end
+	    up about the same size.  (Use <command>make
+	    install-strip</command>.)
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+      
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>Is rsync useful for a single large file like an ISO image?</para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    Yes, but note the following:
+
+	  <para>
+   Background: A common use of rsync is to update a file (or set of files) in one location from a more
+   correct or up-to-date copy in another location, taking advantage of portions of the files that are
+   identical to speed up the process. (Note that rsync will transfer a file in its entirety if no copy
+   exists at the destination.)
+
+	  <para>
+   (This discussion is written in terms of updating a local copy of a file from a correct file in a
+   remote location, although rsync can work in either direction.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The file to be updated (the local file) must be in a destination directory that has enough space for
+   two copies of the file. (In addition, keep an extra copy of the file to be updated in a different
+   location for safety -- see the discussion (below) about rsync's behavior when the rsync process is
+   interrupted before completion.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The local file must have the same name as the remote file being sync'd to (I think?). If you are
+   trying to upgrade an iso from, for example, beta1 to beta2, rename the local file to the same name
+   as the beta2 file. *(This is a useful thing to do -- only the changed portions will be
+   transmitted.)*
+
+	  <para>
+   The extra copy of the local file kept in a different location is because of rsync's behavior if
+   interrupted before completion:
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will save the partially
+   rsync'd file and throw away the original local copy. (The partially rsync'd file is correct but
+   truncated.) If rsync is restarted, it will not have a local copy of the file to check for duplicate
+   blocks beyond the section of the file that has already been rsync'd, thus the remainder of the rsync
+   process will be a "pure transfer" of the file rather than taking advantage of the rsync algorithm.
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you don't specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will throw away the
+   partially rsync'd file, and, when rsync is restarted starts the rsync process over from the
+   beginning.
+
+	  <para>
+   Which of these is most desirable depends on the degree of commonality between the local and remote
+   copies of the file *and how much progress was made before the interruption*.
+
+	  <para>
+   The ideal approach after an interruption would be to create a new file by taking the original file
+   and deleting a portion equal in size to the portion already rsync'd and then appending *the
+   remaining* portion to the portion of the file that has already been rsync'd. (There has been some
+   discussion about creating an option to do this automatically.)
+
+   The --compare-dest option is useful when transferring multiple files, but is of no benefit in
+   transferring a single file. (AFAIK)
+
+   *Other potentially useful information can be found at:
+   -[3]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFile
+
+   This answer, formatted with "real" bullets, can be found at:
+   -[4]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFileFAQ*
+
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+    </qandaset>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+  <appendix>
+    <title>Other Resources</title>
+    
+    <para><ulink url="http://www.ccp14.ac.uk/ccp14admin/rsync/"></ulink></para>
+  </appendix>
+</book>

errcode.h

@@ -1,9 +1,33 @@
-/* error codes returned by rsync */
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+   
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
 
+/*
+ * error codes returned by rsync.  If you change these, please also update the
+ * string mappings in log.c and the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo
+ */
+
+#define RERR_OK         0
 #define RERR_SYNTAX     1       /* syntax or usage error */
 #define RERR_PROTOCOL   2       /* protocol incompatibility */
 #define RERR_FILESELECT 3       /* errors selecting input/output files, dirs */
-#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4       /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4      /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_STARTCLIENT 5      /* error starting client-server protocol */
 
 #define RERR_SOCKETIO   10      /* error in socket IO */
 #define RERR_FILEIO     11      /* error in file IO */
@@ -14,5 +38,23 @@
 #define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1, SIGINT */
 #define RERR_WAITCHILD  21      /* some error returned by waitpid() */
 #define RERR_MALLOC     22      /* error allocating core memory buffers */
+#define RERR_PARTIAL    23      /* partial transfer */
+#define RERR_VANISHED   24      /* file(s) vanished on sender side */
 
 #define RERR_TIMEOUT    30      /* timeout in data send/receive */
+
+/* Although it doesn't seem to be specified anywhere,
+ * ssh and the shell seem to return these values:
+ *
+ * 124 if the command exited with status 255
+ * 125 if the command is killed by a signal
+ * 126 if the command cannot be run
+ * 127 if the command is not found
+ *
+ * and we could use this to give a better explanation if the remote
+ * command is not found.
+ */
+#define RERR_CMD_FAILED 124
+#define RERR_CMD_KILLED 125
+#define RERR_CMD_RUN 126
+#define RERR_CMD_NOTFOUND 127

exclude.c

@@ -1,118 +1,191 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 by Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
 
 /* a lot of this stuff was originally derived from GNU tar, although
    it has now changed so much that it is hard to tell :) */
 
+/* include/exclude cluestick added by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org> */
+
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int delete_mode;
+extern int eol_nulls;
+extern int list_only;
+extern int recurse;
 
-static struct exclude_struct **exclude_list;
+extern char curr_dir[];
 
-/* build an exclude structure given a exclude pattern */
-static struct exclude_struct *make_exclude(char *pattern, int include)
+struct exclude_list_struct exclude_list;
+struct exclude_list_struct local_exclude_list;
+struct exclude_list_struct server_exclude_list;
+char *exclude_path_prefix = NULL;
+
+/** Build an exclude structure given a exclude pattern */
+static void make_exclude(struct exclude_list_struct *listp, const char *pattern,
+			 int pat_len, int include)
 {
 	struct exclude_struct *ret;
+	const char *cp;
+	int ex_len;
 
-	ret = (struct exclude_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*ret));
-	if (!ret) out_of_memory("make_exclude");
+	ret = new(struct exclude_struct);
+	if (!ret)
+		out_of_memory("make_exclude");
 
-	memset(ret, 0, sizeof(*ret));
+	memset(ret, 0, sizeof ret[0]);
+	ret->include = include;
 
-	if (strncmp(pattern,"- ",2) == 0) {
-		pattern += 2;
-	} else if (strncmp(pattern,"+ ",2) == 0) {
-		ret->include = 1;
-		pattern += 2;
-	} else {
-		ret->include = include;
+	if (exclude_path_prefix)
+		ret->match_flags |= MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH;
+	if (exclude_path_prefix && *pattern == '/')
+		ex_len = strlen(exclude_path_prefix);
+	else
+		ex_len = 0;
+	ret->pattern = new_array(char, ex_len + pat_len + 1);
+	if (!ret->pattern)
+		out_of_memory("make_exclude");
+	if (ex_len)
+		memcpy(ret->pattern, exclude_path_prefix, ex_len);
+	strlcpy(ret->pattern + ex_len, pattern, pat_len + 1);
+	pat_len += ex_len;
+
+	if (strpbrk(ret->pattern, "*[?")) {
+		ret->match_flags |= MATCHFLG_WILD;
+		if ((cp = strstr(ret->pattern, "**")) != NULL) {
+			ret->match_flags |= MATCHFLG_WILD2;
+			/* If the pattern starts with **, note that. */
+			if (cp == ret->pattern)
+				ret->match_flags |= MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX;
+		}
 	}
 
-	ret->pattern = strdup(pattern);
-
-	if (!ret->pattern) out_of_memory("make_exclude");
-
-	if (strpbrk(pattern, "*[?")) {
-	    ret->regular_exp = 1;
-	    ret->fnmatch_flags = FNM_PATHNAME;
-	    if (strstr(pattern, "**")) {
-		    static int tested;
-		    if (!tested) {
-			    tested = 1;
-			    if (fnmatch("a/b/*", "a/b/c/d", FNM_PATHNAME)==0) {
-				    rprintf(FERROR,"WARNING: fnmatch FNM_PATHNAME is broken on your system\n");
-			    }
-		    }
-		    ret->fnmatch_flags = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (strlen(pattern) > 1 && pattern[strlen(pattern)-1] == '/') {
-		ret->pattern[strlen(pattern)-1] = 0;
+	if (pat_len > 1 && ret->pattern[pat_len-1] == '/') {
+		ret->pattern[pat_len-1] = 0;
 		ret->directory = 1;
 	}
 
-	if (!strchr(ret->pattern,'/')) {
-		ret->local = 1;
-	}
+	for (cp = ret->pattern; (cp = strchr(cp, '/')) != NULL; cp++)
+		ret->slash_cnt++;
 
-	return ret;
+	if (!listp->tail)
+		listp->head = listp->tail = ret;
+	else {
+		listp->tail->next = ret;
+		listp->tail = ret;
+	}
 }
 
 static void free_exclude(struct exclude_struct *ex)
 {
 	free(ex->pattern);
-	memset(ex,0,sizeof(*ex));
 	free(ex);
 }
 
-static int check_one_exclude(char *name,struct exclude_struct *ex,
-			     STRUCT_STAT *st)
+void free_exclude_list(struct exclude_list_struct *listp)
+{
+	struct exclude_struct *ent, *next;
+
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] clearing exclude list\n", who_am_i());
+
+	for (ent = listp->head; ent; ent = next) {
+		next = ent->next;
+		free_exclude(ent);
+	}
+
+	memset(listp, 0, sizeof listp[0]);
+}
+
+static int check_one_exclude(char *name, struct exclude_struct *ex,
+                             int name_is_dir)
 {
 	char *p;
-	int match_start=0;
+	int match_start = 0;
 	char *pattern = ex->pattern;
 
-	if (ex->local && (p=strrchr(name,'/')))
-		name = p+1;
+	/* If the pattern does not have any slashes AND it does not have
+	 * a "**" (which could match a slash), then we just match the
+	 * name portion of the path. */
+	if (!ex->slash_cnt && !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2)) {
+		if ((p = strrchr(name,'/')) != NULL)
+			name = p+1;
+	}
+	else if ((ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH) && *name != '/') {
+		static char full_name[MAXPATHLEN];
+		int plus = curr_dir[1] == '\0'? 1 : 0;
+		pathjoin(full_name, sizeof full_name, curr_dir+plus, name);
+		name = full_name;
+	}
 
 	if (!name[0]) return 0;
 
-	if (ex->directory && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) return 0;
+	if (ex->directory && !name_is_dir) return 0;
 
-	if (*pattern == '/' && *name != '/') {
+	if (*pattern == '/') {
 		match_start = 1;
 		pattern++;
+		if (*name == '/')
+			name++;
 	}
 
-	if (ex->regular_exp) {
-		if (fnmatch(pattern, name, ex->fnmatch_flags) == 0) {
-			return 1;
+	if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD) {
+		/* A non-anchored match with an infix slash and no "**"
+		 * needs to match the last slash_cnt+1 name elements. */
+		if (!match_start && ex->slash_cnt &&
+		    !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2)) {
+			int cnt = ex->slash_cnt + 1;
+			for (p = name + strlen(name) - 1; p >= name; p--) {
+				if (*p == '/' && !--cnt)
+					break;
+			}
+			name = p+1;
 		}
+		if (wildmatch(pattern, name))
+			return 1;
+		if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX) {
+			/* If the **-prefixed pattern has a '/' as the next
+			 * character, then try to match the rest of the
+			 * pattern at the root. */
+			if (pattern[2] == '/' && wildmatch(pattern+3, name))
+				return 1;
+		}
+		else if (!match_start && ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2) {
+			/* A non-anchored match with an infix or trailing "**"
+			 * (but not a prefixed "**") needs to try matching
+			 * after every slash. */
+			while ((name = strchr(name, '/')) != NULL) {
+				name++;
+				if (wildmatch(pattern, name))
+					return 1;
+			}
+		}
+	} else if (match_start) {
+		if (strcmp(name,pattern) == 0)
+			return 1;
 	} else {
 		int l1 = strlen(name);
 		int l2 = strlen(pattern);
-		if (l2 <= l1 && 
+		if (l2 <= l1 &&
 		    strcmp(name+(l1-l2),pattern) == 0 &&
-		    (l1==l2 || (!match_start && name[l1-(l2+1)] == '/'))) {
+		    (l1==l2 || name[l1-(l2+1)] == '/')) {
 			return 1;
 		}
 	}
@@ -121,244 +194,250 @@ static int check_one_exclude(char *name,struct exclude_struct *ex,
 }
 
 
-int check_exclude(char *name,struct exclude_struct **local_exclude_list,
-		  STRUCT_STAT *st)
+static void report_exclude_result(char const *name,
+                                  struct exclude_struct const *ent,
+                                  int name_is_dir, const char *type)
 {
-	int n;
+	/* If a trailing slash is present to match only directories,
+	 * then it is stripped out by make_exclude.  So as a special
+	 * case we add it back in here. */
 
-	if (name && (name[0] == '.') && !name[1])
-		/* never exclude '.', even if somebody does --exclude '*' */
-		return 0;
-
-	if (exclude_list) {
-		for (n=0; exclude_list[n]; n++)
-			if (check_one_exclude(name,exclude_list[n],st))
-				return !exclude_list[n]->include;
+	if (verbose >= 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] %scluding %s %s because of %s %s%s\n",
+			who_am_i(), ent->include ? "in" : "ex",
+			name_is_dir ? "directory" : "file", name, type,
+			ent->pattern, ent->directory ? "/" : "");
 	}
+}
 
-	if (local_exclude_list) {
-		for (n=0; local_exclude_list[n]; n++)
-			if (check_one_exclude(name,local_exclude_list[n],st))
-				return !local_exclude_list[n]->include;
+
+/*
+ * Return true if file NAME is defined to be excluded by the specified
+ * exclude list.
+ */
+int check_exclude(struct exclude_list_struct *listp, char *name, int name_is_dir,
+		  const char *type)
+{
+	struct exclude_struct *ent;
+
+	for (ent = listp->head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		if (check_one_exclude(name, ent, name_is_dir)) {
+			report_exclude_result(name, ent, name_is_dir, type);
+			return !ent->include;
+		}
 	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
 
 
-void add_exclude_list(char *pattern,struct exclude_struct ***list, int include)
+/* Get the next include/exclude arg from the string.  The token will not
+ * be '\0' terminated, so use the returned length to limit the string.
+ * Also, be sure to add this length to the returned pointer before passing
+ * it back to ask for the next token.  This routine will not split off a
+ * prefix of "+ " or "- " unless xflags contains XFLG_NO_PREFIXES.  The
+ * *incl_ptr value will be 1 for an include, 0 for an exclude, and -1 for
+ * the list-clearing "!" token.
+ */
+static const char *get_exclude_tok(const char *p, int *len_ptr, int *incl_ptr,
+				   int xflags)
 {
-	int len=0;
-	if (list && *list)
-		for (; (*list)[len]; len++) ;
+	const unsigned char *s = (const unsigned char *)p;
+	int len;
 
-	if (strcmp(pattern,"!") == 0) {
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"clearing exclude list\n");
-		while ((len)--) {
-			free_exclude((*list)[len]);
+	if (xflags & XFLG_WORD_SPLIT) {
+		/* Skip over any initial whitespace. */
+		while (isspace(*s))
+			s++;
+		/* Update for "!" check. */
+		p = (const char *)s;
+	}
+
+	/* Is this a '+' or '-' followed by a space (not whitespace)? */
+	if (!(xflags & XFLG_NO_PREFIXES)
+	    && (*s == '-' || *s == '+') && s[1] == ' ') {
+		*incl_ptr = *s == '+';
+		s += 2;
+	} else
+		*incl_ptr = xflags & XFLG_DEF_INCLUDE;
+
+	if (xflags & XFLG_WORD_SPLIT) {
+		const unsigned char *cp = s;
+		/* Token ends at whitespace or the end of the string. */
+		while (!isspace(*cp) && *cp != '\0')
+			cp++;
+		len = cp - s;
+	} else
+		len = strlen(s);
+
+	if (*p == '!' && len == 1 && !(xflags & XFLG_NO_PREFIXES))
+		*incl_ptr = -1;
+
+	*len_ptr = len;
+	return (const char *)s;
+}
+
+
+void add_exclude(struct exclude_list_struct *listp, const char *pattern,
+		 int xflags)
+{
+	int pat_len, incl;
+	const char *cp;
+
+	if (!pattern)
+		return;
+
+	cp = pattern;
+	pat_len = 0;
+	while (1) {
+		cp = get_exclude_tok(cp + pat_len, &pat_len, &incl, xflags);
+		if (!pat_len)
+			break;
+		/* If we got the special "!" token, clear the list. */
+		if (incl < 0)
+			free_exclude_list(listp);
+		else {
+			make_exclude(listp, cp, pat_len, incl);
+
+			if (verbose > 2) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] add_exclude(%s,%s)\n",
+					who_am_i(), cp,
+					incl ? "include" : "exclude");
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void add_exclude_file(struct exclude_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
+		      int xflags)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *eob = line + MAXPATHLEN - 1;
+	int word_split = xflags & XFLG_WORD_SPLIT;
+
+	if (!fname || !*fname)
+		return;
+
+	if (*fname != '-' || fname[1])
+		fp = fopen(fname, "rb");
+	else
+		fp = stdin;
+	if (!fp) {
+		if (xflags & XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+				"failed to open %s file %s",
+				xflags & XFLG_DEF_INCLUDE ? "include" : "exclude",
+				fname);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
-		free((*list));
-		*list = NULL;
 		return;
 	}
 
-	*list = (struct exclude_struct **)Realloc(*list,sizeof(struct exclude_struct *)*(len+2));
-	
-	if (!*list || !((*list)[len] = make_exclude(pattern, include)))
-		out_of_memory("add_exclude");
-	
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"add_exclude(%s)\n",pattern);
-	
-	(*list)[len+1] = NULL;
-}
-
-void add_exclude(char *pattern, int include)
-{
-	add_exclude_list(pattern,&exclude_list, include);
-}
-
-struct exclude_struct **make_exclude_list(char *fname,
-					  struct exclude_struct **list1,
-					  int fatal, int include)
-{
-	struct exclude_struct **list=list1;
-	FILE *f = fopen(fname,"r");
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	if (!f) {
-		if (fatal) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"%s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+	while (1) {
+		char *s = line;
+		int ch;
+		while (1) {
+			if ((ch = getc(fp)) == EOF) {
+				if (ferror(fp) && errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (word_split && isspace(ch))
+				break;
+			if (eol_nulls? !ch : (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'))
+				break;
+			if (s < eob)
+				*s++ = ch;
 		}
-		return list;
+		*s = '\0';
+		/* Skip lines starting with semicolon or pound. */
+		if (*line && *line != ';' && *line != '#')
+			add_exclude(listp, line, xflags);
+		if (ch == EOF)
+			break;
 	}
-
-	while (fgets(line,MAXPATHLEN,f)) {
-		int l = strlen(line);
-		if (l && line[l-1] == '\n') l--;
-		line[l] = 0;
-		if (line[0] && (line[0] != ';') && (line[0] != '#')) {
-			/* Skip lines starting with semicolon or pound.
-			   It probably wouldn't cause any harm to not skip
-			     them but there's no need to save them. */
-			add_exclude_list(line,&list,include);
-		}
-	}
-	fclose(f);
-	return list;
-}
-
-
-void add_exclude_file(char *fname,int fatal,int include)
-{
-	if (!fname || !*fname) return;
-
-	exclude_list = make_exclude_list(fname,exclude_list,fatal,include);
+	fclose(fp);
 }
 
 
 void send_exclude_list(int f)
 {
-	int i;
-	extern int remote_version;
+	struct exclude_struct *ent;
 
-	if (!exclude_list) {
-		write_int(f,0);
-		return;
+	/* This is a complete hack - blame Rusty.
+	 *
+	 * FIXME: This pattern shows up in the output of
+	 * report_exclude_result(), which is not ideal. */
+	if (list_only && !recurse)
+		add_exclude(&exclude_list, "/*/*", 0);
+
+	for (ent = exclude_list.head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		unsigned int l;
+		char p[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+		l = strlcpy(p, ent->pattern, sizeof p);
+		if (l == 0 || l >= MAXPATHLEN)
+			continue;
+		if (ent->directory) {
+			p[l++] = '/';
+			p[l] = '\0';
+		}
+
+		if (ent->include) {
+			write_int(f, l + 2);
+			write_buf(f, "+ ", 2);
+		} else if ((*p == '-' || *p == '+') && p[1] == ' ') {
+			write_int(f, l + 2);
+			write_buf(f, "- ", 2);
+		} else
+			write_int(f, l);
+		write_buf(f, p, l);
 	}
 
-	for (i=0;exclude_list[i];i++) {
-		int l;
-		char pattern[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-		strlcpy(pattern,exclude_list[i]->pattern,sizeof(pattern)); 
-		if (exclude_list[i]->directory) strlcat(pattern,"/", sizeof(pattern));
-
-		l = strlen(pattern);
-		if (l == 0) continue;
-		if (exclude_list[i]->include) {
-			if (remote_version < 19) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"remote rsync does not support include syntax - aborting\n");
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
-			}
-			write_int(f,l+2);
-			write_buf(f,"+ ",2);
-		} else {
-			write_int(f,l);
-		}
-		write_buf(f,pattern,l);
-	}    
-
-	write_int(f,0);
+	write_int(f, 0);
 }
 
 
 void recv_exclude_list(int f)
 {
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	int l;
-	while ((l=read_int(f))) {
-		if (l >= MAXPATHLEN) overflow("recv_exclude_list");
-		read_sbuf(f,line,l);
-		add_exclude(line,0);
+	char line[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Allows a trailing slash on a max-len dir */
+	unsigned int l;
+
+	while ((l = read_int(f)) != 0) {
+		if (l >= sizeof line)
+			overflow("recv_exclude_list");
+		read_sbuf(f, line, l);
+		add_exclude(&exclude_list, line, 0);
 	}
 }
 
-/* Get the next include/exclude arg from the string. It works in a similar way
-** to strtok - initially an arg is sent over, from then on NULL. This
-** routine takes into account any +/- in the strings and does not
-** consider the space following it as a delimeter.
-*/
-char *get_exclude_tok(char *p)
-{
-	static char *s;
-	static int more;
-	char *t;
-
-	if (p) {
-		s=p;
-		if (*p)
-			more=1;
-	}
-
-	if (!more)
-		return(NULL);
-
-	/* Skip over any initial spaces */
-	while(isspace(*s))
-		s++;
-
-	/* Are we at the end of the string? */
-	if (*s) {
-		/* remember the beginning of the token */
-		t=s;
-
-		/* Is this a '+' or '-' followed by a space (not whitespace)? */
-		if ((*s=='+' || *s=='-') && *(s+1)==' ')
-			s+=2;
-	
-		/* Skip to the next space or the end of the string */
-		while(!isspace(*s) && *s!='\0')
-			s++;
-	} else {
-		t=NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* Have we reached the end of the string? */
-	if (*s)
-		*s++='\0';
-	else
-		more=0;
-	return(t);
-}
-
-	
-void add_exclude_line(char *p)
-{
-	char *tok;
-	if (!p || !*p) return;
-	p = strdup(p);
-	if (!p) out_of_memory("add_exclude_line");
- 	for (tok=get_exclude_tok(p); tok; tok=get_exclude_tok(NULL))
-		add_exclude(tok, 0);
-	free(p);
-}
-
-void add_include_line(char *p)
-{
-	char *tok;
-	if (!p || !*p) return;
-	p = strdup(p);
-	if (!p) out_of_memory("add_include_line");
-	for (tok=get_exclude_tok(p); tok; tok=get_exclude_tok(NULL))
-		add_exclude(tok, 1);
-	free(p);
-}
-
-
-static char *cvs_ignore_list[] = {
-  "RCS","SCCS","CVS","CVS.adm","RCSLOG","cvslog.*",
-  "tags","TAGS",".make.state",".nse_depinfo",
-  "*~", "#*", ".#*", ",*", "*.old", "*.bak", "*.BAK", "*.orig",
-  "*.rej", ".del-*", "*.a", "*.o", "*.obj", "*.so", "*.Z", "*.elc", "*.ln",
-  "core",NULL};
-
 
+static char default_cvsignore[] = 
+	/* These default ignored items come from the CVS manual. */
+	"RCS SCCS CVS CVS.adm RCSLOG cvslog.* tags TAGS"
+	" .make.state .nse_depinfo *~ #* .#* ,* _$* *$"
+	" *.old *.bak *.BAK *.orig *.rej .del-*"
+	" *.a *.olb *.o *.obj *.so *.exe"
+	" *.Z *.elc *.ln core"
+	/* The rest we added to suit ourself. */
+	" .svn/";
 
 void add_cvs_excludes(void)
 {
 	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
 	char *p;
-	int i;
-  
-	for (i=0; cvs_ignore_list[i]; i++)
-		add_exclude(cvs_ignore_list[i], 0);
 
-	if ((p=getenv("HOME")) && strlen(p) < (MAXPATHLEN-12)) {
-		slprintf(fname,sizeof(fname), "%s/.cvsignore",p);
-		add_exclude_file(fname,0,0);
+	add_exclude(&exclude_list, default_cvsignore,
+		    XFLG_WORD_SPLIT | XFLG_NO_PREFIXES);
+
+	if ((p = getenv("HOME"))
+	    && pathjoin(fname, sizeof fname, p, ".cvsignore") < sizeof fname) {
+		add_exclude_file(&exclude_list, fname,
+				 XFLG_WORD_SPLIT | XFLG_NO_PREFIXES);
 	}
 
-	add_exclude_line(getenv("CVSIGNORE"));
+	add_exclude(&exclude_list, getenv("CVSIGNORE"),
+		    XFLG_WORD_SPLIT | XFLG_NO_PREFIXES);
 }

fileio.c

@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
 /*
-  File IO utilities used in rsync 
+  File IO utilities used in rsync
   */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
@@ -36,13 +37,13 @@ int sparse_end(int f)
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,int len)
+static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
-	int l1=0,l2=0;
+	size_t l1=0, l2=0;
 	int ret;
 
-	for (l1=0;l1<len && buf[l1]==0;l1++) ;
-	for (l2=0;l2<(len-l1) && buf[len-(l2+1)]==0;l2++) ;
+	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
+	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
 	last_byte = buf[len-1];
 
@@ -50,36 +51,79 @@ static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,int len)
 		last_sparse=1;
 
 	if (l1 > 0) {
-		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);  
+		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);
 	}
 
-	if (l1 == len) 
+	if (l1 == len)
 		return len;
 
-	if ((ret=write(f,buf+l1,len-(l1+l2))) != len-(l1+l2)) {
-		if (ret == -1 || ret == 0) return ret;
+	ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2));
+	if (ret == -1 || ret == 0)
+		return ret;
+	else if (ret != (int) (len - (l1+l2)))
 		return (l1+ret);
-	}
 
 	if (l2 > 0)
 		do_lseek(f,l2,SEEK_CUR);
-	
+
 	return len;
 }
 
 
+static char *wf_writeBuf;
+static size_t wf_writeBufSize;
+static size_t wf_writeBufCnt;
 
-int write_file(int f,char *buf,int len)
+int flush_write_file(int f)
+{
+	int ret = 0;
+	char *bp = wf_writeBuf;
+
+	while (wf_writeBufCnt > 0) {
+		if ((ret = write(f, bp, wf_writeBufCnt)) < 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			return ret;
+		}
+		wf_writeBufCnt -= ret;
+		bp += ret;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
+ * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
+ */
+int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
-	if (!sparse_files) {
-		return write(f,buf,len);
-	}
-
-	while (len>0) {
-		int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
-		int r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+	while (len > 0) {
+		int r1;
+		if (sparse_files) {
+			int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
+			r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+		} else {
+			if (!wf_writeBuf) {
+				wf_writeBufSize = MAX_MAP_SIZE;
+				wf_writeBufCnt  = 0;
+				wf_writeBuf = new_array(char, MAX_MAP_SIZE);
+				if (!wf_writeBuf)
+					out_of_memory("write_file");
+			}
+			r1 = MIN(len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			if (r1) {
+				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
+				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;
+			}
+			if (wf_writeBufCnt == wf_writeBufSize) {
+				if (flush_write_file(f) < 0)
+					return -1;
+				if (!r1 && len)
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
 		if (r1 <= 0) {
 			if (ret > 0) return ret;
 			return r1;
@@ -100,7 +144,7 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,int len)
 struct map_struct *map_file(int fd,OFF_T len)
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
-	map = (struct map_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*map));
+	map = new(struct map_struct);
 	if (!map) out_of_memory("map_file");
 
 	map->fd = fd;
@@ -110,6 +154,7 @@ struct map_struct *map_file(int fd,OFF_T len)
 	map->p_offset = 0;
 	map->p_fd_offset = 0;
 	map->p_len = 0;
+	map->status = 0;
 
 	return map;
 }
@@ -131,7 +176,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 	}
 
 	/* in most cases the region will already be available */
-	if (offset >= map->p_offset && 
+	if (offset >= map->p_offset &&
 	    offset+len <= map->p_offset+map->p_len) {
 		return (map->p + (offset - map->p_offset));
 	}
@@ -154,7 +199,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 
 	/* make sure we have allocated enough memory for the window */
 	if (window_size > map->p_size) {
-		map->p = (char *)Realloc(map->p, window_size);
+		map->p = realloc_array(map->p, char, window_size);
 		if (!map->p) out_of_memory("map_ptr");
 		map->p_size = window_size;
 	}
@@ -186,7 +231,11 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 		}
 
 		if ((nread=read(map->fd,map->p + read_offset,read_size)) != read_size) {
-			if (nread < 0) nread = 0;
+			if (nread < 0) {
+				nread = 0;
+				if (!map->status)
+					map->status = errno;
+			}
 			/* the best we can do is zero the buffer - the file
 			   has changed mid transfer! */
 			memset(map->p+read_offset+nread, 0, read_size - nread);
@@ -196,18 +245,23 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 
 	map->p_offset = window_start;
 	map->p_len = window_size;
-  
-	return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset); 
+
+	return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset);
 }
 
 
-void unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
+int unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
 {
+	int	ret;
+
 	if (map->p) {
 		free(map->p);
 		map->p = NULL;
 	}
+	ret = map->status;
 	memset(map, 0, sizeof(*map));
 	free(map);
+
+	return ret;
 }
 

generator.c

@@ -1,17 +1,21 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   rsync -- fast file replication program
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -26,35 +30,63 @@ extern int preserve_links;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int preserve_perms;
+extern int preserve_uid;
+extern int preserve_gid;
 extern int update_only;
-extern int whole_file;
-extern int block_size;
+extern int opt_ignore_existing;
 extern int csum_length;
 extern int ignore_times;
 extern int size_only;
 extern int io_timeout;
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int protocol_version;
 extern int always_checksum;
+extern char *compare_dest;
+extern int link_dest;
+extern int whole_file;
+extern int local_server;
+extern int write_batch;
+extern int list_only;
+extern int only_existing;
+extern int orig_umask;
+extern int safe_symlinks;
 
 
 /* choose whether to skip a particular file */
-static int skip_file(char *fname,
-		     struct file_struct *file, STRUCT_STAT *st)
+static int skip_file(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, STRUCT_STAT *st)
 {
 	if (st->st_size != file->length) {
 		return 0;
 	}
-	
-	/* if always checksum is set then we use the checksum instead 
+	if (link_dest) {
+		if (preserve_perms
+		    && (st->st_mode & CHMOD_BITS) != (file->mode & CHMOD_BITS))
+			return 0;
+
+		if (am_root && preserve_uid && st->st_uid != file->uid)
+			return 0;
+
+		if (preserve_gid && file->gid != GID_NONE
+		    && st->st_gid != file->gid)
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	/* if always checksum is set then we use the checksum instead
 	   of the file time to determine whether to sync */
 	if (always_checksum && S_ISREG(st->st_mode)) {
 		char sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
-		file_checksum(fname,sum,st->st_size);
-		if (remote_version < 21) {
-			return (memcmp(sum,file->sum,2) == 0);
-		} else {
-			return (memcmp(sum,file->sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH) == 0);
+		char fnamecmpdest[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+		if (compare_dest != NULL) {
+			if (access(fname, 0) != 0) {
+				pathjoin(fnamecmpdest, sizeof fnamecmpdest,
+					 compare_dest, fname);
+				fname = fnamecmpdest;
+			}
 		}
+		file_checksum(fname,sum,st->st_size);
+		return memcmp(sum, file->u.sum, protocol_version < 21 ? 2
+							: MD4_SUM_LENGTH) == 0;
 	}
 
 	if (size_only) {
@@ -65,122 +97,185 @@ static int skip_file(char *fname,
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	return (st->st_mtime == file->modtime);
-}
-
-
-/* use a larger block size for really big files */
-static int adapt_block_size(struct file_struct *file, int bsize)
-{
-	int ret;
-
-	if (bsize != BLOCK_SIZE) return bsize;
-
-	ret = file->length / (10000); /* rough heuristic */
-	ret = ret & ~15; /* multiple of 16 */
-	if (ret < bsize) ret = bsize;
-	if (ret > CHUNK_SIZE/2) ret = CHUNK_SIZE/2;
-	return ret;
+	return (cmp_modtime(st->st_mtime,file->modtime) == 0);
 }
 
 
 /*
-  send a sums struct down a fd
-  */
-static void send_sums(struct sum_struct *s,int f_out)
+ * NULL sum_struct means we have no checksums
+ */
+void write_sum_head(int f, struct sum_struct *sum)
 {
-	int i;
-	
-	/* tell the other guy how many we are going to be doing and how many
-	   bytes there are in the last chunk */
-	write_int(f_out,s?s->count:0);
-	write_int(f_out,s?s->n:block_size);
-	write_int(f_out,s?s->remainder:0);
+	static struct sum_struct null_sum;
 
-	if (!s) return;
+	if (sum == NULL)
+		sum = &null_sum;
 
-	for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
-		write_int(f_out,s->sums[i].sum1);
-		write_buf(f_out,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length);
+	write_int(f, sum->count);
+	write_int(f, sum->blength);
+	if (protocol_version >= 27)
+		write_int(f, sum->s2length);
+	write_int(f, sum->remainder);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * set (initialize) the size entries in the per-file sum_struct
+ * calulating dynamic block ans checksum sizes.
+ *
+ * This is only called from generate_and_send_sums() but is a seperate
+ * function to encapsulate the logic.
+ *
+ * The block size is a rounded square root of file length.
+ *
+ * The checksum size is determined according to:
+ *     blocksum_bits = BLOCKSUM_EXP + 2*log2(file_len) - log2(block_len)
+ * provided by Donovan Baarda which gives a probability of rsync
+ * algorithm corrupting data and falling back using the whole md4
+ * checksums.
+ *
+ * This might be made one of several selectable heuristics.
+ */
+
+static void sum_sizes_sqroot(struct sum_struct *sum, uint64 len)
+{
+	extern unsigned int block_size;
+	unsigned int blength;
+	int s2length;
+	uint32 c;
+	uint64 l;
+
+	if (block_size) {
+		blength = block_size;
+	} else if (len <= BLOCK_SIZE * BLOCK_SIZE) {
+		blength = BLOCK_SIZE;
+	} else {
+		l = len;
+		c = 1;
+		while (l >>= 2) {
+			c <<= 1;
+		}
+		blength = 0;
+		do {
+			blength |= c;
+			if (len < (uint64)blength * blength)
+				blength &= ~c;
+			c >>= 1;
+		} while (c >= 8);	/* round to multiple of 8 */
+		blength = MAX(blength, BLOCK_SIZE);
+	}
+
+	if (protocol_version < 27) {
+		s2length = csum_length;
+	} else if (csum_length == SUM_LENGTH) {
+		s2length = SUM_LENGTH;
+	} else {
+		int b = BLOCKSUM_BIAS;
+		l = len;
+		while (l >>= 1) {
+			b += 2;
+		}
+		c = blength;
+		while (c >>= 1 && b) {
+			b--;
+		}
+		s2length = (b + 1 - 32 + 7) / 8; /* add a bit,
+						  * subtract rollsum,
+						  * round up
+						  *    --optimize in compiler--
+						  */
+		s2length = MAX(s2length, csum_length);
+		s2length = MIN(s2length, SUM_LENGTH);
+	}
+
+	sum->flength	= len;
+	sum->blength	= blength;
+	sum->s2length	= s2length;
+	sum->count	= (len + (blength - 1)) / blength;
+	sum->remainder	= (len % blength);
+
+	if (sum->count && verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "count=%.0f rem=%u blength=%u s2length=%d flength=%.0f\n",
+			(double)sum->count, sum->remainder, sum->blength,
+			sum->s2length, (double)sum->flength);
 	}
 }
 
+/**
+ * Perhaps we want to just send an empty checksum set for this file,
+ * which will force the whole thing to be literally transferred.
+ *
+ * When do we do this?  If the user's explicitly said they
+ * want the whole thing, or if { they haven't explicitly
+ * requested a delta, and it's local but not batch mode.}
+ *
+ * Whew. */
+static BOOL disable_deltas_p(void)
+{
+	if (whole_file > 0)
+		return True;
+	if (whole_file == 0 || write_batch)
+		return False;
+	return local_server;
+}
+
 
 /*
-  generate a stream of signatures/checksums that describe a buffer
-
-  generate approximately one checksum every n bytes
-  */
-static struct sum_struct *generate_sums(struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len,int n)
+ * Generate and send a stream of signatures/checksums that describe a buffer
+ *
+ * Generate approximately one checksum every block_len bytes.
+ */
+static void generate_and_send_sums(struct map_struct *buf, size_t len, int f_out)
 {
-	int i;
-	struct sum_struct *s;
-	int count;
-	int block_len = n;
-	int remainder = (len%block_len);
+	size_t i;
+	struct sum_struct sum;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
-	count = (len+(block_len-1))/block_len;
+	sum_sizes_sqroot(&sum, len);
 
-	s = (struct sum_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*s));
-	if (!s) out_of_memory("generate_sums");
+	write_sum_head(f_out, &sum);
 
-	s->count = count;
-	s->remainder = remainder;
-	s->n = n;
-	s->flength = len;
+	for (i = 0; i < sum.count; i++) {
+		unsigned int n1 = MIN(len, sum.blength);
+		char *map = map_ptr(buf, offset, n1);
+		uint32 sum1 = get_checksum1(map, n1);
+		char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
 
-	if (count==0) {
-		s->sums = NULL;
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"count=%d rem=%d n=%d flength=%.0f\n",
-			s->count,s->remainder,s->n,(double)s->flength);
-
-	s->sums = (struct sum_buf *)malloc(sizeof(s->sums[0])*s->count);
-	if (!s->sums) out_of_memory("generate_sums");
-  
-	for (i=0;i<count;i++) {
-		int n1 = MIN(len,n);
-		char *map = map_ptr(buf,offset,n1);
-
-		s->sums[i].sum1 = get_checksum1(map,n1);
-		get_checksum2(map,n1,s->sums[i].sum2);
-
-		s->sums[i].offset = offset;
-		s->sums[i].len = n1;
-		s->sums[i].i = i;
-
-		if (verbose > 3)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"chunk[%d] offset=%.0f len=%d sum1=%08x\n",
-				i,(double)s->sums[i].offset,s->sums[i].len,s->sums[i].sum1);
+		get_checksum2(map, n1, sum2);
 
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"chunk[%.0f] offset=%.0f len=%u sum1=%08lx\n",
+				(double)i, (double)offset, n1,
+				(unsigned long)sum1);
+		}
+		write_int(f_out, sum1);
+		write_buf(f_out, sum2, sum.s2length);
 		len -= n1;
 		offset += n1;
 	}
-
-	return s;
 }
 
 
-void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
-{  
+
+/**
+ * Acts on file number @p i from @p flist, whose name is @p fname.
+ *
+ * First fixes up permissions, then generates checksums for the file.
+ *
+ * @note This comment was added later by mbp who was trying to work it
+ * out.  It might be wrong.
+ **/
+void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int i, int f_out)
+{
 	int fd;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	struct map_struct *buf;
-	struct sum_struct *s;
+	struct map_struct *mapbuf;
 	int statret;
-	struct file_struct *file = flist->files[i];
 	char *fnamecmp;
 	char fnamecmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-	extern char *compare_dest;
-	extern int list_only;
-	extern int preserve_perms;
-	extern int only_existing;
 
-	if (list_only) return;
+	if (list_only)
+		return;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO,"recv_generator(%s,%d)\n",fname,i);
@@ -189,37 +284,48 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 
 	if (only_existing && statret == -1 && errno == ENOENT) {
 		/* we only want to update existing files */
-		if (verbose > 1) rprintf(FINFO,"not creating %s\n",fname);
+		if (verbose > 1) rprintf(FINFO, "not creating new file \"%s\"\n",fname);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if (statret == 0 && 
-	    !preserve_perms && 
+	if (statret == 0 &&
+	    !preserve_perms &&
 	    (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) == S_ISDIR(file->mode))) {
 		/* if the file exists already and we aren't perserving
-                   presmissions then act as though the remote end sent
-                   us the file permissions we already have */
-		file->mode = (file->mode & _S_IFMT) | (st.st_mode & ~_S_IFMT);
+		 * permissions then act as though the remote end sent
+		 * us the file permissions we already have */
+		file->mode = (file->mode & ~CHMOD_BITS)
+			   | (st.st_mode & CHMOD_BITS);
 	}
 
 	if (S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
-		if (dry_run) return;
+		/* The file to be received is a directory, so we need
+		 * to prepare appropriately.  If there is already a
+		 * file of that name and it is *not* a directory, then
+		 * we need to delete it.  If it doesn't exist, then
+		 * recursively create it. */
+
+		if (dry_run) return; /* XXXX -- might cause inaccuracies?? -- mbp */
 		if (statret == 0 && !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
 			if (robust_unlink(fname) != 0) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"unlink %s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+					"recv_generator: unlink %s to make room for directory: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 				return;
 			}
 			statret = -1;
 		}
 		if (statret != 0 && do_mkdir(fname,file->mode) != 0 && errno != EEXIST) {
-			if (!(relative_paths && errno==ENOENT && 
-			      create_directory_path(fname)==0 && 
+			if (!(relative_paths && errno==ENOENT &&
+			      create_directory_path(fname, orig_umask)==0 &&
 			      do_mkdir(fname,file->mode)==0)) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"mkdir %s : %s (2)\n",
-					fname,strerror(errno));
+				rprintf(FERROR, "recv_generator: mkdir %s failed: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			}
 		}
-		if (set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0) && verbose) 
+		/* f_out is set to -1 when doing final directory
+		   permission and modification time repair */
+		if (set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0) && verbose && (f_out != -1))
 			rprintf(FINFO,"%s/\n",fname);
 		return;
 	}
@@ -228,12 +334,11 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 #if SUPPORT_LINKS
 		char lnk[MAXPATHLEN];
 		int l;
-		extern int safe_symlinks;
 
-		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->link, fname)) {
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->u.link, fname)) {
 			if (verbose) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,"ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-					fname,file->link);
+				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> \"%s\"\n",
+					full_fname(fname), file->u.link);
 			}
 			return;
 		}
@@ -241,21 +346,26 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 			l = readlink(fname,lnk,MAXPATHLEN-1);
 			if (l > 0) {
 				lnk[l] = 0;
-				if (strcmp(lnk,file->link) == 0) {
+				/* A link already pointing to the
+				 * right place -- no further action
+				 * required. */
+				if (strcmp(lnk,file->u.link) == 0) {
 					set_perms(fname,file,&st,1);
 					return;
 				}
 			}
+			/* Not a symlink, so delete whatever's
+			 * already there and put a new symlink
+			 * in place. */
+			delete_file(fname);
 		}
-		delete_file(fname);
-		if (do_symlink(file->link,fname) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"symlink %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fname,file->link,strerror(errno));
+		if (do_symlink(file->u.link,fname) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "symlink %s -> \"%s\" failed: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), file->u.link, strerror(errno));
 		} else {
 			set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
 			if (verbose) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,"%s -> %s\n",
-					fname,file->link);
+				rprintf(FINFO,"%s -> %s\n", fname,file->u.link);
 			}
 		}
 #endif
@@ -264,15 +374,16 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 
 #ifdef HAVE_MKNOD
 	if (am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
-		if (statret != 0 || 
+		if (statret != 0 ||
 		    st.st_mode != file->mode ||
-		    st.st_rdev != file->rdev) {	
+		    st.st_rdev != file->u.rdev) {
 			delete_file(fname);
 			if (verbose > 2)
 				rprintf(FINFO,"mknod(%s,0%o,0x%x)\n",
-					fname,(int)file->mode,(int)file->rdev);
-			if (do_mknod(fname,file->mode,file->rdev) != 0) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"mknod %s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
+					fname,(int)file->mode,(int)file->u.rdev);
+			if (do_mknod(fname,file->mode,file->u.rdev) != 0) {
+				rprintf(FERROR, "mknod %s failed: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			} else {
 				set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
 				if (verbose)
@@ -285,39 +396,51 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (preserve_hard_links && check_hard_link(file)) {
-		if (verbose > 1)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"%s is a hard link\n",f_name(file));
+	if (preserve_hard_links && hard_link_check(file, HL_CHECK_MASTER))
 		return;
-	}
 
 	if (!S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"skipping non-regular file %s\n",fname);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "skipping non-regular file \"%s\"\n",fname);
 		return;
 	}
 
 	fnamecmp = fname;
 
-	if ((statret == -1) && (compare_dest != NULL)) {
+	if (statret == -1 && compare_dest != NULL) {
 		/* try the file at compare_dest instead */
 		int saveerrno = errno;
-		slprintf(fnamecmpbuf,MAXPATHLEN,"%s/%s",compare_dest,fname);
+		pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf, compare_dest, fname);
 		statret = link_stat(fnamecmpbuf,&st);
 		if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode))
 			statret = -1;
 		if (statret == -1)
 			errno = saveerrno;
+#if HAVE_LINK
+		else if (link_dest && !dry_run) {
+			if (do_link(fnamecmpbuf, fname) != 0) {
+				if (verbose > 0) {
+					rprintf(FINFO,"link %s => %s : %s\n",
+						fnamecmpbuf, fname,
+						strerror(errno));
+				}
+			}
+			fnamecmp = fnamecmpbuf;
+		}
+#endif
 		else
 			fnamecmp = fnamecmpbuf;
 	}
 
 	if (statret == -1) {
+		if (preserve_hard_links && hard_link_check(file, HL_SKIP))
+			return;
 		if (errno == ENOENT) {
 			write_int(f_out,i);
-			if (!dry_run) send_sums(NULL,f_out);
-		} else {
-			if (verbose > 1)
-				rprintf(FERROR,"recv_generator failed to open %s\n",fname);
+			if (!dry_run) write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
+		} else if (verbose > 1) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"recv_generator: failed to open %s: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		}
 		return;
 	}
@@ -328,12 +451,20 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 		}
 
 		/* now pretend the file didn't exist */
+		if (preserve_hard_links && hard_link_check(file, HL_SKIP))
+			return;
 		write_int(f_out,i);
-		if (!dry_run) send_sums(NULL,f_out);    
+		if (!dry_run) write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if (update_only && st.st_mtime > file->modtime && fnamecmp == fname) {
+	if (opt_ignore_existing && fnamecmp == fname) {
+		if (verbose > 1)
+			rprintf(FINFO,"%s exists\n",fname);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (update_only && cmp_modtime(st.st_mtime,file->modtime)>0 && fnamecmp == fname) {
 		if (verbose > 1)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"%s is newer\n",fname);
 		return;
@@ -350,73 +481,89 @@ void recv_generator(char *fname,struct file_list *flist,int i,int f_out)
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if (whole_file) {
+	if (disable_deltas_p()) {
 		write_int(f_out,i);
-		send_sums(NULL,f_out);    
+		write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	/* open the file */  
+	/* open the file */
 	fd = do_open(fnamecmp, O_RDONLY, 0);
 
 	if (fd == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"failed to open %s, continuing : %s\n",fnamecmp,strerror(errno));
+		rprintf(FERROR, "failed to open %s, continuing: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fnamecmp), strerror(errno));
 		/* pretend the file didn't exist */
+		if (preserve_hard_links && hard_link_check(file, HL_SKIP))
+			return;
 		write_int(f_out,i);
-		send_sums(NULL,f_out);
+		write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if (st.st_size > 0) {
-		buf = map_file(fd,st.st_size);
-	} else {
-		buf = NULL;
+	if (st.st_size > 0)
+		mapbuf = map_file(fd,st.st_size);
+	else
+		mapbuf = NULL;
+
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"gen mapped %s of size %.0f\n", fnamecmp,
+			(double)st.st_size);
 	}
 
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"gen mapped %s of size %.0f\n",fnamecmp,(double)st.st_size);
-
-	s = generate_sums(buf,st.st_size,adapt_block_size(file, block_size));
-
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"sending sums for %d\n",i);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "generating and sending sums for %d\n", i);
 
 	write_int(f_out,i);
-	send_sums(s,f_out);
+	generate_and_send_sums(mapbuf, st.st_size, f_out);
 
 	close(fd);
-	if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
-
-	free_sums(s);
+	if (mapbuf) unmap_file(mapbuf);
 }
 
 
-
-void generate_files(int f,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name,int f_recv)
+void generate_files(int f, struct file_list *flist, char *local_name)
 {
 	int i;
 	int phase=0;
+	char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"generator starting pid=%d count=%d\n",
-			(int)getpid(),flist->count);
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "generator starting pid=%ld count=%d\n",
+			(long)getpid(), flist->count);
+	}
+
+	if (verbose >= 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,
+			disable_deltas_p()
+			? "delta-transmission disabled for local transfer or --whole-file\n"
+			: "delta transmission enabled\n");
+	}
+
+	/* we expect to just sit around now, so don't exit on a
+	   timeout. If we really get a timeout then the other process should
+	   exit */
+	io_timeout = 0;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++) {
 		struct file_struct *file = flist->files[i];
-		mode_t saved_mode = file->mode;
-		if (!file->basename) continue;
+		struct file_struct copy;
 
+		if (!file->basename)
+			continue;
 		/* we need to ensure that any directories we create have writeable
 		   permissions initially so that we can create the files within
 		   them. This is then fixed after the files are transferred */
-		if (!am_root && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
-			file->mode |= S_IWUSR; /* user write */
+		if (!am_root && S_ISDIR(file->mode) && !(file->mode & S_IWUSR)) {
+			copy = *file;
+			/* XXX: Could this be causing a problem on SCO?  Perhaps their
+			 * handling of permissions is strange? */
+			copy.mode |= S_IWUSR; /* user write */
+			file = &copy;
 		}
 
-		recv_generator(local_name?local_name:f_name(file),
-			       flist,i,f);
-
-		file->mode = saved_mode;
+		recv_generator(local_name ? local_name : f_name_to(file, fbuf),
+			       file, i, f);
 	}
 
 	phase++;
@@ -428,24 +575,32 @@ void generate_files(int f,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name,int f_recv)
 
 	write_int(f,-1);
 
-	/* we expect to just sit around now, so don't exit on a
-	   timeout. If we really get a timeout then the other process should
-	   exit */
-	io_timeout = 0;
-
-	if (remote_version >= 13) {
-		/* in newer versions of the protocol the files can cycle through
-		   the system more than once to catch initial checksum errors */
-		for (i=read_int(f_recv); i != -1; i=read_int(f_recv)) {
-			struct file_struct *file = flist->files[i];
-			recv_generator(local_name?local_name:f_name(file),
-				       flist,i,f);    
-		}
-
-		phase++;
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"generate_files phase=%d\n",phase);
-
-		write_int(f,-1);
+	/* files can cycle through the system more than once
+	 * to catch initial checksum errors */
+	while ((i = get_redo_num()) != -1) {
+		struct file_struct *file = flist->files[i];
+		recv_generator(local_name ? local_name : f_name_to(file, fbuf),
+			       file, i, f);
 	}
+
+	phase++;
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO,"generate_files phase=%d\n",phase);
+
+	write_int(f,-1);
+
+	if (preserve_hard_links)
+		do_hard_links();
+
+	/* now we need to fix any directory permissions that were
+	 * modified during the transfer */
+	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++) {
+		struct file_struct *file = flist->files[i];
+		if (!file->basename || !S_ISDIR(file->mode)) continue;
+		recv_generator(local_name ? local_name : f_name(file),
+			       file, i, -1);
+	}
+
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO,"generate_files finished\n");
 }

getgroups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file getgroups.c
+ *
+ * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is
+ * like `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable
+ * equivalent.
+ **/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+int
+main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
+{
+	int n, i;
+	gid_t *list;
+	gid_t gid = MY_GID();
+	int gid_in_list = 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if ((n = getgroups(0, NULL)) < 0) {
+		perror("getgroups");
+		return 1;
+	}
+#else
+	n = 0;
+#endif
+
+	list = (gid_t*)malloc(sizeof (gid_t) * (n + 1));
+	if (!list) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory!\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if (n > 0)
+		n = getgroups(n, list);
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)  {
+		printf("%lu ", (unsigned long)list[i]);
+		if (list[i] == gid)
+			gid_in_list = 1;
+	}
+	/* The default gid might not be in the list on some systems. */
+	if (!gid_in_list)
+		printf("%lu", (unsigned long)gid);
+	printf("\n");
+		
+	return 0;
+}

hlink.c

@@ -1,17 +1,18 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -21,136 +22,190 @@
 
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int verbose;
+extern int make_backups;
 
 #if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static int hlink_compare(struct file_struct *f1,struct file_struct *f2)
+static int hlink_compare(struct file_struct **file1, struct file_struct **file2)
 {
-  if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode) && !S_ISREG(f2->mode)) return 0;
-  if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode)) return -1;
-  if (!S_ISREG(f2->mode)) return 1;
+	struct file_struct *f1 = *file1;
+	struct file_struct *f2 = *file2;
 
-  if (f1->dev != f2->dev) 
-    return (int)(f1->dev>f2->dev?1:-1);
+	if (f1->F_DEV != f2->F_DEV)
+		return (int) (f1->F_DEV > f2->F_DEV ? 1 : -1);
 
-  if (f1->inode != f2->inode) 
-    return (int)(f1->inode>f2->inode?1:-1);
+	if (f1->F_INODE != f2->F_INODE)
+		return (int) (f1->F_INODE > f2->F_INODE ? 1 : -1);
 
-  return file_compare(&f1,&f2);
+	return file_compare(file1, file2);
 }
 
-
-static struct file_struct *hlink_list;
+static struct file_struct **hlink_list;
 static int hlink_count;
+
+#define LINKED(p1,p2) ((p1)->F_DEV == (p2)->F_DEV \
+		    && (p1)->F_INODE == (p2)->F_INODE)
+
+/* Analyze the data in the hlink_list[], remove items that aren't multiply
+ * linked, and replace the dev+inode data with the hlindex+next linked list. */
+static void link_idev_data(struct file_list *flist)
+{
+	struct file_struct *head;
+	int from, to, start;
+
+	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
+	alloc_pool_t idev_pool = flist->hlink_pool;
+
+	hlink_pool = pool_create(128 * 1024, sizeof (struct hlink),
+	    out_of_memory, POOL_INTERN);
+
+	for (from = to = 0; from < hlink_count; from++) {
+		start = from;
+		head = hlink_list[start];
+		while (from < hlink_count-1
+		    && LINKED(hlink_list[from], hlink_list[from+1])) {
+			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, hlink_list[from]->link_u.idev);
+			hlink_list[from]->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			hlink_list[from]->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			hlink_list[from]->F_NEXT = hlink_list[from+1];
+			from++;
+		}
+		if (from > start) {
+			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, hlink_list[from]->link_u.idev);
+			hlink_list[from]->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			hlink_list[from]->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			hlink_list[from]->F_NEXT = head;
+			hlink_list[from]->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_EOL;
+			hlink_list[to++] = head;
+		} else {
+			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, head->link_u.idev);
+			head->link_u.idev = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!to) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+		pool_destroy(hlink_pool);
+		hlink_pool = NULL;
+	} else {
+		hlink_count = to;
+		if (!(hlink_list = realloc_array(hlink_list,
+		    struct file_struct *, hlink_count)))
+			out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
+	}
+	flist->hlink_pool = hlink_pool;
+	pool_destroy(idev_pool);
+}
 #endif
 
 void init_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
 {
 #if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 	int i;
-	if (flist->count < 2) return;
 
-	if (hlink_list) free(hlink_list);
-    
-	if (!(hlink_list = 
-	      (struct file_struct *)malloc(sizeof(hlink_list[0])*flist->count)))
+	if (flist->count < 2)
+		return;
+
+	if (hlink_list)
+		free(hlink_list);
+
+	if (!(hlink_list = new_array(struct file_struct *, flist->count)))
 		out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
 
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++)
-		memcpy(&hlink_list[i], flist->files[i], sizeof(hlink_list[0]));
+	hlink_count = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++) {
+		if (flist->files[i]->link_u.idev)
+			hlink_list[hlink_count++] = flist->files[i];
+	}
 
-	qsort(hlink_list,flist->count,
-	      sizeof(hlink_list[0]),
-	      (int (*)())hlink_compare);
+	qsort(hlink_list, hlink_count,
+	    sizeof hlink_list[0], (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
 
-	hlink_count=flist->count;
+	if (!hlink_count) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+	} else
+		link_idev_data(flist);
 #endif
 }
 
-/* check if a file should be skipped because it is the same as an
-   earlier hard link */
-int check_hard_link(struct file_struct *file)
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int skip)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-  int low=0,high=hlink_count-1;
-  int ret=0;
-
-  if (!hlink_list || !S_ISREG(file->mode)) return 0;
-
-  while (low != high) {
-    int mid = (low+high)/2;
-    ret = hlink_compare(&hlink_list[mid],file);
-    if (ret == 0) {
-	    low = mid;
-	    break;
-    }
-    if (ret > 0) 
-      high=mid;
-    else
-      low=mid+1;
-  }
-
-  if (hlink_compare(&hlink_list[low],file) != 0) return 0;
-
-  if (low > 0 &&
-      S_ISREG(hlink_list[low-1].mode) &&
-      file->dev == hlink_list[low-1].dev &&
-      file->inode == hlink_list[low-1].inode)
-    return 1;
-#endif
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static void hard_link_one(int i)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT st1,st2;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]),&st1) != 0) return;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i]),&st2) != 0) {
-		if (do_link(f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]),f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]),strerror(errno));
-			return;
+	if (!hlink_list || !file->link_u.links)
+		return 0;
+	if (skip && !(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL))
+		hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] = file->F_NEXT;
+	if (hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] != file) {
+		if (verbose > 1) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "\"%s\" is a hard link\n",
+			    f_name(file));
 		}
-	} else {
-		if (st2.st_dev == st1.st_dev && st2.st_ino == st1.st_ino) return;
-		
-		if (robust_unlink(f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0 ||
-		    do_link(f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]),f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]),strerror(errno));
-			return;
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+static void hard_link_one(char *hlink1, char *hlink2)
+{
+	if (do_link(hlink1, hlink2)) {
+		if (verbose) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "link %s => %s failed: %s\n",
+			    hlink2, hlink1, strerror(errno));
 		}
 	}
-	if (verbose > 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"%s => %s\n",
-			f_name(&hlink_list[i]),f_name(&hlink_list[i-1]));
+	else if (verbose)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "%s => %s\n", hlink2, hlink1);
 }
 #endif
 
-/* create any hard links in the flist */
-void do_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
+
+
+/**
+ * Create any hard links in the global hlink_list.  They were put
+ * there by running init_hard_links on the filelist.
+ **/
+void do_hard_links(void)
 {
 #if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	struct file_struct *file, *first;
+	char hlink1[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *hlink2;
+	STRUCT_STAT st1, st2;
 	int i;
-  
-	if (!hlink_list) return;
 
-	for (i=1;i<hlink_count;i++) {
-		if (S_ISREG(hlink_list[i].mode) &&
-		    S_ISREG(hlink_list[i-1].mode) &&
-		    hlink_list[i].basename && hlink_list[i-1].basename &&
-		    hlink_list[i].dev == hlink_list[i-1].dev &&
-		    hlink_list[i].inode == hlink_list[i-1].inode) {
-			hard_link_one(i);
-		}	
+	if (!hlink_list)
+		return;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < hlink_count; i++) {
+		first = file = hlink_list[i];
+		if (link_stat(f_name_to(first, hlink1), &st1) != 0)
+			continue;
+		while ((file = file->F_NEXT) != first) {
+			hlink2 = f_name(file);
+			if (link_stat(hlink2, &st2) == 0) {
+				if (st2.st_dev == st1.st_dev
+				    && st2.st_ino == st1.st_ino)
+					continue;
+				if (make_backups) {
+					if (!make_backup(hlink2))
+						continue;
+				} else if (robust_unlink(hlink2)) {
+					if (verbose > 0) {
+						rprintf(FINFO,
+						    "unlink %s failed: %s\n",
+						    full_fname(hlink2), 
+						    strerror(errno));
+					}
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+			hard_link_one(hlink1, hlink2);
+		}
 	}
 #endif
 }

install-sh

@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ else
 
 # Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
 
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
 
 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name
 

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-.cvsignore
 Makefile
 a
 b

lib/compat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* 
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,11 +17,15 @@
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
-/*
-  compatibility functions - replacing functions for platforms that don't
-  have them.
+/**
+ * @file compat.c
+ *
+ * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't
+ * have them.
+ **/
+
+
 
-  */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 
@@ -78,9 +83,11 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
-/* Find the first ocurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  
-   derived from glibc 
-*/
+/**
+ * Find the first ocurrence in @p s of any character in @p accept.
+ *
+ * Derived from glibc 
+ **/
  char *strpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
 	while (*s != '\0')  {
@@ -95,50 +102,47 @@
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
- char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
-{
-	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
-	static char buf[18];
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-	slprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
-#else
-	slprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
-#endif
-	return buf;
-}
-#endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
-/* like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
-   terminates. bufsize is the size of the destination buffer */
+/**
+ * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
+ * terminates.
+ *
+ * @param bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
+ *
+ * @return index of the terminating byte.
+ **/
  size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len;
-	if (len >= bufsize) len = bufsize-1;
-	memcpy(d, s, len);
-	d[len] = 0;
+	if (bufsize > 0) {
+		if (len >= bufsize)
+			len = bufsize-1;
+		memcpy(d, s, len);
+		d[len] = 0;
+	}
 	return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
-/* like strncat but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
-   terminates. bufsize is the length of the buffer, which should
-   be one more than the maximum resulting string length */
+/**
+ * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
+ * terminates.
+ *
+ * @param bufsize length of the buffer, which should be one more than
+ * the maximum resulting string length.
+ **/
  size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len1 = strlen(d);
 	size_t len2 = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len1 + len2;
 
-	if (len1+len2 >= bufsize) {
-		len2 = bufsize - (len1+1);
-	}
-	if (len2 > 0) {
+	if (len1 < bufsize - 1) {
+		if (len2 >= bufsize - len1)
+			len2 = bufsize - len1 - 1;
 		memcpy(d+len1, s, len2);
 		d[len1+len2] = 0;
 	}
@@ -146,7 +150,23 @@
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifndef HAVE_INET_ATON
+#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
+ char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
+{
+	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
+	static char buf[18];
+#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
+		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
+#else
+	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
+		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
+#endif
+	return buf;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_INET_ATON
  int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp)
 {
 	unsigned int a1, a2, a3, a4;
@@ -154,12 +174,12 @@
 
 	if (strcmp(cp, "255.255.255.255") == 0) {
 		inp->s_addr = (unsigned) -1;
-		return 1;
+		return 0;
 	}
 
 	if (sscanf(cp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &a1, &a2, &a3, &a4) != 4 ||
 	    a1 > 255 || a2 > 255 || a3 > 255 || a4 > 255) {
-		return 1;
+		return 0;
 	}
 
 	ret = (a1 << 24) | (a2 << 16) | (a3 << 8) | a4;

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-#include "../rsync.h"
-#ifndef HAVE_FNMATCH
-
-/* ----- THE FOLLOWING UP TO 'END' is glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c
-     except for the parts with '#if 0' */
-
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if 0	/* header files included better by ../rsync.h */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
-   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
-# include <wchar.h>
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if 1
-
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-#ifdef isblank
-# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
-#else
-# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
-#endif
-#ifdef isgraph
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
-#else
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
-#endif
-
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
-
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
-   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
-#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#  else
-/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
-   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
-#  else
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
-
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
-# endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-# endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
-   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
-static int
-#ifdef _LIBC
-internal_function
-#endif
-internal_fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string,
-		  int no_leading_period, int flags)
-{
-  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
-  register unsigned char c;
-
-/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# else
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# endif
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
-    {
-      c = FOLD (c);
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '?':
-	  if (*n == '\0')
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-		   && (n == string
-		       || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\\':
-	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-	    {
-	      c = *p++;
-	      if (c == '\0')
-		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      c = FOLD (c);
-	    }
-	  if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) != c)
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '*':
-	  if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-	      && (n == string
-		  || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
-	    {
-	      if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
-		{
-		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
-		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
-		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		  else
-		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
-		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
-		       less than three characters.  */
-		    ++n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (c == '\0')
-	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
-	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
-	       this does mean it cannot match.  */
-	    return ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && strchr (n, '/') != NULL
-		    ? FNM_NOMATCH : 0);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const char *endp;
-
-#if 0
-	      endp = __strchrnul (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? '/' : '\0');
-#else
-/* replace call to internal glibc function with equivalent */
-	      if (!(flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) || ((endp = strchr(n, '/')) == NULL))
-		endp = n + strlen(n);
-#endif
-
-	      if (c == '[')
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					  (no_leading_period
-					   && (n == string
-					       || (n[-1] == '/'
-						   && (flags
-						       & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					  flags2)
-			== 0)
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	      else if (c == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		{
-		  while (*n != '\0' && *n != '/')
-		    ++n;
-		  if (*n == '/'
-		      && (internal_fnmatch (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD,
-					    flags) == 0))
-		    return 0;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  if (c == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-		    c = *p;
-		  c = FOLD (c);
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) == c
-			&& (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					      (no_leading_period
-					       && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					      flags2) == 0))
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
-	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	case '[':
-	  {
-	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
-	    static int posixly_correct;
-	    register int not;
-	    char cold;
-
-	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
-	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
-
-	    if (*n == '\0')
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    not = (*p == '!' || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == '^'));
-	    if (not)
-	      ++p;
-
-	    c = *p++;
-	    for (;;)
-	      {
-		unsigned char fn = FOLD ((unsigned char) *n);
-
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    c = FOLD ((unsigned char) *p);
-		    ++p;
-
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
-		    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-		    size_t c1 = 0;
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wctype_t wt;
-# endif
-		    const char *startp = p;
-
-		    for (;;)
-		      {
-			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
-			     is ill-formed.  */
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			c = *++p;
-			if (c == ':' && p[1] == ']')
-			  {
-			    p += 2;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			if (c < 'a' || c >= 'z')
-			  {
-			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
-			       Match it as a normal range.  */
-			    p = startp;
-			    c = '[';
-			    goto normal_bracket;
-			  }
-			str[c1++] = c;
-		      }
-		    str[c1] = '\0';
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
-		    if (wt == 0)
-		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		    if (__iswctype (__btowc ((unsigned char) *n), wt))
-		      goto matched;
-# else
-		    if ((STREQ (str, "alnum") && ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "alpha") && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "blank") && ISBLANK ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "cntrl") && ISCNTRL ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "digit") && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "graph") && ISGRAPH ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "lower") && ISLOWER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "print") && ISPRINT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "punct") && ISPUNCT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "space") && ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "upper") && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "xdigit") && ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n)))
-		      goto matched;
-# endif
-		  }
-		else if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		else
-		  {
-		  normal_bracket:
-		    if (FOLD (c) == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-
-		    cold = c;
-		    c = *p++;
-
-		    if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
-		      {
-			/* It is a range.  */
-			unsigned char cend = *p++;
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == '\0')
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			if (cold <= fn && fn <= FOLD (cend))
-			  goto matched;
-
-			c = *p++;
-		      }
-		  }
-
-		if (c == ']')
-		  break;
-	      }
-
-	    if (!not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	    break;
-
-	  matched:
-	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
-	    while (c != ']')
-	      {
-		if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		c = *p++;
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		    ++p;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    do
-		      if (*++p == '\0')
-			return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    while (*p != ':' || p[1] == ']');
-		    p += 2;
-		    c = *p;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    if (not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  if (c != FOLD ((unsigned char) *n))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	}
-
-      ++n;
-    }
-
-  if (*n == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
-    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-# undef FOLD
-}
-
-
-int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
-{
-  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-/* ----- END glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c */
-
-#else	/* HAVE_FNMATCH */
-void fnmatch_dummy(void) {}
-#endif

lib/fnmatch.h

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
-# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
-#  undef	__P
-#  define __P(protos)	protos
-# endif
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	__P
-# define __P(protos)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef const
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __const	const
-# else
-#  define __const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#ifndef FNM_FILE_NAME
-# define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
-   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
-   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
-   to be defined.  */
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-# define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
-#endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/getopt.c

@@ -1,751 +0,0 @@
-#include "../rsync.h"
-#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-
-/* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
-   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages.  */
-#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
-   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
-   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
-   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
-   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
-   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
-   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
-   Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
-   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
-   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
-   in which the last option character we returned was found.
-   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
-   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
-   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
-   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
-   system's own getopt implementation.  */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
-   If the caller did not specify anything,
-   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
-   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
-   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
-   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
-   This is what Unix does.
-   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
-   of the list of option characters.
-
-   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
-   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
-   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
-   expect this.
-
-   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
-   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
-   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
-   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
-   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
-   selects this mode of operation.
-
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
-
-static enum
-{
-  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
-     const char *str;
-     int chr;
-{
-  while (*str)
-    {
-      if (*str == chr)
-	return (char *) str;
-      str++;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
-   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
-   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
-   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
-   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
-   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
-   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int bottom = first_nonopt;
-  int middle = last_nonopt;
-  int top = optind;
-  char *tem;
-
-  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
-     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
-     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
-     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
-
-  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
-    {
-      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
-	{
-	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = middle - bottom;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
-	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
-	  top -= len;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = top - middle;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
-	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
-	  bottom += len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
-
-  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
-  last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
-
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (optstring)
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
-     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
-     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
-
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
-
-  nextchar = NULL;
-
-  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
-  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
-
-  if (optstring[0] == '-')
-    {
-      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
-    {
-      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
-    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-  else
-    ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-  return optstring;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
-   given in OPTSTRING.
-
-   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
-   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
-   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-   from each of the option elements.
-
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
-   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
-   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
-   so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
-   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
-   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
-   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
-   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
-   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
-   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
-   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
-   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
-   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
-   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
-
-   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
-   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
-   with other systems.
-
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
-   element containing a name which is zero.
-
-   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
-   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
-   recent call.
-
-   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
-   long-named options.  */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-     const struct option *longopts;
-     int *longind;
-     int long_only;
-{
-  optarg = NULL;
-
-  if (optind == 0)
-    optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
-
-  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
-    {
-      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
-	{
-	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
-	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-
-	  /* Skip any additional non-options
-	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
-
-	  while (optind < argc
-		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
-	    optind++;
-	  last_nonopt = optind;
-	}
-
-      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
-	 Skip it like a null option,
-	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
-	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
-
-      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
-	{
-	  optind++;
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-	  last_nonopt = argc;
-
-	  optind = argc;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
-	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
-
-      if (optind == argc)
-	{
-	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
-	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
-	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return EOF;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
-	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
-
-      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
-	{
-	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return EOF;
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  return 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
-	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
-
-      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
-		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
-    }
-
-  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
-
-  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
-     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
-     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
-     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
-     way to give the -f short option.
-
-     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
-     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
-     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
-     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
-
-  if (longopts != NULL
-      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
-    {
-      char *nameend;
-      const struct option *p;
-      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-      int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound;
-      int option_index;
-
-      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      /* Test all long options for either exact match
-	 or abbreviated matches.  */
-      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	  {
-	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
-	      {
-		/* Exact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-		exact = 1;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound == NULL)
-	      {
-		/* First nonexact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-	      ambig = 1;
-	  }
-
-      if (ambig && !exact)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-
-      if (pfound != NULL)
-	{
-	  option_index = indfound;
-	  optind++;
-	  if (*nameend)
-	    {
-	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
-	      if (pfound->has_arg)
-		optarg = nameend + 1;
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	    {
-	      if (optind < argc)
-		optarg = argv[optind++];
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  if (longind != NULL)
-	    *longind = option_index;
-	  if (pfound->flag)
-	    {
-	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-	  return pfound->val;
-	}
-
-      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
-	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
-	 option, then it's an error.
-	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
-      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    {
-	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
-		/* --option */
-		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], nextchar);
-	      else
-		/* +option or -option */
-		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
-	    }
-	  nextchar = (char *) "";
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
-
-  {
-    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
-    if (*nextchar == '\0')
-      ++optind;
-
-    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
-      {
-	if (opterr)
-	  {
-	    if (posixly_correct)
-	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	  }
-	optopt = c;
-	return '?';
-      }
-    if (temp[1] == ':')
-      {
-	if (temp[2] == ':')
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      optarg = NULL;
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else if (optind == argc)
-	      {
-		if (opterr)
-		  {
-		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
-		  }
-		optopt = c;
-		if (optstring[0] == ':')
-		  c = ':';
-		else
-		  c = '?';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	      optarg = argv[optind++];
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-      }
-    return c;
-  }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
-			   (const struct option *) 0,
-			   (int *) 0,
-			   0);
-}
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
-      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == EOF)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
-#else  /* HAVE_GETOPT_LONG */
-void getopt_dummy(void) {}
-#endif

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */

lib/inet_ntop.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2001  Internet Software Consortium.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM
+ * DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
+ * FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define NS_INT16SZ	 2
+#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ	16
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where
+ * sizeof(int) < 4.  sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX.
+ */
+
+static const char *inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst,
+			      size_t size);
+
+#ifdef AF_INET6
+static const char *inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst,
+			      size_t size);
+#endif
+
+/* char *
+ * isc_net_ntop(af, src, dst, size)
+ *	convert a network format address to presentation format.
+ * return:
+ *	pointer to presentation format address (`dst'), or NULL (see errno).
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+const char *
+inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size)
+{
+	switch (af) {
+	case AF_INET:
+		return (inet_ntop4(src, dst, size));
+#ifdef AF_INET6
+	case AF_INET6:
+		return (inet_ntop6(src, dst, size));
+#endif
+	default:
+		errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* const char *
+ * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)
+ *	format an IPv4 address
+ * return:
+ *	`dst' (as a const)
+ * notes:
+ *	(1) uses no statics
+ *	(2) takes a unsigned char* not an in_addr as input
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static const char *
+inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
+{
+	static const char *fmt = "%u.%u.%u.%u";
+	char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
+
+	if ((size_t)sprintf(tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]) >= size)
+	{
+		errno = ENOSPC;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+
+	return (dst);
+}
+
+/* const char *
+ * isc_inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)
+ *	convert IPv6 binary address into presentation (printable) format
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+#ifdef AF_INET6
+static const char *
+inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Note that int32_t and int16_t need only be "at least" large enough
+	 * to contain a value of the specified size.  On some systems, like
+	 * Crays, there is no such thing as an integer variable with 16 bits.
+	 * Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded
+	 * to use pointer overlays.  All the world's not a VAX.
+	 */
+	char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
+	struct { int base, len; } best, cur;
+	unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Preprocess:
+	 *	Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array.
+	 *	Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding.
+	 */
+	memset(words, '\0', sizeof words);
+	for (i = 0; i < NS_IN6ADDRSZ; i++)
+		words[i / 2] |= (src[i] << ((1 - (i % 2)) << 3));
+	best.base = -1;
+	cur.base = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) {
+		if (words[i] == 0) {
+			if (cur.base == -1)
+				cur.base = i, cur.len = 1;
+			else
+				cur.len++;
+		} else {
+			if (cur.base != -1) {
+				if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+					best = cur;
+				cur.base = -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (cur.base != -1) {
+		if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+			best = cur;
+	}
+	if (best.base != -1 && best.len < 2)
+		best.base = -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Format the result.
+	 */
+	tp = tmp;
+	for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) {
+		/* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */
+		if (best.base != -1 && i >= best.base &&
+		    i < (best.base + best.len)) {
+			if (i == best.base)
+				*tp++ = ':';
+			continue;
+		}
+		/* Are we following an initial run of 0x00s or any real hex? */
+		if (i != 0)
+			*tp++ = ':';
+		/* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
+		if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
+		    (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) {
+			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp,
+					sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+				return (NULL);
+			tp += strlen(tp);
+			break;
+		}
+		tp += sprintf(tp, "%x", words[i]);
+	}
+	/* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
+	if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
+	    (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ))
+		*tp++ = ':';
+	*tp++ = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Check for overflow, copy, and we're done.
+	 */
+	if ((size_t)(tp - tmp) > size) {
+		errno = ENOSPC;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+	return (dst);
+}
+#endif /* AF_INET6 */

lib/inet_pton.c

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2001  Internet Software Consortium.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM
+ * DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
+ * FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define NS_INT16SZ	 2
+#define NS_INADDRSZ	 4
+#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ	16
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where
+ * sizeof(int) < 4.  sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX.
+ */
+
+static int inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#ifdef INET6
+static int inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#endif
+
+/* int
+ * inet_pton(af, src, dst)
+ *	convert from presentation format (which usually means ASCII printable)
+ *	to network format (which is usually some kind of binary format).
+ * return:
+ *	1 if the address was valid for the specified address family
+ *	0 if the address wasn't valid (`dst' is untouched in this case)
+ *	-1 if some other error occurred (`dst' is untouched in this case, too)
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+int
+inet_pton(int af,
+	  const char *src,
+	  void *dst)
+{
+	switch (af) {
+	case AF_INET:
+		return (inet_pton4(src, dst));
+#ifdef INET6
+	case AF_INET6:
+		return (inet_pton6(src, dst));
+#endif
+	default:
+		errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* int
+ * inet_pton4(src, dst)
+ *	like inet_aton() but without all the hexadecimal and shorthand.
+ * return:
+ *	1 if `src' is a valid dotted quad, else 0.
+ * notice:
+ *	does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1.
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static int
+inet_pton4(src, dst)
+	const char *src;
+	unsigned char *dst;
+{
+	static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
+	int saw_digit, octets, ch;
+	unsigned char tmp[NS_INADDRSZ], *tp;
+
+	saw_digit = 0;
+	octets = 0;
+	*(tp = tmp) = 0;
+	while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') {
+		const char *pch;
+
+		if ((pch = strchr(digits, ch)) != NULL) {
+			unsigned int new = *tp * 10 + (pch - digits);
+
+			if (new > 255)
+				return (0);
+			*tp = new;
+			if (! saw_digit) {
+				if (++octets > 4)
+					return (0);
+				saw_digit = 1;
+			}
+		} else if (ch == '.' && saw_digit) {
+			if (octets == 4)
+				return (0);
+			*++tp = 0;
+			saw_digit = 0;
+		} else
+			return (0);
+	}
+	if (octets < 4)
+		return (0);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, NS_INADDRSZ);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+/* int
+ * inet_pton6(src, dst)
+ *	convert presentation level address to network order binary form.
+ * return:
+ *	1 if `src' is a valid [RFC1884 2.2] address, else 0.
+ * notice:
+ *	(1) does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1.
+ *	(2) :: in a full address is silently ignored.
+ * credit:
+ *	inspired by Mark Andrews.
+ * author:
+ *	Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+#ifdef INET6
+static int
+inet_pton6(src, dst)
+	const char *src;
+	unsigned char *dst;
+{
+	static const char xdigits_l[] = "0123456789abcdef",
+			  xdigits_u[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+	unsigned char tmp[NS_IN6ADDRSZ], *tp, *endp, *colonp;
+	const char *xdigits, *curtok;
+	int ch, saw_xdigit;
+	unsigned int val;
+
+	memset((tp = tmp), '\0', NS_IN6ADDRSZ);
+	endp = tp + NS_IN6ADDRSZ;
+	colonp = NULL;
+	/* Leading :: requires some special handling. */
+	if (*src == ':')
+		if (*++src != ':')
+			return (0);
+	curtok = src;
+	saw_xdigit = 0;
+	val = 0;
+	while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') {
+		const char *pch;
+
+		if ((pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_l), ch)) == NULL)
+			pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_u), ch);
+		if (pch != NULL) {
+			val <<= 4;
+			val |= (pch - xdigits);
+			if (val > 0xffff)
+				return (0);
+			saw_xdigit = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (ch == ':') {
+			curtok = src;
+			if (!saw_xdigit) {
+				if (colonp)
+					return (0);
+				colonp = tp;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp)
+				return (0);
+			*tp++ = (unsigned char) (val >> 8) & 0xff;
+			*tp++ = (unsigned char) val & 0xff;
+			saw_xdigit = 0;
+			val = 0;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (ch == '.' && ((tp + NS_INADDRSZ) <= endp) &&
+		    inet_pton4(curtok, tp) > 0) {
+			tp += NS_INADDRSZ;
+			saw_xdigit = 0;
+			break;	/* '\0' was seen by inet_pton4(). */
+		}
+		return (0);
+	}
+	if (saw_xdigit) {
+		if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp)
+			return (0);
+		*tp++ = (unsigned char) (val >> 8) & 0xff;
+		*tp++ = (unsigned char) val & 0xff;
+	}
+	if (colonp != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Since some memmove()'s erroneously fail to handle
+		 * overlapping regions, we'll do the shift by hand.
+		 */
+		const int n = tp - colonp;
+		int i;
+
+		for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
+			endp[- i] = colonp[n - i];
+			colonp[n - i] = 0;
+		}
+		tp = endp;
+	}
+	if (tp != endp)
+		return (0);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, NS_IN6ADDRSZ);
+	return (1);
+}
+#endif

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -28,30 +28,23 @@
 
 static struct mdfour *m;
 
-#define F(X,Y,Z) (((X)&(Y)) | ((~(X))&(Z)))
-#define G(X,Y,Z) (((X)&(Y)) | ((X)&(Z)) | ((Y)&(Z)))
-#define H(X,Y,Z) ((X)^(Y)^(Z))
-#ifdef LARGE_INT32
-#define lshift(x,s) ((((x)<<(s))&0xFFFFFFFF) | (((x)>>(32-(s)))&0xFFFFFFFF))
-#else
-#define lshift(x,s) (((x)<<(s)) | ((x)>>(32-(s))))
-#endif
+#define MASK32 (0xffffffff)
 
-#define ROUND1(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((uint32)(a + F(b,c,d) + X[k]), s)
-#define ROUND2(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((uint32)(a + G(b,c,d) + X[k] + 0x5A827999),s)
-#define ROUND3(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((uint32)(a + H(b,c,d) + X[k] + 0x6ED9EBA1),s)
+#define F(X,Y,Z) ((((X)&(Y)) | ((~(X))&(Z))))
+#define G(X,Y,Z) ((((X)&(Y)) | ((X)&(Z)) | ((Y)&(Z))))
+#define H(X,Y,Z) (((X)^(Y)^(Z)))
+#define lshift(x,s) (((((x)<<(s))&MASK32) | (((x)>>(32-(s)))&MASK32)))
+
+#define ROUND1(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((a + F(b,c,d) + M[k])&MASK32, s)
+#define ROUND2(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((a + G(b,c,d) + M[k] + 0x5A827999)&MASK32,s)
+#define ROUND3(a,b,c,d,k,s) a = lshift((a + H(b,c,d) + M[k] + 0x6ED9EBA1)&MASK32,s)
 
 /* this applies md4 to 64 byte chunks */
 static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 {
-	int j;
 	uint32 AA, BB, CC, DD;
-	uint32 X[16];
 	uint32 A,B,C,D;
 
-	for (j=0;j<16;j++)
-		X[j] = M[j];
-
 	A = m->A; B = m->B; C = m->C; D = m->D; 
 	AA = A; BB = B; CC = C; DD = D;
 
@@ -64,6 +57,7 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
         ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 14, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 15, 19);	
 
+
         ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  8,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 12, 13);
         ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
@@ -82,15 +76,11 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
         ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  7, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 15, 15);
 
-	A += AA; B += BB; C += CC; D += DD;
+	A += AA; B += BB; 
+	C += CC; D += DD;
 	
-#ifdef LARGE_INT32
-	A &= 0xFFFFFFFF; B &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	C &= 0xFFFFFFFF; D &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
-#endif
-
-	for (j=0;j<16;j++)
-		X[j] = 0;
+	A &= MASK32; B &= MASK32; 
+	C &= MASK32; D &= MASK32;
 
 	m->A = A; m->B = B; m->C = C; m->D = D;
 }
@@ -119,29 +109,53 @@ void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
 	md->C = 0x98badcfe;
 	md->D = 0x10325476;
 	md->totalN = 0;
+	md->totalN2 = 0;
 }
 
 
-static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
+static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
 	unsigned char buf[128];
 	uint32 M[16];
-	uint32 b;
+	extern int protocol_version;
 
-	m->totalN += n;
-
-	b = m->totalN * 8;
+	/*
+	 * Count total number of bits, modulo 2^64
+	 */
+	m->totalN += n << 3;
+	if (m->totalN < (n << 3)) {
+		m->totalN2++;
+	}
+	m->totalN2 += n >> 29;
 
 	memset(buf, 0, 128);
 	if (n) memcpy(buf, in, n);
 	buf[n] = 0x80;
 
 	if (n <= 55) {
-		copy4(buf+56, b);
+		copy4(buf+56, m->totalN);
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+			copy4(buf+60, m->totalN2);
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 	} else {
-		copy4(buf+120, b); 
+		copy4(buf+120, m->totalN); 
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+			copy4(buf+124, m->totalN2); 
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		copy64(M, buf+64);
@@ -149,20 +163,23 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
 	}
 }
 
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n)
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
 	uint32 M[16];
 
-	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
-
 	m = md;
 
+	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
+
 	while (n >= 64) {
 		copy64(M, in);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		in += 64;
 		n -= 64;
-		m->totalN += 64;
+		m->totalN += 64 << 3;
+		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3) {
+			m->totalN2++;
+		}
 	}
 
 	if (n) mdfour_tail(in, n);

lib/mdfour.h

@@ -21,11 +21,12 @@
 
 struct mdfour {
 	uint32 A, B, C, D;
-	uint32 totalN;
+	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
+	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
 };
 
 void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md);
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n);
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n);
 void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out);
 void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n);
 

lib/permstring.c

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* 
+   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+/**
+ * Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by
+ * ls(1).
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer of at least 11 characters
+ **/
+void permstring(char *perms,
+		int mode)
+{
+	static const char *perm_map = "rwxrwxrwx";
+	int i;
+
+	strcpy(perms, "----------");
+	
+	for (i=0;i<9;i++) {
+		if (mode & (1<<i)) perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
+	}
+
+	/* Handle setuid/sticky bits.  You might think the indices are
+	 * off by one, but remember there's a type char at the
+	 * start.  */
+	if (mode & S_ISUID)
+		perms[3] = (mode & S_IXUSR) ? 's' : 'S';
+
+	if (mode & S_ISGID)
+		perms[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
+	
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+	if (mode & S_ISVTX)
+		perms[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) ? 't' : 'T';
+#endif
+		
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode)) perms[0] = 'l';
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) perms[0] = 'd';
+	if (S_ISBLK(mode)) perms[0] = 'b';
+	if (S_ISCHR(mode)) perms[0] = 'c';
+	if (S_ISSOCK(mode)) perms[0] = 's';
+	if (S_ISFIFO(mode)) perms[0] = 'p';
+}
+
+	

lib/permstring.h

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#define PERMSTRING_SIZE 11
+
+void permstring(char *perms, int mode);

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+.ds d \-\^\-
+.ds o \fR[\fP
+.ds c \fR]\fP
+.ds | \fR|\fP
+.de D
+\\.B \*d\\$1
+..
+.de DI
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de DR
+\\.BR \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de Di
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Db
+\\.B \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Df
+\\.B \*d\*ono\*c\\$1
+..
+.de See
+See \fB\\$1\fP for details.
+..
+.de SeeIn
+See \fB\\$1\fP in \fB\\$2\fP for details.
+..
+.TH POOL_ALLOC 3
+.SH NAME
+pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy
+\- Allocate and free memory in managed allocation pools.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include "pool_alloc.h"
+
+\fBstruct alloc_pool *pool_create(size_t \fIsize\fB, size_t \fIquantum\fB, void (*\fIbomb\fB)(char *), int \fIflags\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_destroy(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_alloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_talloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB), int \fIcount\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_tfree(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB, int \fIcount\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.P
+The pool allocation routines use
+.B malloc()
+for underlying memory management.
+What allocation pools do is cause
+memory within a given pool to be in large contigious blocks
+(called extents) that when freed will be reusable.  Unlike
+.B malloc()
+the allocations are not managed individually.
+Instead each extent tracks the total free memory within the
+extent.  Each extent can either be used to allocate memory
+or to manage the freeing of memory within that extent.
+When an extent has less free memory than a given
+allocation request or when the first request to free
+memory within that extent is received the extent ceases to
+be used for allocation.
+.P
+This form of memory management is suited to large numbers of small
+related allocations that are held for a while
+and then freed as a group.
+Because the
+underlying allocations are done in large contigious extents
+when an extent is freed it releases a large enough
+contigious block of memory to be useful to subsequent
+.B malloc()
+and
+.B pool_alloc()
+calls even if allocations from other pools or from
+.B malloc()
+are made between allocations from a given pool.
+.P
+.B pool_create()
+Creates an allocation pool for subsequent calls to the pool
+allocation functions.
+When an extent is created for allocations it will be
+.I size 
+bytes.
+Allocations from the pool have their sizes rounded up to a
+multiple of
+.I quantum
+bytes in length.
+Specifying
+.B 0
+for
+.I quantum
+Will produce a quantum that should meet maximal allignment
+on most platforms.
+If the
+.B POOL_QALIGN
+.I flag
+is set allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
+multiple of
+.IR quantum .
+If the
+.B POOL_CLEAR
+.I flag
+is set all allocations from the pool will be zero filled.
+.P
+.B pool_destroy()
+destroys an allocation pool and frees all memory allocated
+in that pool.
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes from the specified
+.IR pool .
+If
+.I size
+is
+.B 0
+.I quantum
+bytes will be freed.
+If the requested memory cannot be allocated
+.B pool_alloc()
+will call
+.I bomb()
+function, if defined, with
+.I msg
+as it's sole argument and
+.B NULL
+will be returned.
+.P
+.B pool_free()
+frees
+.I size
+bytes pointed to by
+.I addr
+previously allocated in the specified
+.IR pool .
+The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
+all of the memory in that extent has been freed but 
+depending on the order in which the
+allocations are freed some extents may be released for reuse
+while others are still in use.
+If
+.I size
+is
+.B 0
+.I quantum
+bytes will be freed.
+If
+.I addr
+is
+.B 0
+no memory will be freed but subsequent allocations will come
+from a new extent.
+.P
+.B pool_talloc()
+is a macro that take a
+.I type
+and
+.I count
+instead of
+.I size
+and will cast the return value to the correct type.
+.P
+.B pool_tfree
+is a macro to free memory previously allocated in the
+specified
+.IR pool .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.B pool_create()
+returns a pointer to
+.BR "struct alloc_pool" .
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+and
+.B pool_talloc()
+return pointers to the allocated memory,
+or NULL if the request fails.
+For each extent so long as no allocations are smaller than varaible
+allignment requirements this pointer will be suitably
+alligned for any kind of variable.
+The return type of
+.B pool_alloc()
+will normally require casting to the desired type but
+.B pool_talloc()
+will returns a pointer of the requested
+.IR type .
+.P
+.BR pool_free() ,
+.B pool_tfree()
+and
+.B pool_destroy()
+return no value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.nf
+malloc(3)
+.SH AUTHOR
+pool_alloc was created by J.W. Schultz of Pegasystems Technologies.
+.SH BUGS AND ISSUES

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define POOL_DEF_EXTENT	(32 * 1024)
+
+struct alloc_pool
+{
+	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
+	size_t			quantum;	/* allocation quantum	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*live;		/* current extent for
+						 * allocations		*/
+	struct pool_extent	*free;		/* unfreed extent list	*/
+	void			(*bomb)();
+						/* function to call if
+						 * malloc fails		*/
+	int			flags;
+
+	/* statistical data */
+	unsigned long		e_created;	/* extents created	*/
+	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents detroyed	*/
+	uint64			n_allocated;	/* calls to alloc	*/
+	uint64			n_freed;	/* calls to free	*/
+	uint64			b_allocated;	/* cum. bytes allocated	*/
+	uint64			b_freed;	/* cum. bytes freed	*/
+};
+
+struct pool_extent
+{
+	void			*start;		/* starting address	*/
+	size_t			free;		/* free bytecount	*/
+	size_t			bound;		/* bytes bound by padding,
+						 * overhead and freed	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*next;
+};
+
+struct align_test {
+    void *foo;
+    uint64 bar;
+};
+
+#define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
+
+/* Temporarily cast a void* var into a char* var when adding an offset (to
+ * keep some compilers from complaining about the pointer arithmetic). */
+#define PTR_ADD(b,o)	( (void*) ((char*)(b) + (o)) )
+
+alloc_pool_t
+pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum,
+    void (*bomb)(char *), int flags)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool	*pool;
+
+	if (!(pool = (struct alloc_pool*) malloc(sizeof (struct alloc_pool))))
+		return pool;
+	memset(pool, 0, sizeof (struct alloc_pool));
+
+	pool->size = size	/* round extent size to min alignment reqs */
+	    ? (size + MINALIGN - 1) & ~(MINALIGN - 1)
+	    : POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
+	if (pool->flags & POOL_INTERN)
+	{
+		pool->size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+		flags |= POOL_APPEND;
+	}
+	pool->quantum = quantum ? quantum : MINALIGN;
+	pool->bomb = bomb;
+	pool->flags = flags;
+
+	return pool;
+}
+
+void
+pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur, *next;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	if (pool->live)
+	{
+		cur = pool->live;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+	}
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = next)
+	{
+		next = cur->next;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+	}
+	free(pool);
+}
+
+void *
+pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	if (!pool)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+
+	if (len > pool->size)
+		goto bomb;
+
+	if (!pool->live || len > pool->live->free)
+	{
+		void	*start;
+		size_t	free;
+		size_t	bound;
+		size_t	sqew;
+		size_t	asize;
+
+		if (pool->live)
+		{
+			pool->live->next = pool->free;
+			pool->free = pool->live;
+		}
+
+		free = pool->size;
+		bound = 0;
+
+		asize = pool->size;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+
+		if (!(start = (void *) malloc(asize)))
+			goto bomb;
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+			memset(start, 0, pool->size);
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+		{
+			pool->live = PTR_ADD(start, free);
+		}
+		else if (!(pool->live = (struct pool_extent *) malloc(sizeof (struct pool_extent))))
+		{
+			goto bomb;
+		}
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+		    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum))
+		{
+			bound  += sqew;
+			free -= sqew;
+		}
+		pool->live->start = start;
+		pool->live->free = free;
+		pool->live->bound = bound;
+		pool->live->next = NULL;
+
+		pool->e_created++;
+	}
+
+	pool->n_allocated++;
+	pool->b_allocated += len;
+
+	pool->live->free -= len;
+
+	return PTR_ADD(pool->live->start, pool->live->free);
+
+bomb:
+	if (pool->bomb)
+		(*pool->bomb)(bomb);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	struct pool_extent	*prev;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+
+	if (!addr && pool->live)
+	{
+		pool->live->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = pool->live;
+		pool->live = NULL;
+		return;
+	}
+	pool->n_freed++;
+	pool->b_freed += len;
+
+	cur = pool->live;
+	if (cur
+	    && addr >= cur->start
+	    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+	{
+		if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free))
+		{
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, len);
+			pool->b_freed += len;
+		} else {
+			cur->bound += len;
+		}
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
+		{
+			size_t sqew;
+
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+			    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum))
+			{
+				cur->bound += sqew;
+				cur->free -= sqew;
+			}
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->free; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next)
+	{
+		if (addr >= cur->start
+		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+			break;
+	}
+	if (!cur)
+		return;
+
+	if (prev)
+	{
+		prev->next = cur->next;
+		cur->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = cur;
+	}
+	cur->bound += len;
+
+	if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
+	{
+		pool->free = cur->next;
+
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+		pool->e_freed++;
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+#define FDPRINT(label, value) \
+	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, label, value), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+
+#define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
+	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+		(long) ext->free, \
+		(long) ext->bound), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+
+void
+pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents created:   %12ld\n",		pool->e_created);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents freed:     %12ld\n",		pool->e_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc count:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free Count:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc bytes:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free bytes:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
+
+	if (summarize)
+		return;
+
+	if (!pool->live && !pool->free)
+		return;
+
+	write(fd, "\n", 1);
+
+	if (pool->live)
+	{
+		FDEXTSTAT(pool->live);
+	}
+	strcpy(buf, "   FREE    BOUND\n");
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = cur->next)
+	{
+		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
+	}
+}

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define POOL_CLEAR	(1<<0)		/* zero fill allocations	*/
+#define POOL_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* align data to quanta		*/
+#define POOL_INTERN	(1<<2)		/* Allocate extent structures	*/
+#define POOL_APPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or appended to extent data	*/
+
+typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
+
+alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(char *), int flags);
+void pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t pool);
+void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, char *bomb);
+void pool_free(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, void *addr);
+
+#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb) \
+	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb))
+
+#define pool_tfree(pool, type, count, addr) \
+	(pool_free(pool, sizeof(type) * count, addr))
+

lib/wildmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+**  Do shell-style pattern matching for ?, \, [], and * characters.
+**  It is 8bit clean.
+**
+**  Written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986.
+**  Rich $alz is now <rsalz@bbn.com>.
+**
+**  Modified by Wayne Davison to special-case '/' matching, to make '**'
+**  work differently than '*', and to fix the character-class code.
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+/* What character marks an inverted character class? */
+#define NEGATE_CLASS	'!'
+#define NEGATE_CLASS2	'^'
+
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#define ABORT_ALL -1
+#define ABORT_TO_STARSTAR -2
+
+#define CC_EQ(class, len, litmatch) ((len) == sizeof (litmatch)-1 \
+				    && *(class) == *(litmatch) \
+				    && strncmp((char*)class, litmatch, len) == 0)
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isblank
+# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII(c) && isblank(c))
+#else
+# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isgraph(c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c) && !isspace(c))
+#endif
+
+#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isdigit(c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalnum(c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalpha(c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII(c) && iscntrl(c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII(c) && islower(c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII(c) && ispunct(c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII(c) && isspace(c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII(c) && isupper(c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isxdigit(c))
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+int wildmatch_iteration_count;
+#endif
+
+static int domatch(const unsigned char *p, const unsigned char *text)
+{
+    int matched, special;
+    unsigned char ch, prev;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count++;
+#endif
+
+    for ( ; (ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
+	if (*text == '\0' && ch != '*')
+	    return FALSE;
+	switch (ch) {
+	  case '\\':
+	    /* Literal match with following character.  Note that the test
+	     * in "default" handles the p[1] == '\0' failure case. */
+	    ch = *++p;
+	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	  default:
+	    if (*text != ch)
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '?':
+	    /* Match anything but '/'. */
+	    if (*text == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '*':
+	    if (*++p == '*') {
+		while (*++p == '*') {}
+		special = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    else
+		special = FALSE;
+	    if (*p == '\0') {
+		/* Trailing "**" matches everything.  Trailing "*" matches
+		 * only if there are no more slash characters. */
+		return special? TRUE : strchr((char*)text, '/') == NULL;
+	    }
+	    for ( ; *text; text++) {
+		if ((matched = domatch(p, text)) != FALSE) {
+		    if (!special || matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+			return matched;
+		}
+		else if (!special && *text == '/')
+		    return ABORT_TO_STARSTAR;
+	    }
+	    return ABORT_ALL;
+	  case '[':
+	    ch = *++p;
+#ifdef NEGATE_CLASS2
+	    if (ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
+		ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
+#endif
+	    /* Assign literal TRUE/FALSE because of "matched" comparison. */
+	    special = ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
+	    if (special) {
+		/* Inverted character class. */
+		ch = *++p;
+	    }
+	    prev = 0;
+	    matched = FALSE;
+	    do {
+		if (!ch)
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		if (ch == '\\') {
+		    ch = *++p;
+		    if (!ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    if (*text == ch)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		}
+		else if (ch == '-' && prev && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
+		    ch = *++p;
+		    if (ch == '\\') {
+			ch = *++p;
+			if (!ch)
+			    return ABORT_ALL;
+		    }
+		    if (*text <= ch && *text >= prev)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
+		}
+		else if (ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
+		    const unsigned char *s = p += 2;
+		    int i;
+		    while ((ch = *p) && ch != ']') p++;
+		    if (!ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    i = p - s - 1;
+		    if (i < 0 || p[-1] != ':') {
+			/* Didn't find ":]", so treat like a normal set. */
+			p = s - 2;
+			ch = '[';
+			if (*text == ch)
+			    matched = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alnum")) {
+			if (ISALNUM(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
+			if (ISALPHA(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
+			if (ISBLANK(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
+			if (ISCNTRL(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
+			if (ISDIGIT(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
+			if (ISGRAPH(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
+			if (ISLOWER(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
+			if (ISPRINT(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
+			if (ISPUNCT(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
+			if (ISSPACE(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
+			if (ISUPPER(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
+			if (ISXDIGIT(*text))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    else /* malformed [:class:] string */
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
+		}
+		else if (*text == ch)
+		    matched = TRUE;
+	    } while (prev = ch, (ch = *++p) != ']');
+	    if (matched == special || *text == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return *text == '\0';
+}
+
+/* Find the pattern (p) in the text string (t). */
+int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *t)
+{
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    return domatch((const unsigned char*)p, (const unsigned char*)t) == TRUE;
+}

lib/wildmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* wildmatch.h */
+
+int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *text);

loadparm.c

@@ -1,17 +1,22 @@
 /* This is based on loadparm.c from Samba, written by Andrew Tridgell
    and Karl Auer */
 
-/* 
+/* some fixes
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ */
+
+/*
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -31,7 +36,7 @@
  * 3) add it to the list of available functions (eg: using FN_GLOBAL_STRING())
  * 4) If it's a global then initialise it in init_globals. If a local
  *    (ie. service) parameter then initialise it in the sDefault structure
- *  
+ *
  *
  * Notes:
  *   The configuration file is processed sequentially for speed. It is NOT
@@ -43,6 +48,8 @@
  *
  */
 
+/* TODO: Parameter to set debug level on server. */
+
 #include "rsync.h"
 #define PTR_DIFF(p1,p2) ((ptrdiff_t)(((char *)(p1)) - (char *)(p2)))
 #define strequal(a,b) (strcasecmp(a,b)==0)
@@ -54,7 +61,7 @@ typedef char pstring[1024];
 typedef enum
 {
 	P_BOOL,P_BOOLREV,P_CHAR,P_INTEGER,P_OCTAL,
-	P_STRING,P_GSTRING,P_ENUM,P_SEP
+	P_PATH,P_STRING,P_GSTRING,P_ENUM,P_SEP
 } parm_type;
 
 typedef enum
@@ -77,8 +84,6 @@ struct parm_struct
 	unsigned flags;
 };
 
-static BOOL bLoaded = False;
-
 #ifndef GLOBAL_NAME
 #define GLOBAL_NAME "global"
 #endif
@@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ static BOOL bLoaded = False;
 #define iSERVICE(i) (*pSERVICE(i))
 #define LP_SNUM_OK(iService) (((iService) >= 0) && ((iService) < iNumServices))
 
-/* 
+/*
  * This structure describes global (ie., server-wide) parameters.
  */
 typedef struct
@@ -96,16 +101,16 @@ typedef struct
 	char *motd_file;
 	char *log_file;
 	char *pid_file;
-	int syslog_facility;
 	char *socket_options;
+	int syslog_facility;
+	int max_verbosity;
 } global;
 
 static global Globals;
 
 
-
-/* 
- * This structure describes a single service. 
+/*
+ * This structure describes a single service.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -134,11 +139,12 @@ typedef struct
 	char *dont_compress;
 	int timeout;
 	int max_connections;
+	BOOL ignore_nonreadable;
 } service;
 
 
 /* This is a default service used to prime a services structure */
-static service sDefault = 
+static service sDefault =
 {
 	NULL,    /* name */
 	NULL,    /* path */
@@ -150,7 +156,16 @@ static service sDefault =
 	False,   /* transfer logging */
 	False,   /* ignore errors */
 	"nobody",/* uid */
+
+	/* TODO: This causes problems on Debian, where it is called
+	 * "nogroup".  Debian patch this in their version of the
+	 * package, but it would be nice to be consistent.  Possibly
+	 * other systems are different again.
+	 *
+	 * What is the best behaviour?  Perhaps always using (gid_t)
+	 * -2? */
 	"nobody",/* gid */
+
 	NULL,    /* hosts allow */
 	NULL,    /* hosts deny */
 	NULL,    /* auth users */
@@ -162,9 +177,10 @@ static service sDefault =
 	NULL,    /* include from */
 	"%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l",    /* log format */
 	NULL,    /* refuse options */
-	"*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb",    /* dont compress */
+	"*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz",    /* dont compress */
 	0,        /* timeout */
-	0        /* max connections */
+	0,        /* max connections */
+	False     /* ignore nonreadable */
 };
 
 
@@ -206,7 +222,7 @@ static struct enum_list enum_facilities[] = {
 	{ LOG_NEWS, "news" },
 #endif
 #ifdef LOG_AUTH
-	{ LOG_AUTH, "security" },		
+	{ LOG_AUTH, "security" },
 #endif
 #ifdef LOG_SYSLOG
 	{ LOG_SYSLOG, "syslog" },
@@ -252,16 +268,18 @@ static struct parm_struct parm_table[] =
   {"socket options",   P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.socket_options,NULL,  0},
   {"log file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.log_file,      NULL,  0},
   {"pid file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.pid_file,      NULL,  0},
+  {"max verbosity",    P_INTEGER, P_GLOBAL, &Globals.max_verbosity, NULL,  0},
 
   {"timeout",          P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.timeout,     NULL,  0},
   {"max connections",  P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.max_connections,NULL, 0},
   {"name",             P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.name,        NULL,   0},
   {"comment",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.comment,     NULL,   0},
   {"lock file",        P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.lock_file,   NULL,   0},
-  {"path",             P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.path,        NULL,   0},
+  {"path",             P_PATH,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.path,        NULL,   0},
   {"read only",        P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.read_only,   NULL,   0},
   {"list",             P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.list,        NULL,   0},
   {"use chroot",       P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.use_chroot,  NULL,   0},
+  {"ignore nonreadable",P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.ignore_nonreadable,  NULL,   0},
   {"uid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.uid,         NULL,   0},
   {"gid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.gid,         NULL,   0},
   {"hosts allow",      P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.hosts_allow, NULL,   0},
@@ -287,10 +305,11 @@ Initialise the global parameter structure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void init_globals(void)
 {
-	memset(&Globals, 0, sizeof(Globals));
+	memset(&Globals, 0, sizeof Globals);
 #ifdef LOG_DAEMON
 	Globals.syslog_facility = LOG_DAEMON;
 #endif
+	Globals.max_verbosity = 1;
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
@@ -302,8 +321,8 @@ static void init_locals(void)
 
 
 /*
-   In this section all the functions that are used to access the 
-   parameters from the rest of the program are defined 
+   In this section all the functions that are used to access the
+   parameters from the rest of the program are defined
 */
 
 #define FN_GLOBAL_STRING(fn_name,ptr) \
@@ -330,6 +349,7 @@ FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_log_file, &Globals.log_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_pid_file, &Globals.pid_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_socket_options, &Globals.socket_options)
 FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_syslog_facility, &Globals.syslog_facility)
+FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_max_verbosity, &Globals.max_verbosity)
 
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_name, name)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_comment, comment)
@@ -340,6 +360,7 @@ FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_list, list)
 FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_use_chroot, use_chroot)
 FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_transfer_logging, transfer_logging)
 FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_errors, ignore_errors)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_nonreadable, ignore_nonreadable)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_uid, uid)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_gid, gid)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_hosts_allow, hosts_allow)
@@ -358,12 +379,11 @@ FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_timeout, timeout)
 FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_max_connections, max_connections)
 
 /* local prototypes */
-static int    strwicmp( char *psz1, char *psz2 );
-static int    map_parameter( char *parmname);
-static BOOL   set_boolean( BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue );
+static int    strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2);
+static int    map_parameter(char *parmname);
+static BOOL   set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue);
 static int    getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest);
-static void   copy_service( service *pserviceDest, 
-                            service *pserviceSource);
+static void   copy_service(service *pserviceDest, service *pserviceSource);
 static BOOL   do_parameter(char *parmname, char *parmvalue);
 static BOOL   do_section(char *sectionname);
 
@@ -377,19 +397,33 @@ static void init_service(service *pservice)
 	copy_service(pservice,&sDefault);
 }
 
-static void string_set(char **s, char *v)
+
+/**
+ * Assign a copy of @p v to @p *s.  Handles NULL strings.  @p *v must
+ * be initialized when this is called, either to NULL or a malloc'd
+ * string.
+ *
+ * @fixme There is a small leak here in that sometimes the existing
+ * value will be dynamically allocated, and the old copy is lost.
+ * However, we can't always deallocate the old value, because in the
+ * case of sDefault, it points to a static string.  It would be nice
+ * to have either all-strdup'd values, or to never need to free
+ * memory.
+ **/
+static void string_set(char **s, const char *v)
 {
 	if (!v) {
 		*s = NULL;
 		return;
 	}
 	*s = strdup(v);
-	if (!*s) exit_cleanup(RERR_MALLOC);
+	if (!*s)
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MALLOC);
 }
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given 
+add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given
 service
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
@@ -401,7 +435,7 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
   tservice = *pservice;
 
   /* it might already exist */
-  if (name) 
+  if (name)
     {
       i = getservicebyname(name,NULL);
       if (i >= 0)
@@ -410,10 +444,10 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
 
   i = iNumServices;
 
-  ServicePtrs = (service **)Realloc(ServicePtrs,sizeof(service *)*num_to_alloc);
+  ServicePtrs = realloc_array(ServicePtrs, service *, num_to_alloc);
 
   if (ServicePtrs)
-	  pSERVICE(iNumServices) = (service *)malloc(sizeof(service));
+	  pSERVICE(iNumServices) = new(service);
 
   if (!ServicePtrs || !pSERVICE(iNumServices))
 	  return(-1);
@@ -423,7 +457,7 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
   init_service(pSERVICE(i));
   copy_service(pSERVICE(i),&tservice);
   if (name)
-    string_set(&iSERVICE(i).name,name);  
+    string_set(&iSERVICE(i).name,name);
 
   return(i);
 }
@@ -447,11 +481,12 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
    /* sync the strings on first non-whitespace */
    while (1)
    {
-      while (isspace(*psz1))
+      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz1))
          psz1++;
-      while (isspace(*psz2))
+      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz2))
          psz2++;
-      if (toupper(*psz1) != toupper(*psz2) || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
+      if (toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz1) != toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz2)
+	  || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
          break;
       psz1++;
       psz2++;
@@ -460,7 +495,7 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use. 
+Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use.
 Returns False if the parameter string is not recognised, else TRUE.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
@@ -470,7 +505,7 @@ static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
    if (*parmname == '-')
      return(-1);
 
-   for (iIndex = 0; parm_table[iIndex].label; iIndex++) 
+   for (iIndex = 0; parm_table[iIndex].label; iIndex++)
       if (strwicmp(parm_table[iIndex].label, parmname) == 0)
          return(iIndex);
 
@@ -481,7 +516,7 @@ static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
 
 /***************************************************************************
 Set a boolean variable from the text value stored in the passed string.
-Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly 
+Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly
 represent a boolean.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue)
@@ -515,7 +550,7 @@ static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
    int iService;
 
    for (iService = iNumServices - 1; iService >= 0; iService--)
-      if (strwicmp(iSERVICE(iService).name, name) == 0) 
+      if (strwicmp(iSERVICE(iService).name, name) == 0)
       {
          if (pserviceDest != NULL)
 	   copy_service(pserviceDest, pSERVICE(iService));
@@ -531,7 +566,7 @@ static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
 Copy a service structure to another
 
 ***************************************************************************/
-static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest, 
+static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
                          service *pserviceSource)
 {
   int i;
@@ -539,9 +574,9 @@ static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
   for (i=0;parm_table[i].label;i++)
     if (parm_table[i].ptr && parm_table[i].class == P_LOCAL) {
 	void *def_ptr = parm_table[i].ptr;
-	void *src_ptr = 
+	void *src_ptr =
 	  ((char *)pserviceSource) + PTR_DIFF(def_ptr,&sDefault);
-	void *dest_ptr = 
+	void *dest_ptr =
 	  ((char *)pserviceDest) + PTR_DIFF(def_ptr,&sDefault);
 
 	switch (parm_table[i].type)
@@ -561,6 +596,7 @@ static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
 	    *(char *)dest_ptr = *(char *)src_ptr;
 	    break;
 
+	  case P_PATH:
 	  case P_STRING:
 	    string_set(dest_ptr,*(char **)src_ptr);
 	    break;
@@ -581,6 +617,7 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
    int parmnum, i;
    void *parm_ptr=NULL; /* where we are going to store the result */
    void *def_ptr=NULL;
+   char *cp;
 
    parmnum = map_parameter(parmname);
 
@@ -627,6 +664,15 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
        sscanf(parmvalue,"%o",(int *)parm_ptr);
        break;
 
+     case P_PATH:
+       string_set(parm_ptr,parmvalue);
+       if ((cp = *(char**)parm_ptr) != NULL) {
+	   int len = strlen(cp);
+	   while (len > 1 && cp[len-1] == '/') len--;
+	   cp[len] = '\0';
+       }
+       break;
+
      case P_STRING:
        string_set(parm_ptr,parmvalue);
        break;
@@ -678,7 +724,7 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
      init_locals();
 
    /* if we've just struck a global section, note the fact. */
-   bInGlobalSection = isglobal;   
+   bInGlobalSection = isglobal;
 
    /* check for multiple global sections */
    if (bInGlobalSection)
@@ -710,27 +756,33 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success, 
+Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success,
 False on failure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 BOOL lp_load(char *pszFname, int globals_only)
 {
+	extern int am_server;
+	extern int am_daemon;
+	extern int am_root;
 	pstring n2;
 	BOOL bRetval;
- 
+
 	bRetval = False;
 
 	bInGlobalSection = True;
-  
+
 	init_globals();
 
-	pstrcpy(n2,pszFname);
+	if (pszFname)
+	    pstrcpy(n2,pszFname);
+	else if (am_server && am_daemon && !am_root)
+	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_USERCONF);
+	else
+	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_SYSCONF);
 
 	/* We get sections first, so have to start 'behind' to make up */
 	iServiceIndex = -1;
 	bRetval = pm_process(n2, globals_only?NULL:do_section, do_parameter);
-  
-	bLoaded = True;
 
 	return (bRetval);
 }
@@ -755,7 +807,7 @@ int lp_number(char *name)
    int iService;
 
    for (iService = iNumServices - 1; iService >= 0; iService--)
-      if (strequal(lp_name(iService), name)) 
+      if (strequal(lp_name(iService), name))
          break;
 
    return (iService);

log.c

@@ -1,35 +1,97 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
 /*
-  logging and utility functions
-
+  Logging and utility functions.
   tridge, May 1998
+
+  Mapping to human-readable messages added by Martin Pool
+  <mbp@samba.org>, Oct 2000.
   */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int quiet;
+extern int module_id;
+extern int msg_fd_out;
+extern char *auth_user;
+extern char *log_format;
+
+static int log_initialised;
+static char *logfname;
 static FILE *logfile;
-static int log_error_fd = -1;
+struct stats stats;
+
+int log_got_error=0;
+
+struct {
+        int code;
+        char const *name;
+} const rerr_names[] = {
+	{ RERR_SYNTAX     , "syntax or usage error" },
+	{ RERR_PROTOCOL   , "protocol incompatibility" },
+	{ RERR_FILESELECT , "errors selecting input/output files, dirs" },
+	{ RERR_UNSUPPORTED, "requested action not supported" },
+	{ RERR_STARTCLIENT, "error starting client-server protocol" },
+	{ RERR_SOCKETIO   , "error in socket IO" },
+	{ RERR_FILEIO     , "error in file IO" },
+	{ RERR_STREAMIO   , "error in rsync protocol data stream" },
+	{ RERR_MESSAGEIO  , "errors with program diagnostics" },
+	{ RERR_IPC        , "error in IPC code" },
+	{ RERR_SIGNAL     , "received SIGUSR1 or SIGINT" },
+	{ RERR_WAITCHILD  , "some error returned by waitpid()" },
+	{ RERR_MALLOC     , "error allocating core memory buffers" },
+	{ RERR_PARTIAL    , "some files could not be transferred" },
+	{ RERR_VANISHED   , "some files vanished before they could be transfered" },
+	{ RERR_TIMEOUT    , "timeout in data send/receive" },
+	{ RERR_CMD_FAILED , "remote shell failed" },
+	{ RERR_CMD_KILLED , "remote shell killed" },
+	{ RERR_CMD_RUN,     "remote command could not be run" },
+	{ RERR_CMD_NOTFOUND, "remote command not found" },
+	{ 0, NULL }
+};
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Map from rsync error code to name, or return NULL.
+ */
+static char const *rerr_name(int code)
+{
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; rerr_names[i].name; i++) {
+		if (rerr_names[i].code == code)
+			return rerr_names[i].name;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
 
 static void logit(int priority, char *buf)
 {
-	if (logfile) {
-		fprintf(logfile,"%s [%d] %s", 
+	if (logfname) {
+		if (!logfile)
+			log_open();
+		fprintf(logfile,"%s [%d] %s",
 			timestring(time(NULL)), (int)getpid(), buf);
 		fflush(logfile);
 	} else {
@@ -37,30 +99,28 @@ static void logit(int priority, char *buf)
 	}
 }
 
-void log_open(void)
+void log_init(void)
 {
-	static int initialised;
 	int options = LOG_PID;
 	time_t t;
-	char *logf;
 
-	if (initialised) return;
-	initialised = 1;
+	if (log_initialised) return;
+	log_initialised = 1;
 
 	/* this looks pointless, but it is needed in order for the
-	   C library on some systems to fetch the timezone info
-	   before the chroot */
+	 * C library on some systems to fetch the timezone info
+	 * before the chroot */
 	t = time(NULL);
 	localtime(&t);
 
 	/* optionally use a log file instead of syslog */
-	logf = lp_log_file();
-	if (logf && *logf) {
-		extern int orig_umask;
-		int old_umask = umask(022 | orig_umask);
-		logfile = fopen(logf, "a");
-		umask(old_umask);
-		return;
+	logfname = lp_log_file();
+	if (logfname) {
+		if (*logfname) {
+			log_open();
+			return;
+		}
+		logfname = NULL;
 	}
 
 #ifdef LOG_NDELAY
@@ -78,26 +138,36 @@ void log_open(void)
 #endif
 }
 
-/* setup the error file descriptor - used when we are a server
-   that is receiving files */
-void set_error_fd(int fd)
+void log_open(void)
 {
-	log_error_fd = fd;
+	if (logfname && !logfile) {
+		extern int orig_umask;
+		int old_umask = umask(022 | orig_umask);
+		logfile = fopen(logfname, "a");
+		umask(old_umask);
+	}
+}
+
+void log_close(void)
+{
+	if (logfile) {
+		fclose(logfile);
+		logfile = NULL;
+	}
 }
 
 /* this is the underlying (unformatted) rsync debugging function. Call
-   it with FINFO, FERROR or FLOG */
+ * it with FINFO, FERROR or FLOG */
 void rwrite(enum logcode code, char *buf, int len)
 {
 	FILE *f=NULL;
-	extern int am_daemon;
-	extern int am_server;
-	extern int quiet;
 	/* recursion can happen with certain fatal conditions */
 
-	if (quiet && code == FINFO) return;
+	if (quiet && code == FINFO)
+		return;
 
-	if (len < 0) exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+	if (len < 0)
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 
 	buf[len] = 0;
 
@@ -106,17 +176,26 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, char *buf, int len)
 		return;
 	}
 
-	/* first try to pass it off the our sibling */
-	if (am_server && io_error_write(log_error_fd, code, buf, len)) {
-		return;
+	if (am_server) {
+		/* Pass it to non-server side, perhaps through our sibling. */
+		if (msg_fd_out >= 0) {
+			send_msg((enum msgcode)code, buf, len);
+			return;
+		}
+		if (io_multiplex_write((enum msgcode)code, buf, len))
+			return;
 	}
 
-	/* then try to pass it to the other end */
-	if (am_server && io_multiplex_write(code, buf, len)) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (am_daemon) {
+	/* otherwise, if in daemon mode and either we are not a server
+	 *  (that is, we are not running --daemon over a remote shell) or
+	 *  the log has already been initialised, log the message on this
+	 *  side because we don't want the client to see most errors for
+	 *  security reasons.  We do want early messages when running daemon
+	 *  mode over a remote shell to go to the remote side; those will
+	 *  fall through to the next case.
+	 * Note that this is only for the time before multiplexing is enabled.
+	 */
+	if (am_daemon && (!am_server || log_initialised)) {
 		static int depth;
 		int priority = LOG_INFO;
 		if (code == FERROR) priority = LOG_WARNING;
@@ -125,7 +204,7 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, char *buf, int len)
 
 		depth++;
 
-		log_open();
+		log_init();
 		logit(priority, buf);
 
 		depth--;
@@ -133,15 +212,16 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, char *buf, int len)
 	}
 
 	if (code == FERROR) {
+		log_got_error = 1;
 		f = stderr;
-	} 
+	}
 
 	if (code == FINFO) {
-		if (am_server) 
+		if (am_server)
 			f = stderr;
 		else
 			f = stdout;
-	} 
+	}
 
 	if (!f) exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 
@@ -151,26 +231,95 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, char *buf, int len)
 }
 		
 
-/* this is the rsync debugging function. Call it with FINFO, FERROR or FLOG */
- void rprintf(enum logcode code, const char *format, ...)
+/* This is the rsync debugging function. Call it with FINFO, FERROR or
+ * FLOG. */
+void rprintf(enum logcode code, const char *format, ...)
 {
-	va_list ap;  
+	va_list ap;
 	char buf[1024];
 	int len;
 
 	va_start(ap, format);
-	len = vslprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap);
+	/* Note: might return -1 */
+	len = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
 
-	if (len > sizeof(buf)-1) exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+	/* Deal with buffer overruns.  Instead of panicking, just
+	 * truncate the resulting string.  Note that some vsnprintf()s
+	 * return -1 on truncation, e.g., glibc 2.0.6 and earlier. */
+	if ((size_t) len > sizeof(buf)-1  ||  len < 0) {
+		const char ellipsis[] = "[...]";
+
+		/* Reset length, and zero-terminate the end of our buffer */
+		len = sizeof(buf)-1;
+		buf[len] = '\0';
+
+		/* Copy the ellipsis to the end of the string, but give
+		 * us one extra character:
+		 *
+		 *                  v--- null byte at buf[sizeof(buf)-1]
+		 *        abcdefghij0
+		 *     -> abcd[...]00  <-- now two null bytes at end
+		 *
+		 * If the input format string has a trailing newline,
+		 * we copy it into that extra null; if it doesn't, well,
+		 * all we lose is one byte.  */
+		strncpy(buf+len-sizeof(ellipsis), ellipsis, sizeof(ellipsis));
+		if (format[strlen(format)-1] == '\n') {
+			buf[len-1] = '\n';
+		}
+	}
 
 	rwrite(code, buf, len);
 }
 
+
+/* This is like rprintf, but it also tries to print some
+ * representation of the error code.  Normally errcode = errno.
+ *
+ * Unlike rprintf, this always adds a newline and there should not be
+ * one in the format string.
+ *
+ * Note that since strerror might involve dynamically loading a
+ * message catalog we need to call it once before chroot-ing. */
+void rsyserr(enum logcode code, int errcode, const char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	char buf[1024];
+	int len;
+	size_t sys_len;
+	char *sysmsg;
+
+	va_start(ap, format);
+	/* Note: might return <0 */
+	len = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	/* TODO: Put in RSYNC_NAME at the start. */
+
+	if ((size_t) len > sizeof(buf)-1)
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+
+	sysmsg = strerror(errcode);
+	sys_len = strlen(sysmsg);
+	if ((size_t) len + 3 + sys_len > sizeof(buf) - 1)
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+
+	strcpy(buf + len, ": ");
+	len += 2;
+	strcpy(buf + len, sysmsg);
+	len += sys_len;
+	strcpy(buf + len, "\n");
+	len++;
+
+	rwrite(code, buf, len);
+}
+
+
+
 void rflush(enum logcode code)
 {
 	FILE *f = NULL;
-	extern int am_daemon;
 	
 	if (am_daemon) {
 		return;
@@ -178,19 +327,18 @@ void rflush(enum logcode code)
 
 	if (code == FLOG) {
 		return;
-	} 
+	}
 
 	if (code == FERROR) {
 		f = stderr;
-	} 
+	}
 
 	if (code == FINFO) {
-		extern int am_server;
-		if (am_server) 
+		if (am_server)
 			f = stderr;
 		else
 			f = stdout;
-	} 
+	}
 
 	if (!f) exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 	fflush(f);
@@ -199,94 +347,103 @@ void rflush(enum logcode code)
 
 
 /* a generic logging routine for send/recv, with parameter
-   substitiution */
+ * substitiution */
 static void log_formatted(enum logcode code,
 			  char *format, char *op, struct file_struct *file,
 			  struct stats *initial_stats)
 {
-	extern int module_id;
-	extern char *auth_user;
 	char buf[1024];
 	char buf2[1024];
 	char *p, *s, *n;
-	int l;
-	extern struct stats stats;		
-	extern int am_sender;
-	extern int am_daemon;
+	size_t l;
 	int64 b;
 
+	/* We expand % codes one by one in place in buf.  We don't
+	 * copy in the terminating nul of the inserted strings, but
+	 * rather keep going until we reach the nul of the format.
+	 * Just to make sure we don't clobber that nul and therefore
+	 * accidentally keep going, we zero the buffer now. */
+	memset(buf, 0, sizeof buf);
 	strlcpy(buf, format, sizeof(buf));
 	
-	for (s=&buf[0]; 
-	     s && (p=strchr(s,'%')); ) {
+	for (s = &buf[0]; s && (p = strchr(s,'%')); ) {
 		n = NULL;
 		s = p + 1;
 
 		switch (p[1]) {
 		case 'h': if (am_daemon) n = client_name(0); break;
 		case 'a': if (am_daemon) n = client_addr(0); break;
-		case 'l': 
-			slprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f", 
-				 (double)file->length); 
+		case 'l':
+			snprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f",
+				 (double)file->length);
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
-		case 'p': 
-			slprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%d", 
-				 (int)getpid()); 
+		case 'p':
+			snprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%d",
+				 (int)getpid());
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
 		case 'o': n = op; break;
-		case 'f': 
-			slprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "%s/%s", 
-				 file->basedir?file->basedir:"", 
+		case 'f':
+			pathjoin(buf2, sizeof buf2,
+				 file->basedir ? file->basedir : "",
 				 f_name(file));
 			clean_fname(buf2);
-			n = buf2; 
+			n = buf2;
 			if (*n == '/') n++;
 			break;
 		case 'm': n = lp_name(module_id); break;
 		case 't': n = timestring(time(NULL)); break;
 		case 'P': n = lp_path(module_id); break;
 		case 'u': n = auth_user; break;
-		case 'b': 
+		case 'b':
 			if (am_sender) {
-				b = stats.total_written - 
+				b = stats.total_written -
 					initial_stats->total_written;
 			} else {
-				b = stats.total_read - 
+				b = stats.total_read -
 					initial_stats->total_read;
 			}
-			slprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f", (double)b); 
+			snprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f", (double)b);
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
-		case 'c': 
+		case 'c':
 			if (!am_sender) {
-				b = stats.total_written - 
+				b = stats.total_written -
 					initial_stats->total_written;
 			} else {
-				b = stats.total_read - 
+				b = stats.total_read -
 					initial_stats->total_read;
 			}
-			slprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f", (double)b); 
+			snprintf(buf2,sizeof(buf2),"%.0f", (double)b);
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
 		}
 
-		if (!n) continue;
+		/* n is the string to be inserted in place of this %
+		 * code; l is its length not including the trailing
+		 * NUL */
+		if (!n)
+			continue;
 
 		l = strlen(n);
 
-		if ((l-1) + ((int)(s - &buf[0])) > sizeof(buf)) {
+		if (l + ((int)(s - &buf[0])) >= sizeof(buf)) {
 			rprintf(FERROR,"buffer overflow expanding %%%c - exiting\n",
 				p[0]);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 		}
 
+		/* Shuffle the rest of the string along to make space for n */
 		if (l != 2) {
 			memmove(s+(l-1), s+1, strlen(s+1)+1);
 		}
+
+		/* Copy in n but NOT its nul, because the format sting
+		 * probably continues after this. */
 		memcpy(p, n, l);
 
+		/* Skip over inserted string; continue looking */
 		s = p+l;
 	}
 
@@ -296,10 +453,6 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code,
 /* log the outgoing transfer of a file */
 void log_send(struct file_struct *file, struct stats *initial_stats)
 {
-	extern int module_id;
-	extern int am_server;
-	extern char *log_format;
-
 	if (lp_transfer_logging(module_id)) {
 		log_formatted(FLOG, lp_log_format(module_id), "send", file, initial_stats);
 	} else if (log_format && !am_server) {
@@ -310,10 +463,6 @@ void log_send(struct file_struct *file, struct stats *initial_stats)
 /* log the incoming transfer of a file */
 void log_recv(struct file_struct *file, struct stats *initial_stats)
 {
-	extern int module_id;
-	extern int am_server;
-	extern char *log_format;
-
 	if (lp_transfer_logging(module_id)) {
 		log_formatted(FLOG, lp_log_format(module_id), "recv", file, initial_stats);
 	} else if (log_format && !am_server) {
@@ -321,32 +470,36 @@ void log_recv(struct file_struct *file, struct stats *initial_stats)
 	}
 }
 
-/* called when the transfer is interrupted for some reason */
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Called when the transfer is interrupted for some reason.
+ *
+ * Code is one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h, or terminating
+ * successfully.
+ */
 void log_exit(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
 	if (code == 0) {
-		extern struct stats stats;		
 		rprintf(FLOG,"wrote %.0f bytes  read %.0f bytes  total size %.0f\n",
 			(double)stats.total_written,
 			(double)stats.total_read,
 			(double)stats.total_size);
 	} else {
-		rprintf(FLOG,"transfer interrupted (code %d) at %s(%d)\n", 
-			code, file, line);
+		const char *name;
+
+		name = rerr_name(code);
+		if (!name)
+			name = "unexplained error";
+
+		/* VANISHED is not an error, only a warning */
+		if (code == RERR_VANISHED) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "rsync warning: %s (code %d) at %s(%d)\n", 
+				name, code, file, line);
+		} else {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "rsync error: %s (code %d) at %s(%d)\n",
+				name, code, file, line);
+		}
 	}
 }
-
-/* log the incoming transfer of a file for interactive use, this
-   will be called at the end where the client was run 
-   
-   it i called when a file starts to be transferred
-*/
-void log_transfer(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname)
-{
-	extern int verbose;
-
-	if (!verbose) return;
-
-	rprintf(FINFO,"%s\n", fname);
-}
-

match.c

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -19,17 +19,14 @@
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int csum_length;
-
 extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
-
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int do_progress;
 
 typedef unsigned short tag;
 
 #define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
-#define NULL_TAG (-1)
+#define NULL_TAG ((size_t)-1)
 
 static int false_alarms;
 static int tag_hits;
@@ -43,53 +40,64 @@ static int total_matches;
 extern struct stats stats;
 
 struct target {
-  tag t;
-  int i;
+	tag t;
+	size_t i;
 };
 
 static struct target *targets;
 
-static int *tag_table;
+static size_t *tag_table;
 
 #define gettag2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
 #define gettag(sum) gettag2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
 
 static int compare_targets(struct target *t1,struct target *t2)
 {
-  return((int)t1->t - (int)t2->t);
+	return (int)t1->t - (int)t2->t;
 }
 
 
 static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 {
-  int i;
+	size_t i;
 
-  if (!tag_table)
-    tag_table = (int *)malloc(sizeof(tag_table[0])*TABLESIZE);
+	if (!tag_table)
+		tag_table = new_array(size_t, TABLESIZE);
 
-  targets = (struct target *)malloc(sizeof(targets[0])*s->count);
-  if (!tag_table || !targets) 
-    out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+	targets = new_array(struct target, s->count);
+	if (!tag_table || !targets)
+		out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
 
-  for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
-    targets[i].i = i;
-    targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
-  }
+	for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+		targets[i].i = i;
+		targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
+	}
 
-  qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
+	qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
 
-  for (i=0;i<TABLESIZE;i++)
-    tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
+	for (i = 0; i < TABLESIZE; i++)
+		tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
 
-  for (i=s->count-1;i>=0;i--) {    
-    tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
-  }
+	for (i = s->count; i-- > 0; )
+		tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
 }
 
 
 static OFF_T last_match;
 
 
+/**
+ * Transmit a literal and/or match token.
+ *
+ * This delightfully-named function is called either when we find a
+ * match and need to transmit all the unmatched data leading up to it,
+ * or when we get bored of accumulating literal data and just need to
+ * transmit it.  As a result of this second case, it is called even if
+ * we have not matched at all!
+ *
+ * @param i If >0, the number of a matched token.  If 0, indicates we
+ * have only literal data.
+ **/
 static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
 		    OFF_T offset,int i)
 {
@@ -97,7 +105,7 @@ static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
 	OFF_T j;
 
 	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%d n=%.0f\n",
+		rprintf(FINFO,"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%u n=%.0f\n",
 			(double)offset,(double)last_match,i,s->sums[i].len,(double)n);
 
 	send_token(f,i,buf,last_match,n,i<0?0:s->sums[i].len);
@@ -107,8 +115,8 @@ static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
 		stats.matched_data += s->sums[i].len;
 		n += s->sums[i].len;
 	}
-  
-	for (j=0;j<n;j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
+
+	for (j = 0; j < n; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
 		int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,n-j);
 		sum_update(map_ptr(buf,last_match+j,n1),n1);
 	}
@@ -119,126 +127,134 @@ static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf) {
+	if (buf && do_progress) {
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
 
-		if (i == -1) end_progress(buf->file_size);
+		if (i == -1)
+			end_progress(buf->file_size);
 	}
 }
 
 
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
-			struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
 	OFF_T offset, end;
-	int j,k, last_i;
+	unsigned int k;
+	size_t last_i;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
-	uint32 s1, s2, sum; 
+	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
 	schar *map;
 
 	/* last_i is used to encourage adjacent matches, allowing the RLL coding of the
 	   output to work more efficiently */
-	last_i = -1;
+	last_i = (size_t)-1;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search b=%d len=%.0f\n",s->n,(double)len);
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search b=%u len=%.0f\n",
+			s->blength, (double)len);
+	}
+
+	k = MIN(len, s->blength);
+
+	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, 0, k);
 
-	k = MIN(len, s->n);
-	
-	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,0,k);
-	
 	sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 	s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 	s2 = sum >> 16;
 	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%d\n", sum, k);
-	
+		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%u\n", sum, k);
+
 	offset = 0;
-	
+
 	end = len + 1 - s->sums[s->count-1].len;
-	
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search s->n=%d len=%.0f count=%d\n",
-			s->n,(double)len,s->count);
-	
+
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%u len=%.0f count=%.0f\n",
+			s->blength, (double)len, (double)s->count);
+	}
+
 	do {
 		tag t = gettag2(s1,s2);
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-			
-		j = tag_table[t];
+		size_t j = tag_table[t];
+
 		if (verbose > 4)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"offset=%.0f sum=%08x\n",(double)offset,sum);
-		
-		if (j == NULL_TAG) {
+
+		if (j == NULL_TAG)
 			goto null_tag;
-		}
 
 		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
 		tag_hits++;
-		for (; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-			int l, i = targets[j].i;
-			
-			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1) continue;
-			
+		for (; j < s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
+			unsigned int l;
+			size_t i = targets[j].i;
+
+			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
+				continue;
+
 			/* also make sure the two blocks are the same length */
-			l = MIN(s->n,len-offset);
-			if (l != s->sums[i].len) continue;			
+			l = MIN((OFF_T)s->blength, len-offset);
+			if (l != s->sums[i].len)
+				continue;
 
 			if (verbose > 3)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%d %d sum=%08x\n",
-					(double)offset,j,i,sum);
-			
+				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%.0f %.0f sum=%08x\n",
+					(double)offset,(double)j,(double)i,sum);
+
 			if (!done_csum2) {
 				map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,l);
 				get_checksum2((char *)map,l,sum2);
 				done_csum2 = 1;
 			}
-			
-			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length) != 0) {
+
+			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,s->s2length) != 0) {
 				false_alarms++;
 				continue;
 			}
 
 			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
-                           if last_i can hint at a better match */
-			for (j++; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-				int i2 = targets[j].i;
+			 * if last_i can hint at a better match */
+			for (j++; j < s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
+				size_t i2 = targets[j].i;
 				if (i2 == last_i + 1) {
-					if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1) break;
-					if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i2].sum2,csum_length) != 0) break;
-					/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder 
-					   will be happy */
+					if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1)
+						break;
+					if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i2].sum2,s->s2length) != 0)
+						break;
+					/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder
+					 * will be happy */
 					i = i2;
 					break;
 				}
 			}
 
 			last_i = i;
-			
+
 			matched(f,s,buf,offset,i);
 			offset += s->sums[i].len - 1;
-			k = MIN((len-offset), s->n);
-			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k);
+			k = MIN(s->blength, len-offset);
+			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset, k);
 			sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 			s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 			s2 = sum >> 16;
 			matches++;
 			break;
 		}
-		
+
 	null_tag:
 		/* Trim off the first byte from the checksum */
-		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k+1);
+		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset, k+1);
 		s1 -= map[0] + CHAR_OFFSET;
 		s2 -= k * (map[0]+CHAR_OFFSET);
-		
+
 		/* Add on the next byte (if there is one) to the checksum */
 		if (k < (len-offset)) {
 			s1 += (map[k]+CHAR_OFFSET);
 			s2 += s1;
-		} else {
+		} else
 			--k;
-		}
 
 		/* By matching early we avoid re-reading the
 		   data 3 times in the case where a token
@@ -246,43 +262,59 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 		   match. The 3 reads are caused by the
 		   running match, the checksum update and the
 		   literal send. */
-		if (offset-last_match >= CHUNK_SIZE+s->n && 
-		    (end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE)) {
-			matched(f,s,buf,offset - s->n, -2);
+		if (offset > last_match
+		 && offset-last_match >= CHUNK_SIZE+s->blength
+		 && end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE) {
+			matched(f,s,buf,offset - s->blength, -2);
 		}
 	} while (++offset < end);
-	
+
 	matched(f,s,buf,len,-1);
 	map_ptr(buf,len-1,1);
 }
 
 
-void match_sums(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+/**
+ * Scan through a origin file, looking for sections that match
+ * checksums from the generator, and transmit either literal or token
+ * data.
+ *
+ * Also calculates the MD4 checksum of the whole file, using the md
+ * accumulator.  This is transmitted with the file as protection
+ * against corruption on the wire.
+ *
+ * @param s Checksums received from the generator.  If <tt>s->count ==
+ * 0</tt>, then there are actually no checksums for this file.
+ *
+ * @param len Length of the file to send.
+ **/
+void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
 	char file_sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
+	extern int write_batch;
 
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
 	tag_hits = 0;
-	matches=0;
-	data_transfer=0;
+	matches = 0;
+	data_transfer = 0;
 
 	sum_init();
 
 	if (len > 0 && s->count>0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
-		
+
 		hash_search(f,s,buf,len);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
 		/* by doing this in pieces we avoid too many seeks */
-		for (j=0;j<(len-CHUNK_SIZE);j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
+		for (j = 0; j < len-CHUNK_SIZE; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
 			int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,(len-CHUNK_SIZE)-j);
 			matched(f,s,buf,j+n1,-2);
 		}
@@ -291,21 +323,21 @@ void match_sums(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
 
 	sum_end(file_sum);
 
-	if (remote_version >= 14) {
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-		write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-	}
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
+	write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+	if (write_batch)
+		write_batch_delta_file(file_sum, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
 
 	if (targets) {
 		free(targets);
 		targets=NULL;
 	}
-	
+
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d tag_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
 			false_alarms, tag_hits, matches);
-	
+
 	total_tag_hits += tag_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
 	total_matches += matches;

mkproto.awk

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ BEGIN {
   next;
 }
 
-!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time/ {
+!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time|^const/ {
   next;
 }
 

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
 Name: rsync
-Version: 2.4.0
+Version: 2.6.1pre-2
 Release: 1
 Copyright: GPL
 Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.4.0.tar.gz
+Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-%{version}.tar.gz
 URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
 Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
 BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
@@ -21,8 +21,18 @@ A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
 this package. 
 
 %changelog
+* Thu Jan 30 2003 Horst von Brand <vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl>
+  Fixed "Sept" date in %changelog here
+  Use %{_mandir} to point to manpages
+  Support for compressed manpages (* at end catches them in %files)
+  Add doc/README-SGML and doc/rsync.sgml to %doc
+
+* Mon Sep 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
+  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
+
 * Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
+  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness
+
 * Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
   reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
 
@@ -59,23 +69,25 @@ previous package(s).)
 %setup
 
 %build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
+./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=%{_mandir}
 make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
 strip rsync
 
 %install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
+mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
+mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man{1,5}
 install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
+install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man1
+install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man5
 
 %clean
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
 %files
 %attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
+%attr(-,root,root) %{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
+%attr(-,root,root) %{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
 %attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
 %attr(-,root,root) %doc README
 %attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING
+%attr(-,root,root) %doc doc/README-SGML doc/rsync.sgml

packaging/redhat/5.0/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/solaris/build_pkg.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Shell script for building Solaris package of rsync
+# Author: Jens Apel <jens.apel@web.de>
+# License: GPL
+#
+# BASEDIR is /usr/local and should be the same as the
+# --prefix parameter of configure
+#
+# this script should be copied under
+# packaging/solaris/5.8/build_pkg.sh
+
+# Definitions start here
+# you can edit this, if you like
+
+# The Package name under which rsync will b installed
+PKGNAME=SMBrsync
+
+# Extract common info requires for the 'info' part of the package.
+# This should be made generic and generated by the configure script
+# but for now it is hard coded
+BASEDIR=/usr/local
+VERSION="2.5.5"
+ARCH=`uname -p`
+NAME=rsync
+
+# Definitions end here
+# Please do not edit below this line or you know what you do.
+
+## Start by faking root install
+echo "Creating install directory (fake $BASEDIR)..."
+START=`pwd`
+FAKE_ROOT=$START/${PKGNAME}
+mkdir $FAKE_ROOT
+
+# copy the binary and the man page to their places
+mkdir $FAKE_ROOT/bin
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/man/man1
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/man/man5
+
+cp ../../../rsync $FAKE_ROOT/bin/rsync
+cp ../../../rsync.1 $FAKE_ROOT/man/man1/rsync.1
+cp ../../../rsyncd.conf.5 $FAKE_ROOT/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
+cp ../../../README $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/README
+cp ../../../COPYING $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/COPYING
+cp ../../../tech_report.pdf $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/tech_report.pdf
+cp ../../../COPYING $FAKE_ROOT/COPYING
+
+## Build info file
+echo "Building pkginfo file..."
+cat > $FAKE_ROOT/pkginfo << EOF_INFO
+PKG=$PKGNAME
+NAME=$NAME
+DESC="Program for efficient remote updates of files."
+VENDOR="Samba Team URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/"
+BASEDIR=$BASEDIR
+ARCH=$ARCH
+VERSION=$VERSION
+CATEGORY=application
+CLASSES=none
+EOF_INFO
+
+## Build prototype file
+cat > $FAKE_ROOT/prototype << EOFPROTO
+i copyright=COPYING
+i pkginfo=pkginfo
+d none bin 0755 bin bin
+f none bin/rsync 0755 bin bin
+d none doc 0755 bin bin
+d none doc/$NAME 0755 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/README 0644 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/COPYING 0644 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/tech_report.pdf 0644 bin bin
+d none man 0755 bin bin
+d none man/man1 0755 bin bin
+f none man/man1/rsync.1 0644 bin bin
+d none man/man5 0755 bin bin
+f none man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 0644 bin bin
+EOFPROTO
+
+## And now build the package.
+OUTPUTFILE=$PKGNAME-$VERSION-sol8-$ARCH-local.pkg
+echo "Building package.."
+echo FAKE_ROOT = $FAKE_ROOT
+cd $FAKE_ROOT
+pkgmk -d . -r . -f ./prototype -o
+pkgtrans -os . $OUTPUTFILE $PKGNAME
+
+mv $OUTPUTFILE ..
+cd ..
+
+# Comment this out if you want to see, which file structure has been created
+rm -rf $FAKE_ROOT
+

params.c

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ static int Continuation( char *line, int pos )
    */
   {
   pos--;
-  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(line[pos]) )
+  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *)line)[pos]) )
      pos--;
 
   return( ((pos >= 0) && ('\\' == line[pos])) ? pos : -1 );
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )       /* Ensure there's space for next char.    */
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )       /* Make sure there's enough room. */
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
           c = 0;
         else
           {
-          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(bufr[end]); end-- )
+          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *) bufr)[end]); end-- )
             ;
           c = getc( InFile );
           }
@@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
   OpenedFile = fopen( FileName, "r" );
   if( NULL == OpenedFile )
     {
-    rprintf(FERROR,"%s Unable to open configuration file \"%s\":\n\t%s\n",
-	    func, FileName, strerror(errno));
+    rprintf(FERROR,"rsync: unable to open configuration file \"%s\": %s\n",
+	    FileName, strerror(errno));
     }
 
   return( OpenedFile );
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
   else                                        /* If we don't have a buffer   */
     {                                         /* allocate one, then parse,   */
     bSize = BUFR_INC;                         /* then free.                  */
-    bufr = (char *)malloc( bSize );
+    bufr = new_array( char, bSize );
     if( NULL == bufr )
       {
       rprintf(FERROR,"%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);

pipe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+ * 
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell 
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int blocking_io;
+extern int orig_umask;
+extern int read_batch;
+extern int filesfrom_fd;
+
+/**
+ * Create a child connected to use on stdin/stdout.
+ *
+ * This is derived from CVS code 
+ * 
+ * Note that in the child STDIN is set to blocking and STDOUT
+ * is set to non-blocking. This is necessary as rsh relies on stdin being blocking
+ *  and ssh relies on stdout being non-blocking
+ *
+ * If blocking_io is set then use blocking io on both fds. That can be
+ * used to cope with badly broken rsh implementations like the one on
+ * Solaris.
+ **/
+pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int to_child_pipe[2];
+	int from_child_pipe[2];
+	
+	if (verbose >= 2) {
+		print_child_argv(command);
+	}
+
+	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 || fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "pipe: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+
+	pid = do_fork();
+	if (pid == -1) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "fork: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
+		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
+		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+		    close(from_child_pipe[0]) < 0 ||
+		    dup2(from_child_pipe[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Failed to dup/close : %s\n",
+				strerror(errno));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+		}
+		if (to_child_pipe[0] != STDIN_FILENO)
+			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
+		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
+			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+		umask(orig_umask);
+		set_blocking(STDIN_FILENO);
+		if (blocking_io > 0)
+			set_blocking(STDOUT_FILENO);
+		execvp(command[0], command);
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Failed to exec %s : %s\n",
+			command[0], strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 || close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Failed to close : %s\n", strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	*f_in = from_child_pipe[0];
+	*f_out = to_child_pipe[1];
+
+	return pid;
+}
+
+pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv,int *f_in,int *f_out,
+		  int (*child_main)(int, char*[]))
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int to_child_pipe[2];
+	int from_child_pipe[2];
+
+	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 ||
+	    fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"pipe: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+
+	pid = do_fork();
+	if (pid == -1) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"fork: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
+		am_sender = read_batch ? 0 : !am_sender;
+		am_server = 1;		
+
+		if (!am_sender)
+			filesfrom_fd = -1;
+
+		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
+		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+		    close(from_child_pipe[0]) < 0 ||
+		    dup2(from_child_pipe[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,"Failed to dup/close : %s\n",strerror(errno));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+		}
+		if (to_child_pipe[0] != STDIN_FILENO) close(to_child_pipe[0]);
+		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO) close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+		child_main(argc, argv);
+	}
+
+	if (!am_sender)
+		filesfrom_fd = -1;
+
+	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+	    close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"Failed to close : %s\n",strerror(errno));   
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	*f_in = from_child_pipe[0];
+	*f_out = to_child_pipe[1];
+  
+	return pid;
+}

popt/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ID
+Makefile
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.log
+config.status
+dummy

popt/CHANGES

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+1.5 -> 1.6
+	- add ability to perform callbacks for every, not just first, match.
+
+1.3 -> 1.5
+	- heavy dose of const's
+	- poptParseArgvString() now NULL terminates the list
+
+1.2.3 -> 1.3
+	- added support for single -
+	- misc bug fixes
+	- portability improvements
+
+1.2.2 -> 1.2.3
+	- fixed memset() in help message generation (Dale Hawkins)
+	- added extern "C" stuff to popt.h for C++ compilers (Dale Hawkins)
+	- const'ified poptParseArgvString (Jeff Garzik)
+
+1.2.1 -> 1.2.2
+	- fixed bug in chaind alias happens which seems to have only
+	  affected --triggers in rpm
+	- added POPT_ARG_VAL
+	- popt.3 installed by default
+
+1.2 -> 1.2.1
+	- added POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN (Elliot Lee)
+	- updated Makefile's to be more GNUish (Elliot Lee)
+
+1.1 -> 1.2
+	- added popt.3 man page (Robert Lynch)
+	- don't use mmap anymore (its lack of portability isn't worth the
+	  trouble)
+	- added test script
+	- added support for exec
+	- removed support for *_POPT_ALIASES env variable -- it was a bad
+	  idea
+	- reorganized into multiple source files
+	- added automatic help generation, POPT_AUTOHELP
+	- added table callbacks
+	- added table inclusion
+	- updated man page for new features
+	- added test scripts
+
+1.0 -> 1.1
+	- moved to autoconf (Fred Fish)
+	- added STRERROR replacement (Norbert Warmuth)
+	- added const keywords (Bruce Perens)

popt/COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Copyright (c) 1998  Red Hat Software
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.

popt/README

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+This is the popt command line option parsing library. While it is similiar
+to getopt(3), it contains a number of enhancements, including:
+
+	1) popt is fully reentrant
+	2) popt can parse arbitrary argv[] style arrays while 
+	   getopt(2) makes this quite difficult
+	3) popt allows users to alias command line arguments
+	4) popt provides convience functions for parsing strings
+	   into argv[] style arrays
+
+popt is used by rpm, the Red Hat install program, and many other Red Hat
+utilities, all of which provide excellent examples of how to use popt. 
+Complete documentation on popt is available in popt.ps (included in this
+tarball), which is excerpted with permission from the book "Linux
+Application Development" by Michael K. Johnson and Erik Troan (availble
+from Addison Wesley in May, 1998).
+
+Comments on popt should be addressed to ewt@redhat.com.

popt/README.rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This is a perfectly ordinary copy of libpopt.  It is only used on platforms
+that do not have a sufficiently up-to-date copy of their own.  If you build
+rsync on a platform which has popt, this directory should not be used.  (You
+can control that using the --with-included-popt configure flag.)

popt/findme.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/findme.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "findme.h"
+
+const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
+    char * path = getenv("PATH");
+    char * pathbuf;
+    char * start, * chptr;
+    char * buf;
+
+    if (argv0 == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute path */
+    if (strchr(argv0, '/'))
+	return xstrdup(argv0);
+
+    if (path == NULL) return NULL;
+
+    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
+    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + sizeof("/"));
+    if (buf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    strcpy(pathbuf, path);
+
+    chptr = NULL;
+    /*@-branchstate@*/
+    do {
+	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
+	    *chptr = '\0';
+	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
+
+	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
+	    return buf;
+
+	if (chptr) 
+	    start = chptr + 1;
+	else
+	    start = NULL;
+    } while (start && *start);
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+
+    free(buf);
+
+    return NULL;
+}

popt/findme.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/findme.h
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#ifndef H_FINDME
+#define H_FINDME
+
+/**
+ * Return absolute path to executable by searching PATH.
+ * @param argv0		name of executable
+ * @return		(malloc'd) absolute path to executable (or NULL)
+ */
+/*@null@*/ const char * findProgramPath(/*@null@*/ const char * argv0)
+	/*@*/;
+
+#endif

popt/popt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/** \file popt/popt.h
+ * \ingroup popt
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#ifndef H_POPT
+#define H_POPT
+
+#include <stdio.h>			/* for FILE * */
+
+#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH	10
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Arg type identifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0	/*!< no arg */
+#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1	/*!< arg will be saved as string */
+#define POPT_ARG_INT		2	/*!< arg will be converted to int */
+#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3	/*!< arg will be converted to long */
+#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE	4	/*!< arg points to table */
+#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK	5	/*!< table-wide callback... must be
+					   set first in table; arg points 
+					   to callback, descrip points to 
+					   callback data to pass */
+#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN    6       /*!< set the translation domain
+					   for this table and any
+					   included tables; arg points
+					   to the domain string */
+#define POPT_ARG_VAL		7	/*!< arg should take value val */
+#define	POPT_ARG_FLOAT		8	/*!< arg will be converted to float */
+#define	POPT_ARG_DOUBLE		9	/*!< arg will be converted to double */
+
+#define POPT_ARG_MASK		0x0000FFFF
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Arg modifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH	0x80000000  /*!< allow -longoption */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000  /*!< don't show in help/usage */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP	0x20000000  /*!< strip this arg from argv(only applies to long args) */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL	0x10000000  /*!< arg may be missing */
+
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_OR		0x08000000  /*!< arg will be or'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NOR	0x09000000  /*!< arg will be nor'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_AND	0x04000000  /*!< arg will be and'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NAND	0x05000000  /*!< arg will be nand'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR	0x02000000  /*!< arg will be xor'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT	0x01000000  /*!< arg will be negated */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS \
+        (POPT_ARGFLAG_OR|POPT_ARGFLAG_AND|POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR)
+
+#define	POPT_BIT_SET	(POPT_ARG_VAL|POPT_ARGFLAG_OR)
+					/*!< set arg bit(s) */
+#define	POPT_BIT_CLR	(POPT_ARG_VAL|POPT_ARGFLAG_NAND)
+					/*!< clear arg bit(s) */
+
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT 0x00800000 /*!< show default value in --help */
+
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Callback modifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE		0x80000000  /*!< call the callback before parse */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST	0x40000000  /*!< call the callback after parse */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA	0x20000000  /*!< use data from the include line,
+					       not the subtable */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_SKIPOPTION	0x10000000  /*!< don't callback with option */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_CONTINUE	0x08000000  /*!< continue callbacks with option */
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Error return values
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10	/*!< missing argument */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11	/*!< unknown option */
+#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13	/*!< aliases nested too deeply */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/*!< error in paramter quoting */
+#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/*!< errno set, use strerror(errno) */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17	/*!< invalid numeric value */
+#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18	/*!< number too large or too small */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION	-19	/*!< mutually exclusive logical operations requested */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_NULLARG	-20	/*!< opt->arg should not be NULL */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_MALLOC	-21	/*!< memory allocation failed */
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name poptBadOption() flags
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /*!< don't go into an alias */
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name poptGetContext() flags
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /*!< ignore exec expansions */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /*!< pay attention to argv[0] */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /*!< options can't follow args */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_ARG_OPTS	(1 << 4) /*!< return args as options with value 0 */
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
+struct poptOption {
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;			/*!< may be '\0' */
+    int argInfo;
+/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;	/*!< depends on argInfo */
+    int val;			/*!< 0 means don't return, just update flag */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /*!< argument description for autohelp */
+};
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * A popt alias argument for poptAddAlias().
+ */
+struct poptAlias {
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;		/*!< may be '\0' */
+    int argc;
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< must be free()able */
+};
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * A popt alias or exec argument for poptAddItem().
+ */
+typedef struct poptItem_s {
+    struct poptOption option;	/*!< alias/exec name(s) and description. */
+    int argc;			/*!< (alias) no. of args. */
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
+} * poptItem;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Auto-generated help/usage
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
+extern struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[];
+#define POPT_AUTOALIAS { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptAliasOptions, \
+			0, "Options implemented via popt alias/exec:", NULL },
+
+/**
+ * Auto help table options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
+extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
+#define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
+			0, "Help options:", NULL },
+
+#define POPT_TABLEEND { NULL, '\0', 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL }
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
+typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+/*@-typeuse@*/
+typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
+/*@=typeuse@*/
+#endif
+
+enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, 
+			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
+			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*@-type@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Table callback prototype.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param reason	reason for callback
+ * @param opt		option that triggered callback
+ * @param arg		@todo Document.
+ * @param data		@todo Document.
+ */
+typedef void (*poptCallbackType) (poptContext con, 
+		enum poptCallbackReason reason,
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * arg,
+		/*@null@*/ const void * data)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Initialize popt context.
+ * @param name
+ * @param argc		no. of arguments
+ * @param argv		argument array
+ * @param options	address of popt option table
+ * @param flags		or'd POPT_CONTEXT_* bits
+ * @return		initialized popt context
+ */
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(
+		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char * name,
+		int argc, /*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
+		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options,
+		int flags)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Reinitialize popt context.
+ * @param con		context
+ */
+void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return value of next option found.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		next option val, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error
+ */
+int poptGetNextOpt(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies con, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/*@-redecl@*/
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return next option argument (if any).
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return current option's argument.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Peek at current option's argument.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return remaining arguments.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		argument array, terminated with NULL
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return the option which caused the most recent error.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		offending option
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Destroy context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		NULL always
+ */
+/*@null@*/ poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add arguments to context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param argv		argument array, NULL terminated
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP on failure
+ */
+int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add alias to context.
+ * @todo Pass alias by reference, not value.
+ * @deprecated Use poptAddItem instead.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param alias		alias to add
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ * @return		0 on success
+ */
+/*@unused@*/
+int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add alias/exec item to context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param item		alias/exec item to add
+ * @param flags		0 for alias, 1 for exec
+ * @return		0 on success
+ */
+int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Read configuration file.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fn		file name to read
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
+ */
+int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Read default configuration from /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param useEnv	(unused)
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
+ */
+int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Duplicate an argument array.
+ * @note: The argument array is malloc'd as a single area, so only argv must
+ * be free'd.
+ *
+ * @param argc		no. of arguments
+ * @param argv		argument array
+ * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
+ * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NOARG on failure
+ */
+int poptDupArgv(int argc, /*@null@*/ const char **argv,
+		/*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr,
+		/*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
+	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Parse a string into an argument array.
+ * The parse allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated the same as " and
+ * both may include \ quotes.
+ * @note: The argument array is malloc'd as a single area, so only argv must
+ * be free'd.
+ *
+ * @param s		string to parse
+ * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
+ * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
+ */
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s,
+		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
+	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return formatted error string for popt failure.
+ * @param error		popt error
+ * @return		error string
+ */
+/*@-redecl@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Limit search for executables.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param path		single path to search for executables
+ * @param allowAbsolute	absolute paths only?
+ */
+void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Print detailed description of options.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		ouput file handle
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ */
+void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ int flags)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Print terse description of options.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		ouput file handle
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ */
+void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ int flags)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Provide text to replace default "[OPTION...]" in help/usage output.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param text		replacement text
+ */
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return argv[0] from context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		argv[0]
+ */
+/*@-redecl -fcnuse@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl =fcnuse@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Shuffle argv pointers to remove stripped args, returns new argc.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param argc		no. of args
+ * @param argv		arg vector
+ * @return		new argc
+ */
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
+	/*@modifies *argv @*/;
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
+
+/*@=type@*/
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif

popt/poptconfig.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptconfig.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "poptint.h"
+
+/*@-compmempass@*/	/* FIX: item->option.longName kept, not dependent. */
+static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
+	/*@modifies con @*/
+{
+    /*@-type@*/
+    int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
+    /*@=type@*/
+    const char * entryType;
+    const char * opt;
+    poptItem item = (poptItem) alloca(sizeof(*item));
+    int i, j;
+    
+    memset(item, 0, sizeof(*item));
+
+    /*@-type@*/
+    if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
+    /*@=type@*/
+
+    line += nameLength;
+    if (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) return;
+
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    entryType = line;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    *line++ = '\0';
+
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    if (*line == '\0') return;
+    opt = line;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    *line++ = '\0';
+
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    if (*line == '\0') return;
+
+    /*@-temptrans@*/ /* FIX: line alias is saved */
+    if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-')
+	item->option.longName = opt + 2;
+    else if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[2] == '\0')
+	item->option.shortName = opt[1];
+    /*@=temptrans@*/
+
+    if (poptParseArgvString(line, &item->argc, &item->argv)) return;
+
+    /*@-modobserver@*/
+    item->option.argInfo = POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < item->argc; i++, j++) {
+	const char * f;
+	if (!strncmp(item->argv[i], "--POPTdesc=", sizeof("--POPTdesc=")-1)) {
+	    f = item->argv[i] + sizeof("--POPTdesc=");
+	    if (f[0] == '$' && f[1] == '"') f++;
+	    item->option.descrip = f;
+	    item->option.argInfo &= ~POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+	    j--;
+	} else
+	if (!strncmp(item->argv[i], "--POPTargs=", sizeof("--POPTargs=")-1)) {
+	    f = item->argv[i] + sizeof("--POPTargs=");
+	    if (f[0] == '$' && f[1] == '"') f++;
+	    item->option.argDescrip = f;
+	    item->option.argInfo &= ~POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+	    item->option.argInfo |= POPT_ARG_STRING;
+	    j--;
+	} else
+	if (j != i)
+	    item->argv[j] = item->argv[i];
+    }
+    if (j != i) {
+	item->argv[j] = NULL;
+	item->argc = j;
+    }
+    /*@=modobserver@*/
+	
+    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: item->argv[] may be NULL */
+    if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias"))
+	(void) poptAddItem(con, item, 0);
+    else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec"))
+	(void) poptAddItem(con, item, 1);
+    /*@=nullstate@*/
+}
+/*@=compmempass@*/
+
+int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
+{
+    const unsigned char * file, * chptr, * end;
+    unsigned char * buf;
+/*@dependent@*/ unsigned char * dst;
+    int fd, rc;
+    off_t fileLength;
+
+    fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY);
+    if (fd < 0)
+	return (errno == ENOENT ? 0 : POPT_ERROR_ERRNO);
+
+    fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
+    if (fileLength == -1 || lseek(fd, 0, 0) == -1) {
+	rc = errno;
+	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
+	errno = rc;
+	/*@=mods@*/
+	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+    }
+
+    file = alloca(fileLength + 1);
+    if (read(fd, (char *)file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
+	rc = errno;
+	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
+	errno = rc;
+	/*@=mods@*/
+	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+    }
+    if (close(fd) == -1)
+	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+
+    dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
+
+    chptr = file;
+    end = (file + fileLength);
+    /*@-infloops@*/	/* LCL: can't detect chptr++ */
+    while (chptr < end) {
+	switch (*chptr) {
+	  case '\n':
+	    *dst = '\0';
+	    dst = buf;
+	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
+	    if (*dst && *dst != '#')
+		configLine(con, dst);
+	    chptr++;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
+	  case '\\':
+	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
+	    if (chptr < end) {
+		if (*chptr == '\n') 
+		    dst--, chptr++;	
+		    /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */
+		else
+		    *dst++ = *chptr++;
+	    }
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
+	  default:
+	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
+	}
+    }
+    /*@=infloops@*/
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int useEnv))
+{
+    char * fn, * home;
+    int rc;
+
+    /*@-type@*/
+    if (!con->appName) return 0;
+    /*@=type@*/
+
+    rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
+    if (rc) return rc;
+    if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
+
+    if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
+	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
+	strcpy(fn, home);
+	strcat(fn, "/.popt");
+	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
+	if (rc) return rc;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}

popt/popthelp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+
+/*@-type@*/
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/popthelp.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "poptint.h"
+
+/**
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param key		option(s)
+ */
+static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
+		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(enum poptCallbackReason foo),
+		struct poptOption * key, 
+		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(const char * arg), /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(void * data))
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem@*/
+{
+    if (key->shortName == '?')
+	poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0);
+    else
+	poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0);
+    exit(0);
+}
+
+#ifdef	NOTYET
+/*@unchecked@*/
+static int show_option_defaults = 0;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
+struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[] = {
+    POPT_TABLEEND
+};
+
+/**
+ * Auto help table options.
+ */
+/*@-castfcnptr@*/
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
+struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
+  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
+  { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
+  { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
+#ifdef	NOTYET
+  { "defaults", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &show_option_defaults, 0,
+	N_("Display option defaults in message"), NULL },
+#endif
+    POPT_TABLEEND
+} ;
+/*@=castfcnptr@*/
+
+/**
+ * @param table		option(s)
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
+getTableTranslationDomain(/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption *table)
+	/*@*/
+{
+    const struct poptOption *opt;
+
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
+	if (opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
+	    return opt->arg;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
+getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@-paramuse@*/		/* FIX: wazzup? */
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@=paramuse@*/
+	/*@*/
+{
+    if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL;
+
+    if (opt == (poptHelpOptions + 1) || opt == (poptHelpOptions + 2))
+	if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip);
+
+    if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
+
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+    case POPT_ARG_NONE:		return POPT_("NONE");
+    case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return POPT_("VAL");
+    case POPT_ARG_INT:		return POPT_("INT");
+    case POPT_ARG_LONG:		return POPT_("LONG");
+    case POPT_ARG_STRING:	return POPT_("STRING");
+    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:	return POPT_("FLOAT");
+    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:	return POPT_("DOUBLE");
+    default:			return POPT_("ARG");
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ char *
+singleOptionDefaultValue(int lineLength,
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@-paramuse@*/	/* FIX: i18n macros disable with lclint */
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@=paramuse@*/
+	/*@*/
+{
+    const char * defstr = D_(translation_domain, "default");
+    char * le = malloc(4*lineLength + 1);
+    char * l = le;
+
+    if (le == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    *le = '\0';
+    *le++ = '(';
+    strcpy(le, defstr);	le += strlen(le);
+    *le++ = ':';
+    *le++ = ' ';
+    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX programmer error */
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
+    case POPT_ARG_INT:
+    {	long aLong = *((int *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
+    {	long aLong = *((long *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
+    {	double aDouble = *((float *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
+    {	double aDouble = *((double *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
+    {	const char * s = *(const char **)opt->arg;
+	if (s == NULL) {
+	    strcpy(le, "null");	le += strlen(le);
+	} else {
+	    size_t slen = 4*lineLength - (le - l) - sizeof("\"...\")");
+	    *le++ = '"';
+	    strncpy(le, s, slen); le[slen] = '\0'; le += strlen(le);	
+	    if (slen < strlen(s)) {
+		strcpy(le, "...");	le += strlen(le);
+	    }
+	    *le++ = '"';
+	}
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
+    default:
+	l = _free(l);
+	return NULL;
+	/*@notreached@*/ break;
+    }
+    *le++ = ')';
+    *le = '\0';
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol, 
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
+    int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
+    const unsigned char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
+    const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
+    int helpLength;
+    unsigned char * defs = NULL;
+    unsigned char * left;
+    int nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
+
+    /* Make sure there's more than enough room in target buffer. */
+    if (opt->longName)	nb += strlen(opt->longName);
+    if (argDescrip)	nb += strlen(argDescrip);
+
+    left = malloc(nb);
+    if (left == NULL) return;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    left[0] = '\0';
+    left[maxLeftCol] = '\0';
+
+    if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
+	sprintf(left, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
+		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
+		opt->longName);
+    else if (opt->shortName != '\0') 
+	sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
+    else if (opt->longName)
+	sprintf(left, "%s%s",
+		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
+		opt->longName);
+    if (!*left) goto out;
+    if (argDescrip) {
+	char * le = left + strlen(left);
+
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
+	    *le++ = '[';
+
+	/* Choose type of output */
+	/*@-branchstate@*/
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT) {
+	    defs = singleOptionDefaultValue(lineLength, opt, translation_domain);
+	    if (defs) {
+		char * t = malloc((help ? strlen(help) : 0) +
+				strlen(defs) + sizeof(" "));
+		if (t) {
+		    char * te = t;
+		    *te = '\0';
+		    if (help) {
+			strcpy(te, help);	te += strlen(te);
+		    }
+		    *te++ = ' ';
+		    strcpy(te, defs);
+		    defs = _free(defs);
+		}
+		defs = t;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*@=branchstate@*/
+
+	if (opt->argDescrip == NULL) {
+	    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+	    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
+		break;
+	    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
+	    {	long aLong = opt->val;
+		int ops = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS);
+		int negate = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT);
+
+		/* Don't bother displaying typical values */
+		if (!ops && (aLong == 0L || aLong == 1L || aLong == -1L))
+		    break;
+		*le++ = '[';
+		switch (ops) {
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
+		    *le++ = '|';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
+		    *le++ = '&';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
+		    *le++ = '^';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		default:
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		}
+		*le++ = '=';
+		if (negate) *le++ = '~';
+		/*@-formatconst@*/
+		sprintf(le, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
+		le += strlen(le);
+		/*@=formatconst@*/
+		*le++ = ']';
+	    }	break;
+	    case POPT_ARG_INT:
+	    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
+	    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
+	    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
+	    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
+		*le++ = '=';
+		strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    *le++ = '=';
+	    strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+	}
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
+	    *le++ = ']';
+	*le = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (help)
+	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
+    else {
+	fprintf(fp,"  %s\n", left); 
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    left = _free(left);
+    if (defs) {
+	help = defs; defs = NULL;
+    }
+
+    helpLength = strlen(help);
+    while (helpLength > lineLength) {
+	const unsigned char * ch;
+	char format[10];
+
+	ch = help + lineLength - 1;
+	while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
+	if (ch == help) break;		/* give up */
+	while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--;
+	ch++;
+
+	sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
+	/*@-formatconst@*/
+	fprintf(fp, format, help, " ");
+	/*@=formatconst@*/
+	help = ch;
+	while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
+	helpLength = strlen(help);
+    }
+
+    if (helpLength) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", help);
+
+out:
+    /*@-dependenttrans@*/
+    defs = _free(defs);
+    /*@=dependenttrans@*/
+    left = _free(left);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
+		       /*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@*/
+{
+    int max = 0;
+    int len = 0;
+    const char * s;
+    
+    if (opt != NULL)
+    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
+	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+	    len = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain);
+	    if (len > max) max = len;
+	} else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
+	    len = sizeof("  ")-1;
+	    if (opt->shortName != '\0') len += sizeof("-X")-1;
+	    if (opt->shortName != '\0' && opt->longName) len += sizeof(", ")-1;
+	    if (opt->longName) {
+		len += ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)
+			? sizeof("-")-1 : sizeof("--")-1);
+		len += strlen(opt->longName);
+	    }
+
+	    s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
+	    if (s)
+		len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(s);
+	    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL) len += sizeof("[]")-1;
+	    if (len > max) max = len;
+	}
+
+	opt++;
+    }
+    
+    return max;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Display popt alias and exec help.
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param items		alias/exec array
+ * @param nitems	no. of alias/exec entries
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    poptItem item;
+    int i;
+
+    if (items != NULL)
+    for (i = 0, item = items; i < nitems; i++, item++) {
+	const struct poptOption * opt;
+	opt = &item->option;
+	if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
+	    !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
+	    singleOptionHelp(fp, left, opt, translation_domain);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param table		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void singleTableHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    const struct poptOption * opt;
+    const char *sub_transdom;
+
+    if (table == poptAliasOptions) {
+	itemHelp(fp, con->aliases, con->numAliases, left, NULL);
+	itemHelp(fp, con->execs, con->numExecs, left, NULL);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
+	if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
+	    !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
+	    singleOptionHelp(fp, left, opt, translation_domain);
+    }
+
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
+	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
+	    continue;
+	sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg);
+	if (sub_transdom == NULL)
+	    sub_transdom = translation_domain;
+	    
+	if (opt->descrip)
+	    fprintf(fp, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip));
+
+	singleTableHelp(con, fp, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ */
+static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    int len = 6;
+    const char * fn;
+
+    fprintf(fp, POPT_("Usage:"));
+    if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
+	/*@-nullderef@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
+	fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
+	/*@=nullderef@*/
+	if (fn == NULL) return len;
+	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strrchr(fn, '/') + 1;
+	fprintf(fp, " %s", fn);
+	len += strlen(fn) + 1;
+    }
+
+    return len;
+}
+
+void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
+{
+    int leftColWidth;
+
+    (void) showHelpIntro(con, fp);
+    if (con->otherHelp)
+	fprintf(fp, " %s\n", con->otherHelp);
+    else
+	fprintf(fp, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]"));
+
+    leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL);
+    singleTableHelp(con, fp, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, 
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char *translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    int len = 3;
+    char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
+    const char * item = shortStr;
+    const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
+
+    if (opt->shortName!= '\0' ) {
+	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) 
+	    return cursor;	/* we did these already */
+	len++;
+	shortStr[0] = opt->shortName;
+	shortStr[1] = '\0';
+    } else if (opt->longName) {
+	len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
+	item = opt->longName;
+    }
+
+    if (len == 3) return cursor;
+
+    if (argDescrip) 
+	len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
+
+    if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
+	fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
+	cursor = 7;
+    } 
+
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
+	((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
+	item,
+	(argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
+	(argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
+
+    return cursor + len + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Display popt alias and exec usage.
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param item		alias/exec array
+ * @param nitems	no. of ara/exec entries
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int itemUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, poptItem item, int nitems,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    int i;
+
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (item != NULL)
+    for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++, item++) {
+	const struct poptOption * opt;
+	opt = &item->option;
+        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
+	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
+	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
+		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
+	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
+	}
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+
+    return cursor;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
+		int cursor, const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (opt != NULL)
+    for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) ; opt++) {
+        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
+	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
+	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+	    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, opt->arg,
+			translation_domain);
+	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
+		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
+	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
+	}
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+
+    return cursor;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return concatenated short options for display.
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @retval str		concatenation of short options
+ * @return		length of display string
+ */
+static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ char * str)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *str, *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    char * s = alloca(300);	/* larger then the ascii set */
+
+    s[0] = '\0';
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (str == NULL) {
+	memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
+	str = s;
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+
+    if (opt != NULL)
+    for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
+	if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
+	    str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
+	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+		(void) showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, str);
+    } 
+
+    if (s != str || *s != '\0')
+	return 0;
+
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
+    return strlen(s) + 4;
+}
+
+void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
+{
+    int cursor;
+
+    cursor = showHelpIntro(con, fp);
+    cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, fp, NULL);
+    (void) singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
+
+    if (con->otherHelp) {
+	cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
+	if (cursor > 79) fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
+	fprintf(fp, " %s", con->otherHelp);
+    }
+
+    fprintf(fp, "\n");
+}
+
+void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
+{
+    con->otherHelp = _free(con->otherHelp);
+    con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
+}
+/*@=type@*/

popt/poptint.h

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptint.h
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#ifndef H_POPTINT
+#define H_POPTINT
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper to free(3), hides const compilation noise, permit NULL, return NULL.
+ * @param p		memory to free
+ * @retval		NULL always
+ */
+/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+	/*@modifies p @*/
+{
+    if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Bit mask macros. */
+typedef	unsigned int __pbm_bits;
+#define	__PBM_NBITS		(8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
+#define	__PBM_IX(d)		((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
+#define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << (((unsigned)(d)) % __PBM_NBITS))
+typedef struct {
+    __pbm_bits bits[1];
+} pbm_set;
+#define	__PBM_BITS(set)	((set)->bits)
+
+#define	PBM_ALLOC(d)	calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
+#define	PBM_FREE(s)	_free(s);
+#define PBM_SET(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d))
+#define PBM_CLR(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d))
+#define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0)
+
+struct optionStackEntry {
+    int argc;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** argv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ pbm_set * argb;
+    int next;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextArg;
+/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem currAlias;
+    int stuffed;
+};
+
+struct poptContext_s {
+    struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
+/*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** leftovers;
+    int numLeftovers;
+    int nextLeftover;
+/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
+    int restLeftover;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * appName;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem aliases;
+    int numAliases;
+    int flags;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem execs;
+    int numExecs;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
+    int finalArgvCount;
+    int finalArgvAlloced;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem doExec;
+/*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
+    int execAbsolute;
+/*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
+/*@null@*/ pbm_set * arg_strip;
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+#define _(foo) gettext(foo)
+#else
+#define _(foo) foo
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+#define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
+#define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
+#else
+#define D_(dom, str) str
+#define POPT_(foo) foo
+#endif
+
+#define N_(foo) foo
+
+#endif

popt/poptparse.c

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptparse.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+   file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
+
+#include "system.h"
+
+#define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5
+
+int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
+		int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
+{
+    size_t nb = (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
+    const char ** argv2;
+    char * dst;
+    int i;
+
+    if (argc <= 0 || argv == NULL)	/* XXX can't happen */
+	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
+    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+	if (argv[i] == NULL)
+	    return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
+	nb += strlen(argv[i]) + 1;
+    }
+	
+    dst = malloc(nb);
+    if (dst == NULL)			/* XXX can't happen */
+	return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+    argv2 = (void *) dst;
+    dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
+
+    /*@-branchstate@*/
+    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+	argv2[i] = dst;
+	dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+    argv2[argc] = NULL;
+
+    if (argvPtr) {
+	*argvPtr = argv2;
+    } else {
+	free(argv2);
+	argv2 = NULL;
+    }
+    if (argcPtr)
+	*argcPtr = argc;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
+{
+    const unsigned char * src;
+    unsigned char quote = '\0';
+    int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
+    const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
+    int argc = 0;
+    int buflen = strlen(s) + 1;
+    char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen);
+    int rc = POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+
+    if (argv == NULL) return rc;
+    argv[argc] = buf;
+
+    for (src = s; *src != '\0'; src++) {
+	if (quote == *src) {
+	    quote = '\0';
+	} else if (quote != '\0') {
+	    if (*src == '\\') {
+		src++;
+		if (!*src) {
+		    rc = POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		    goto exit;
+		}
+		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
+	    }
+	    *buf++ = *src;
+	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
+	    if (*argv[argc] != '\0') {
+		buf++, argc++;
+		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
+		    argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
+		    argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
+		    if (argv == NULL) goto exit;
+		}
+		argv[argc] = buf;
+	    }
+	} else switch (*src) {
+	  case '"':
+	  case '\'':
+	    quote = *src;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
+	  case '\\':
+	    src++;
+	    if (!*src) {
+		rc = POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		goto exit;
+	    }
+	    /*@fallthrough@*/
+	  default:
+	    *buf++ = *src;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (strlen(argv[argc])) {
+	argc++, buf++;
+    }
+
+    rc = poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr);
+
+exit:
+    if (argv) free(argv);
+    return rc;
+}

popt/system.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MCHECK_H 
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __NeXT
+/* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h -
+ don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */
+#include <libc.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__LCLINT__)
+/*@-declundef -incondefs -redecl@*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
+/*@only@*/ void * alloca (size_t __size)
+	/*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (__size - 1) @*/
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=declundef =incondefs =redecl@*/
+#endif
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */ 
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+#pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_ALLOCA
+#    ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   else
+#    ifdef alloca
+#     undef alloca
+#    endif
+#    define alloca(sz) malloc(sz) /* Kludge this for now */
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif
+
+/*@-redecl -redef@*/
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl =redef@*/
+
+#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
+#define	vmefail()	(fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
+#define xstrdup(_str)   (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str)))
+#else
+#define	xstrdup(_str)	strdup(_str)
+#endif  /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
+
+#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
+
+#include "popt.h"

progress.c

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern int am_server;
+
+#define PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS 5
+
+struct progress_history {
+	struct timeval time;
+	OFF_T ofs;
+};
+
+static struct progress_history ph_start;
+static struct progress_history ph_list[PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS];
+static int newest_hpos, oldest_hpos;
+
+static unsigned long msdiff(struct timeval *t1, struct timeval *t2)
+{
+	return (t2->tv_sec - t1->tv_sec) * 1000L
+	     + (t2->tv_usec - t1->tv_usec) / 1000;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param ofs Current position in file
+ * @param size Total size of file
+ * @param is_last True if this is the last time progress will be
+ * printed for this file, so we should output a newline.  (Not
+ * necessarily the same as all bytes being received.)
+ **/
+static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
+			    int is_last)
+{
+	char eol[256];
+	const char *units;
+	int pct = ofs == size ? 100 : (int) (100.0 * ofs / size);
+	unsigned long diff;
+	double rate, remain;
+	int remain_h, remain_m, remain_s;
+
+	if (is_last) {
+		/* Compute stats based on the starting info. */
+		diff = msdiff(&ph_start.time, now);
+		if (!diff)
+			diff = 1;
+		rate = (double) (ofs - ph_start.ofs) * 1000.0 / diff / 1024.0;
+		/* Switch to total time taken for our last update. */
+		remain = (double) diff / 1000.0;
+	} else {
+		/* Compute stats based on recent progress. */
+		diff = msdiff(&ph_list[oldest_hpos].time, now);
+		rate = diff ? (double) (ofs - ph_list[oldest_hpos].ofs) * 1000.0
+		    / diff / 1024.0 : 0;
+		remain = rate ? (double) (size - ofs) / rate / 1000.0 : 0.0;
+	}
+
+	if (rate > 1024*1024) {
+		rate /= 1024.0 * 1024.0;
+		units = "GB/s";
+	} else if (rate > 1024) {
+		rate /= 1024.0;
+		units = "MB/s";
+	} else {
+		units = "kB/s";
+	}
+
+	remain_s = (int) remain % 60;
+	remain_m = (int) (remain / 60.0) % 60;
+	remain_h = (int) (remain / 3600.0);
+
+	if (is_last) {
+		snprintf(eol, sizeof eol, "  (%d, %.1f%% of %d)\n",
+			stats.num_transferred_files,
+			(float)((stats.current_file_index+1) * 100)
+				/ stats.num_files,
+			stats.num_files);
+	} else
+		strcpy(eol, "\r");
+	rprintf(FINFO, "%12.0f %3d%% %7.2f%s %4d:%02d:%02d%s",
+		(double) ofs, pct, rate, units,
+		remain_h, remain_m, remain_s, eol);
+}
+
+void end_progress(OFF_T size)
+{
+	if (!am_server) {
+		struct timeval now;
+		gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
+		rprint_progress(size, size, &now, True);
+	}
+	memset(&ph_start, 0, sizeof ph_start);
+}
+
+void show_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size)
+{
+	struct timeval now;
+
+	if (am_server)
+		return;
+
+	gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
+
+	if (!ph_start.time.tv_sec) {
+		int i;
+
+		/* Try to guess the real starting time when the sender started
+		 * to send us data by using the time we last received some data
+		 * in the last file (if it was recent enough). */
+		if (msdiff(&ph_list[newest_hpos].time, &now) <= 1500) {
+			ph_start.time = ph_list[newest_hpos].time;
+			ph_start.ofs = 0;
+		} else {
+			ph_start.time.tv_sec = now.tv_sec;
+			ph_start.time.tv_usec = now.tv_usec;
+			ph_start.ofs = ofs;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS; i++)
+			ph_list[i] = ph_start;
+	}
+	else {
+		if (msdiff(&ph_list[newest_hpos].time, &now) < 1000)
+			return;
+
+		newest_hpos = oldest_hpos;
+		oldest_hpos = (oldest_hpos + 1) % PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].time.tv_sec = now.tv_sec;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].time.tv_usec = now.tv_usec;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].ofs = ofs;
+	}
+
+	rprint_progress(ofs, size, &now, False);
+}

receiver.c

@@ -1,17 +1,18 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -22,208 +23,194 @@
 extern int verbose;
 extern int recurse;
 extern int delete_mode;
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int delete_after;
+extern int max_delete;
 extern int csum_length;
 extern struct stats stats;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int relative_paths;
 extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int preserve_perms;
 extern int cvs_exclude;
 extern int io_error;
 extern char *tmpdir;
 extern char *compare_dest;
 extern int make_backups;
+extern int do_progress;
+extern char *backup_dir;
 extern char *backup_suffix;
+extern int backup_suffix_len;
+extern int cleanup_got_literal;
+extern int module_id;
+extern int ignore_errors;
+extern int orig_umask;
 
-static struct delete_list {
-	dev_t dev;
-	INO_T inode;
-} *delete_list;
-static int dlist_len, dlist_alloc_len;
-
-/* yuck! This function wouldn't have been necessary if I had the sorting
-   algorithm right. Unfortunately fixing the sorting algorithm would introduce
-   a backward incompatibility as file list indexes are sent over the link.
-*/
-static int delete_already_done(struct file_list *flist,int j)
+static void delete_one(char *fn, int is_dir)
 {
-	int i;
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(flist->files[j]), &st)) return 1;
-
-	for (i=0;i<dlist_len;i++) {
-		if (st.st_ino == delete_list[i].inode &&
-		    st.st_dev == delete_list[i].dev)
-			return 1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static void add_delete_entry(struct file_struct *file)
-{
-	if (dlist_len == dlist_alloc_len) {
-		dlist_alloc_len += 1024;
-		delete_list = (struct delete_list *)Realloc(delete_list, sizeof(delete_list[0])*dlist_alloc_len);
-		if (!delete_list) out_of_memory("add_delete_entry");
-	}
-
-	delete_list[dlist_len].dev = file->dev;
-	delete_list[dlist_len].inode = file->inode;
-	dlist_len++;
-
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"added %s to delete list\n", f_name(file));
-}
-
-static void delete_one(struct file_struct *f)
-{
-	if (!S_ISDIR(f->mode)) {
-		if (robust_unlink(f_name(f)) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"unlink %s : %s\n",f_name(f),strerror(errno));
+	if (!is_dir) {
+		if (robust_unlink(fn) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "delete_one: unlink %s failed: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fn), strerror(errno));
 		} else if (verbose) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,"deleting %s\n",f_name(f));
+			rprintf(FINFO, "deleting %s\n", fn);
 		}
-	} else {    
-		if (do_rmdir(f_name(f)) != 0) {
-			if (errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST)
-				rprintf(FERROR,"rmdir %s : %s\n",f_name(f),strerror(errno));
+	} else {
+		if (do_rmdir(fn) != 0) {
+			if (errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST) {
+				rprintf(FERROR, "delete_one: rmdir %s failed: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fn), strerror(errno));
+			}
 		} else if (verbose) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,"deleting directory %s\n",f_name(f));      
+			rprintf(FINFO, "deleting directory %s\n", fn);
 		}
 	}
 }
 
 
+static int is_backup_file(char *fn)
+{
+	int k = strlen(fn) - backup_suffix_len;
+	return k > 0 && strcmp(fn+k, backup_suffix) == 0;
+}
 
 
-/* this deletes any files on the receiving side that are not present
-   on the sending side. For version 1.6.4 I have changed the behaviour
-   to match more closely what most people seem to expect of this option */
+/* This deletes any files on the receiving side that are not present
+ * on the sending side. */
 void delete_files(struct file_list *flist)
 {
 	struct file_list *local_file_list;
 	int i, j;
-	char *name;
-	extern int module_id;
-	extern int max_delete;
+	char *argv[1], fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
 	static int deletion_count;
 
 	if (cvs_exclude)
 		add_cvs_excludes();
 
-	if (io_error && !lp_ignore_errors(module_id)) {
+	if (io_error && !(lp_ignore_errors(module_id) || ignore_errors)) {
 		rprintf(FINFO,"IO error encountered - skipping file deletion\n");
 		return;
 	}
 
-	for (j=0;j<flist->count;j++) {
-		if (!S_ISDIR(flist->files[j]->mode) || 
-		    !(flist->files[j]->flags & FLAG_DELETE)) continue;
-
-		if (remote_version < 19 &&
-		    delete_already_done(flist, j)) continue;
-
-		name = strdup(f_name(flist->files[j]));
-
-		if (!(local_file_list = send_file_list(-1,1,&name))) {
-			free(name);
+	for (j = 0; j < flist->count; j++) {
+		if (!(flist->files[j]->flags & FLAG_TOP_DIR)
+		    || !S_ISDIR(flist->files[j]->mode))
+			continue;
+
+		argv[0] = f_name_to(flist->files[j], fbuf);
+
+		if (!(local_file_list = send_file_list(-1, 1, argv)))
 			continue;
-		}
 
 		if (verbose > 1)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"deleting in %s\n", name);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "deleting in %s\n", fbuf);
 
-		for (i=local_file_list->count-1;i>=0;i--) {
-			if (max_delete && deletion_count > max_delete) break;
-			if (!local_file_list->files[i]->basename) continue;
-			if (remote_version < 19 &&
-			    S_ISDIR(local_file_list->files[i]->mode))
-				add_delete_entry(local_file_list->files[i]);
-			if (-1 == flist_find(flist,local_file_list->files[i])) {
+		for (i = local_file_list->count-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+			if (max_delete && deletion_count > max_delete)
+				break;
+			if (!local_file_list->files[i]->basename)
+				continue;
+			if (flist_find(flist,local_file_list->files[i]) < 0) {
 				char *f = f_name(local_file_list->files[i]);
-				int k = strlen(f) - strlen(backup_suffix);
-/* Hi Andrew, do we really need to play with backup_suffix here? */
-				if (make_backups && ((k <= 0) ||
-					    (strcmp(f+k,backup_suffix) != 0))) {
+				if (make_backups && (backup_dir || !is_backup_file(f))) {
 					(void) make_backup(f);
+					if (verbose)
+						rprintf(FINFO, "deleting %s\n", f);
 				} else {
-					deletion_count++;
-					delete_one(local_file_list->files[i]);
+					int mode = local_file_list->files[i]->mode;
+					delete_one(f, S_ISDIR(mode) != 0);
 				}
+				deletion_count++;
 			}
 		}
 		flist_free(local_file_list);
-		free(name);
 	}
 }
 
 
+/*
+ * get_tmpname() - create a tmp filename for a given filename
+ *
+ *   If a tmpdir is defined, use that as the directory to
+ *   put it in.  Otherwise, the tmp filename is in the same
+ *   directory as the given name.  Note that there may be no
+ *   directory at all in the given name!
+ *
+ *   The tmp filename is basically the given filename with a
+ *   dot prepended, and .XXXXXX appended (for mkstemp() to
+ *   put its unique gunk in).  Take care to not exceed
+ *   either the MAXPATHLEN or NAME_MAX, esp. the last, as
+ *   the basename basically becomes 8 chars longer. In that
+ *   case, the original name is shortened sufficiently to
+ *   make it all fit.
+ *
+ *   Of course, there's no real reason for the tmp name to
+ *   look like the original, except to satisfy us humans.
+ *   As long as it's unique, rsync will work.
+ */
+
 static int get_tmpname(char *fnametmp, char *fname)
 {
 	char *f;
+	int     length = 0;
+	int	maxname;
 
-	/* open tmp file */
 	if (tmpdir) {
-		f = strrchr(fname,'/');
-		if (f == NULL) 
-			f = fname;
-		else 
-			f++;
-		if (strlen(tmpdir)+strlen(f)+10 > MAXPATHLEN) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"filename too long\n");
-			return 0;
+		/* Note: this can't overflow, so the return value is safe */
+		length = strlcpy(fnametmp, tmpdir, MAXPATHLEN - 2);
+		fnametmp[length++] = '/';
+		fnametmp[length] = '\0';	/* always NULL terminated */
+	}
+
+	if ((f = strrchr(fname, '/')) != NULL) {
+		++f;
+		if (!tmpdir) {
+			length = f - fname;
+			/* copy up to and including the slash */
+			strlcpy(fnametmp, fname, length + 1);
 		}
-		slprintf(fnametmp,MAXPATHLEN, "%s/.%s.XXXXXX",tmpdir,f);
-		return 1;
-	} 
+	} else
+		f = fname;
+	fnametmp[length++] = '.';
+	fnametmp[length] = '\0';		/* always NULL terminated */
 
-	f = strrchr(fname,'/');
+	maxname = MIN(MAXPATHLEN - 7 - length, NAME_MAX - 8);
 
-	if (strlen(fname)+9 > MAXPATHLEN) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"filename too long\n");
+	if (maxname < 1) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "temporary filename too long: %s\n", fname);
+		fnametmp[0] = '\0';
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	if (f) {
-		*f = 0;
-		slprintf(fnametmp,MAXPATHLEN,"%s/.%s.XXXXXX",
-			 fname,f+1);
-		*f = '/';
-	} else {
-		slprintf(fnametmp,MAXPATHLEN,".%s.XXXXXX",fname);
-	}
+	strlcpy(fnametmp + length, f, maxname);
+	strcat(fnametmp + length, ".XXXXXX");
 
 	return 1;
 }
 
 
-static int receive_data(int f_in,struct map_struct *buf,int fd,char *fname,
+static int receive_data(int f_in,struct map_struct *mapbuf,int fd,char *fname,
 			OFF_T total_size)
 {
-	int i,n,remainder,len,count;
+	int i;
+	struct sum_struct sum;
+	unsigned int len;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 	OFF_T offset2;
 	char *data;
 	static char file_sum1[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
 	static char file_sum2[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
 	char *map=NULL;
-	
-	count = read_int(f_in);
-	n = read_int(f_in);
-	remainder = read_int(f_in);
-	
-	sum_init();
-	
-	for (i=recv_token(f_in,&data); i != 0; i=recv_token(f_in,&data)) {
 
-		show_progress(offset, total_size);
+	read_sum_head(f_in, &sum);
+
+	sum_init();
+
+	while ((i = recv_token(f_in, &data)) != 0) {
+		if (do_progress)
+			show_progress(offset, total_size);
 
 		if (i > 0) {
-			extern int cleanup_got_literal;
-
 			if (verbose > 3) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,"data recv %d at %.0f\n",
 					i,(double)offset);
@@ -231,127 +218,135 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in,struct map_struct *buf,int fd,char *fname,
 
 			stats.literal_data += i;
 			cleanup_got_literal = 1;
-      
+
 			sum_update(data,i);
 
 			if (fd != -1 && write_file(fd,data,i) != i) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"write failed on %s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
+				rprintf(FERROR, "write failed on %s: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 				exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 			}
 			offset += i;
 			continue;
-		} 
+		}
 
 		i = -(i+1);
-		offset2 = i*(OFF_T)n;
-		len = n;
-		if (i == count-1 && remainder != 0)
-			len = remainder;
-		
+		offset2 = i*(OFF_T)sum.blength;
+		len = sum.blength;
+		if (i == (int) sum.count-1 && sum.remainder != 0)
+			len = sum.remainder;
+
 		stats.matched_data += len;
-		
+
 		if (verbose > 3)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"chunk[%d] of size %d at %.0f offset=%.0f\n",
 				i,len,(double)offset2,(double)offset);
-		
-		if (buf) {
-			map = map_ptr(buf,offset2,len);
-		
+
+		if (mapbuf) {
+			map = map_ptr(mapbuf,offset2,len);
+
 			see_token(map, len);
 			sum_update(map,len);
 		}
-		
-		if (fd != -1 && write_file(fd,map,len) != len) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"write failed on %s : %s\n",
-				fname,strerror(errno));
+
+		if (fd != -1 && write_file(fd,map,len) != (int) len) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "write failed on %s: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
 		offset += len;
 	}
 
-	end_progress(total_size);
+	flush_write_file(fd);
+
+	if (do_progress)
+		end_progress(total_size);
 
 	if (fd != -1 && offset > 0 && sparse_end(fd) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"write failed on %s : %s\n",
-			fname,strerror(errno));
+		rprintf(FERROR, "write failed on %s: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
 	sum_end(file_sum1);
 
-	if (remote_version >= 14) {
-		read_buf(f_in,file_sum2,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,"got file_sum\n");
-		}
-		if (fd != -1 && 
-		    memcmp(file_sum1,file_sum2,MD4_SUM_LENGTH) != 0) {
-			return 0;
-		}
+	read_buf(f_in,file_sum2,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"got file_sum\n");
+	}
+	if (fd != -1 && memcmp(file_sum1,file_sum2,MD4_SUM_LENGTH) != 0) {
+		return 0;
 	}
 	return 1;
 }
 
 
-/* main routine for receiver process. Receiver process runs on the
-	same host as the generator process. */
-
-int recv_files(int f_in,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name,int f_gen)
-{  
+/**
+ * main routine for receiver process.
+ *
+ * Receiver process runs on the same host as the generator process. */
+int recv_files(int f_in,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name)
+{
 	int fd1,fd2;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char *fname;
+	char *fname, fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char template[MAXPATHLEN];
 	char fnametmp[MAXPATHLEN];
 	char *fnamecmp;
 	char fnamecmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-	struct map_struct *buf;
+	struct map_struct *mapbuf;
 	int i;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	int phase=0;
 	int recv_ok;
-	extern struct stats stats;		
-	extern int preserve_perms;
-	extern int delete_after;
 	struct stats initial_stats;
 
 	if (verbose > 2) {
 		rprintf(FINFO,"recv_files(%d) starting\n",flist->count);
 	}
 
-	while (1) {      
+	if (flist->hlink_pool) {
+		pool_destroy(flist->hlink_pool);
+		flist->hlink_pool = NULL;
+	}
+
+	while (1) {
 		cleanup_disable();
 
 		i = read_int(f_in);
 		if (i == -1) {
-			if (phase==0 && remote_version >= 13) {
+			if (phase == 0) {
 				phase++;
 				csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
 				if (verbose > 2)
 					rprintf(FINFO,"recv_files phase=%d\n",phase);
-				write_int(f_gen,-1);
+				send_msg(MSG_DONE, "", 0);
 				continue;
 			}
 			break;
 		}
 
 		if (i < 0 || i >= flist->count) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid file index %d in recv_files (count=%d)\n", 
+			rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid file index %d in recv_files (count=%d)\n",
 				i, flist->count);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
 		file = flist->files[i];
-		fname = f_name(file);
 
+		stats.current_file_index = i;
 		stats.num_transferred_files++;
 		stats.total_transferred_size += file->length;
+		cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 
 		if (local_name)
 			fname = local_name;
+		else
+			fname = f_name_to(file, fbuf);
 
 		if (dry_run) {
-			if (!am_server) {
-				log_transfer(file, fname);
+			if (!am_server && verbose) {	/* log transfer */
+				rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", fname);
 			}
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -363,106 +358,108 @@ int recv_files(int f_in,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name,int f_gen)
 
 		fnamecmp = fname;
 
-		/* open the file */  
+		/* open the file */
 		fd1 = do_open(fnamecmp, O_RDONLY, 0);
 
-		if ((fd1 == -1) && (compare_dest != NULL)) {
+		if (fd1 == -1 && compare_dest != NULL) {
 			/* try the file at compare_dest instead */
-			slprintf(fnamecmpbuf,MAXPATHLEN,"%s/%s",
-						compare_dest,fname);
+			pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf,
+				 compare_dest, fname);
 			fnamecmp = fnamecmpbuf;
 			fd1 = do_open(fnamecmp, O_RDONLY, 0);
 		}
 
 		if (fd1 != -1 && do_fstat(fd1,&st) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"fstat %s : %s\n",fnamecmp,strerror(errno));
+			rprintf(FERROR, "fstat %s failed: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fnamecmp), strerror(errno));
 			receive_data(f_in,NULL,-1,NULL,file->length);
 			close(fd1);
 			continue;
 		}
 
+		if (fd1 != -1 && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) && fnamecmp == fname) {
+			/* this special handling for directories
+			 * wouldn't be necessary if robust_rename()
+			 * and the underlying robust_unlink could cope
+			 * with directories
+			 */
+			rprintf(FERROR,"recv_files: %s is a directory\n",
+				full_fname(fnamecmp));
+			receive_data(f_in, NULL, -1, NULL, file->length);
+			close(fd1);
+			continue;
+		}
+
 		if (fd1 != -1 && !S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"%s : not a regular file (recv_files)\n",fnamecmp);
-			receive_data(f_in,NULL,-1,NULL,file->length);
 			close(fd1);
-			continue;
+			fd1 = -1;
+			mapbuf = NULL;
 		}
 
 		if (fd1 != -1 && !preserve_perms) {
-			/* if the file exists already and we aren't perserving
-			   presmissions then act as though the remote end sent
-			   us the file permissions we already have */
+			/* if the file exists already and we aren't preserving
+			 * permissions then act as though the remote end sent
+			 * us the file permissions we already have */
 			file->mode = st.st_mode;
 		}
 
 		if (fd1 != -1 && st.st_size > 0) {
-			buf = map_file(fd1,st.st_size);
+			mapbuf = map_file(fd1,st.st_size);
 			if (verbose > 2)
 				rprintf(FINFO,"recv mapped %s of size %.0f\n",fnamecmp,(double)st.st_size);
-		} else {
-			buf = NULL;
-		}
+		} else
+			mapbuf = NULL;
 
 		if (!get_tmpname(fnametmp,fname)) {
-			if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
+			if (mapbuf) unmap_file(mapbuf);
 			if (fd1 != -1) close(fd1);
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		/* mktemp is deliberately used here instead of mkstemp.
-		   because O_EXCL is used on the open, the race condition
-		   is not a problem or a security hole, and we want to
-		   control the access permissions on the created file. */
-		if (NULL == do_mktemp(fnametmp)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"mktemp %s failed\n",fnametmp);
-			receive_data(f_in,buf,-1,NULL,file->length);
-			if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
-			if (fd1 != -1) close(fd1);
-			continue;
-		}
+		strlcpy(template, fnametmp, sizeof template);
 
 		/* we initially set the perms without the
-		   setuid/setgid bits to ensure that there is no race
-		   condition. They are then correctly updated after
-		   the lchown. Thanks to snabb@epipe.fi for pointing
-		   this out.  We also set it initially without group
-		   access because of a similar race condition. */
-		fd2 = do_open(fnametmp,O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,
-			      file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+		 * setuid/setgid bits to ensure that there is no race
+		 * condition. They are then correctly updated after
+		 * the lchown. Thanks to snabb@epipe.fi for pointing
+		 * this out.  We also set it initially without group
+		 * access because of a similar race condition. */
+		fd2 = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
 
 		/* in most cases parent directories will already exist
-		   because their information should have been previously
-		   transferred, but that may not be the case with -R */
-		if (fd2 == -1 && relative_paths && errno == ENOENT && 
-		    create_directory_path(fnametmp) == 0) {
-			fd2 = do_open(fnametmp,O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,
-				      file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+		 * because their information should have been previously
+		 * transferred, but that may not be the case with -R */
+		if (fd2 == -1 && relative_paths && errno == ENOENT &&
+		    create_directory_path(fnametmp, orig_umask) == 0) {
+			strlcpy(fnametmp, template, sizeof fnametmp);
+			fd2 = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
 		}
 		if (fd2 == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"cannot create %s : %s\n",fnametmp,strerror(errno));
-			receive_data(f_in,buf,-1,NULL,file->length);
-			if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
+			rprintf(FERROR, "mkstemp %s failed: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fnametmp), strerror(errno));
+			receive_data(f_in,mapbuf,-1,NULL,file->length);
+			if (mapbuf) unmap_file(mapbuf);
 			if (fd1 != -1) close(fd1);
 			continue;
 		}
-      
-		cleanup_set(fnametmp, fname, file, buf, fd1, fd2);
 
-		if (!am_server) {
-			log_transfer(file, fname);
+		cleanup_set(fnametmp, fname, file, mapbuf, fd1, fd2);
+
+		if (!am_server && verbose) {	/* log transfer */
+			rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", fname);
 		}
 
 		/* recv file data */
-		recv_ok = receive_data(f_in,buf,fd2,fname,file->length);
+		recv_ok = receive_data(f_in,mapbuf,fd2,fname,file->length);
 
 		log_recv(file, &initial_stats);
-		
-		if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
+
+		if (mapbuf) unmap_file(mapbuf);
 		if (fd1 != -1) {
 			close(fd1);
 		}
 		close(fd2);
-		
+
 		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"renaming %s to %s\n",fnametmp,fname);
 
@@ -473,35 +470,23 @@ int recv_files(int f_in,struct file_list *flist,char *local_name,int f_gen)
 		if (!recv_ok) {
 			if (csum_length == SUM_LENGTH) {
 				rprintf(FERROR,"ERROR: file corruption in %s. File changed during transfer?\n",
-					fname);
+					full_fname(fname));
 			} else {
+				char buf[4];
 				if (verbose > 1)
 					rprintf(FINFO,"redoing %s(%d)\n",fname,i);
-				write_int(f_gen,i);
+				SIVAL(buf, 0, i);
+				send_msg(MSG_REDO, buf, 4);
 			}
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (delete_after) {
-		if (recurse && delete_mode && !local_name && flist->count>0) {
-			delete_files(flist);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (preserve_hard_links)
-		do_hard_links(flist);
-
-	/* now we need to fix any directory permissions that were 
-	   modified during the transfer */
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++) {
-		file = flist->files[i];
-		if (!file->basename || !S_ISDIR(file->mode)) continue;
-		recv_generator(local_name?local_name:f_name(file),flist,i,-1);
-	}
+	if (delete_after && recurse && delete_mode && !local_name
+	    && flist->count > 0)
+		delete_files(flist);
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO,"recv_files finished\n");
-	
+
 	return 0;
 }
-

rsync.c

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int preserve_times;
 extern int am_root;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_generator;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
 extern int preserve_perms;
@@ -43,8 +46,8 @@ void free_sums(struct sum_struct *s)
 
 
 /*
- * delete a file or directory. If force_delet is set then delete 
- * recursively 
+ * delete a file or directory. If force_delete is set then delete
+ * recursively
  */
 int delete_file(char *fname)
 {
@@ -61,92 +64,66 @@ int delete_file(char *fname)
 #else
 	ret = do_stat(fname, &st);
 #endif
-	if (ret) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"stat(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
+	if (ret)
 		return -1;
-	}
 
 	if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		if (robust_unlink(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT) return 0;
-		rprintf(FERROR,"unlink(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
+		if (robust_unlink(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT)
+			return 0;
+		rprintf(FERROR, "delete_file: unlink %s failed: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (do_rmdir(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT) return 0;
-	if (!force_delete || !recurse || 
-	    (errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"rmdir(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
+	if (do_rmdir(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT)
+		return 0;
+	if (!force_delete || !recurse
+	    || (errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST)) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "delete_file: rmdir %s failed: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	/* now we do a recsursive delete on the directory ... */
-	d = opendir(fname);
-	if (!d) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"opendir(%s): %s\n",
-			fname,strerror(errno));
+	if (!(d = opendir(fname))) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "delete_file: opendir %s failed: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	for (di=readdir(d); di; di=readdir(d)) {
+	for (errno = 0, di = readdir(d); di; errno = 0, di = readdir(d)) {
 		char *dname = d_name(di);
-		if (strcmp(dname,".")==0 ||
-		    strcmp(dname,"..")==0)
+		if (dname[0] == '.' && (dname[1] == '\0'
+		    || (dname[1] == '.' && dname[2] == '\0')))
 			continue;
-		slprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", fname, dname);
+		pathjoin(buf, sizeof buf, fname, dname);
 		if (verbose > 0)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"deleting %s\n", buf);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "deleting %s\n", buf);
 		if (delete_file(buf) != 0) {
 			closedir(d);
 			return -1;
 		}
-	}	
+	}
+	if (errno) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "delete_file: readdir %s failed: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
+		closedir(d);
+		return -1;
+	}
 
 	closedir(d);
-	
+
 	if (do_rmdir(fname) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"rmdir(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
+		rprintf(FERROR, "delete_file: rmdir %s failed: %s\n",
+			full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
 
-static int is_in_group(gid_t gid)
-{
-#ifdef GETGROUPS_T
-	static gid_t last_in = (gid_t) -2, last_out;
-	static int ngroups = -2;
-	static GETGROUPS_T *gidset;
-	int n;
-
-	if (gid == last_in)
-		return last_out;
-	if (ngroups < -1) {
-		/* treat failure (-1) as if not member of any group */
-		ngroups = getgroups(0, 0);
-		if (ngroups > 0) {
-			gidset = (GETGROUPS_T *) malloc(ngroups * sizeof(GETGROUPS_T));
-			ngroups = getgroups(ngroups, gidset);
-		}
-	}
-
-	last_in = gid;
-	last_out = 0;
-	for (n = 0; n < ngroups; n++) {
-		if (gidset[n] == gid) {
-			last_out = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return last_out;
-
-#else
-	return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
 int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
-	      int report)
+		int report)
 {
 	int updated = 0;
 	STRUCT_STAT st2;
@@ -156,46 +133,55 @@ int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
 
 	if (!st) {
 		if (link_stat(fname,&st2) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"stat %s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
+			rprintf(FERROR, "stat %s failed: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			return 0;
 		}
 		st = &st2;
 	}
 
 	if (preserve_times && !S_ISLNK(st->st_mode) &&
-	    st->st_mtime != file->modtime) {
+	    cmp_modtime(st->st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
 		/* don't complain about not setting times on directories
-		   because some filesystems can't do it */
+		 * because some filesystems can't do it */
 		if (set_modtime(fname,file->modtime) != 0 &&
 		    !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"failed to set times on %s : %s\n",
-				fname,strerror(errno));
+			rprintf(FERROR, "failed to set times on %s: %s\n",
+				full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			return 0;
-		} else {
-			updated = 1;
 		}
+		updated = 1;
 	}
 
 	change_uid = am_root && preserve_uid && st->st_uid != file->uid;
-	change_gid = preserve_gid && file->gid != (gid_t) -1 && \
-				st->st_gid != file->gid;
-	if (change_gid && !am_root) {
-		/* enforce bsd-style group semantics: non-root can only
-		    change to groups that the user is a member of */
-		change_gid = is_in_group(file->gid);
-	}
+	change_gid = preserve_gid && file->gid != GID_NONE
+		&& st->st_gid != file->gid;
 	if (change_uid || change_gid) {
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			if (change_uid) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "set uid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
+				    fname, (long)st->st_uid, (long)file->uid);
+			}
+			if (change_gid) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "set gid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
+				    fname, (long)st->st_gid, (long)file->gid);
+			}
+		}
 		if (do_lchown(fname,
-			      change_uid?file->uid:st->st_uid,
-			      change_gid?file->gid:st->st_gid) != 0) {
+		    change_uid ? file->uid : st->st_uid,
+		    change_gid ? file->gid : st->st_gid) != 0) {
 			/* shouldn't have attempted to change uid or gid
-			     unless have the privilege */
-			rprintf(FERROR,"chown %s : %s\n", fname,strerror(errno));
+			 * unless have the privilege */
+			rprintf(FERROR, "%s %s failed: %s\n",
+			    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
+			    full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 			return 0;
 		}
 		/* a lchown had been done - we have to re-stat if the
-                   destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
-                   to the side effect of the chown call */
+                 * destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
+                 * to the side effect of the chown call */
 		if (st->st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
 			link_stat(fname, st);
 		}
@@ -204,17 +190,17 @@ int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CHMOD
 	if (!S_ISLNK(st->st_mode)) {
-		if (st->st_mode != file->mode) {
+		if ((st->st_mode & CHMOD_BITS) != (file->mode & CHMOD_BITS)) {
 			updated = 1;
-			if (do_chmod(fname,file->mode) != 0) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"failed to set permissions on %s : %s\n",
-					fname,strerror(errno));
+			if (do_chmod(fname,(file->mode & CHMOD_BITS)) != 0) {
+				rprintf(FERROR, "failed to set permissions on %s: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
 				return 0;
 			}
 		}
 	}
 #endif
-    
+
 	if (verbose > 1 && report) {
 		if (updated)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"%s\n",fname);
@@ -227,6 +213,15 @@ int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
 
 void sig_int(void)
 {
+	/* KLUGE: if the user hits Ctrl-C while ssh is prompting
+	 * for a password, then our cleanup's sending of a SIGUSR1
+	 * signal to all our children may kill ssh before it has a
+	 * chance to restore the tty settings (i.e. turn echo back
+	 * on).  By sleeping for a short time, ssh gets a bigger
+	 * chance to do the right thing.  If child processes are
+	 * not ssh waiting for a password, then this tiny delay
+	 * shouldn't hurt anything. */
+	msleep(400);
 	exit_cleanup(RERR_SIGNAL);
 }
 
@@ -235,26 +230,24 @@ void sig_int(void)
    and ownership */
 void finish_transfer(char *fname, char *fnametmp, struct file_struct *file)
 {
+	int ret;
+
 	if (make_backups && !make_backup(fname))
 		return;
 
 	/* move tmp file over real file */
-	if (robust_rename(fnametmp,fname) != 0) {
-		if (errno == EXDEV) {
-			/* rename failed on cross-filesystem link.  
-			   Copy the file instead. */
-			if (copy_file(fnametmp,fname, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS)) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"copy %s -> %s : %s\n",
-					fnametmp,fname,strerror(errno));
-			} else {
-				set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
-			}
-		} else {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"rename %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fnametmp,fname,strerror(errno));
-		}
+	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "%s %s -> \"%s\": %s\n",
+		    ret == -2 ? "copy" : "rename",
+		    full_fname(fnametmp), fname, strerror(errno));
 		do_unlink(fnametmp);
 	} else {
 		set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
 	}
 }
+
+const char *who_am_i(void)
+{
+    return am_sender ? "sender" : am_generator ? "generator" : "receiver";
+}

rsync.h

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+   Copyright (C) by Andrew Tridgell 1996, 2000
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,14 +18,17 @@
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
+
 #define False 0
 #define True 1
 
 #define BLOCK_SIZE 700
 #define RSYNC_RSH_ENV "RSYNC_RSH"
+#define RSYNC_RSH_IO_ENV "RSYNC_RSH_IO"
 
 #define RSYNC_NAME "rsync"
-#define RSYNCD_CONF "/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+/* RSYNCD_SYSCONF is now set in config.h */
+#define RSYNCD_USERCONF "rsyncd.conf"
 
 #define DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE "/var/run/rsyncd.lock"
 #define URL_PREFIX "rsync://"
@@ -35,21 +39,51 @@
    incompatible with older versions :-( */
 #define CHAR_OFFSET 0
 
+/* These flags are only used during the flist transfer. */
 
-#define FLAG_DELETE (1<<0)
-#define SAME_MODE (1<<1)
-#define SAME_RDEV (1<<2)
-#define SAME_UID (1<<3)
-#define SAME_GID (1<<4)
-#define SAME_DIR (1<<5)
-#define SAME_NAME SAME_DIR
-#define LONG_NAME (1<<6)
-#define SAME_TIME (1<<7)
+#define XMIT_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
+#define XMIT_SAME_MODE (1<<1)
+#define XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS (1<<2)
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28 XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS /* Only in protocols < 28 */
+#define XMIT_SAME_UID (1<<3)
+#define XMIT_SAME_GID (1<<4)
+#define XMIT_SAME_NAME (1<<5)
+#define XMIT_LONG_NAME (1<<6)
+#define XMIT_SAME_TIME (1<<7)
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_MAJOR (1<<8)
+#define XMIT_HAS_IDEV_DATA (1<<9)
+#define XMIT_SAME_DEV (1<<10)
+#define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_IS_SMALL (1<<11)
+
+/* These flags are used in the live flist data. */
+
+#define FLAG_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
+#define FLAG_HLINK_EOL (1<<1)	/* generator only */
+#define FLAG_MOUNT_POINT (1<<2)	/* sender only */
 
 /* update this if you make incompatible changes */
-#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 23
-#define MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION 15
-#define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 30
+#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 28
+
+/* We refuse to interoperate with versions that are not in this range.
+ * Note that we assume we'll work with later versions: the onus is on
+ * people writing them to make sure that they don't send us anything
+ * we won't understand.
+ *
+ * Interoperation with old but supported protocol versions
+ * should cause a warning to be printed.  At a future date
+ * the old protocol will become the minimum and
+ * compatibility code removed.
+ *
+ * There are two possible explanations for the limit at
+ * MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION: either to allow new major-rev versions that
+ * do not interoperate with us, and (more likely) so that we can
+ * detect an attempt to connect rsync to a non-rsync server, which is
+ * unlikely to begin by sending a byte between MIN_PROTOCL_VERSION and
+ * MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION. */
+
+#define MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION 20
+#define OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 25
+#define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 40
 
 #define RSYNC_PORT 873
 
@@ -59,30 +93,47 @@
 #define MAX_MAP_SIZE (256*1024)
 #define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (4092)
 
+#define IOERR_GENERAL	(1<<0) /* For backward compatibility, this must == 1 */
+#define IOERR_VANISHED	(1<<1)
+
 #define MAX_ARGS 1000
 
 #define MPLEX_BASE 7
 
-enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
+#define NO_EXCLUDES	0
+#define SERVER_EXCLUDES	1
+#define ALL_EXCLUDES	2
+
+#define XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS	(1<<0)
+#define XFLG_DEF_INCLUDE	(1<<1)
+#define XFLG_NO_PREFIXES	(1<<2)
+#define XFLG_WORD_SPLIT 	(1<<3)
+
+#define FULL_FLUSH	1
+#define NORMAL_FLUSH	0
+
+
+/* Log-message categories.  FLOG is only used on the daemon side to
+ * output messages to the log file. */
+enum logcode { FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
+
+/* Messages types that are sent over the message channel.  The logcode
+ * values must all be present here with identical numbers. */
+enum msgcode {
+	MSG_DATA=0,	/* raw data on the multiplexed stream */
+	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_INFO=FINFO, MSG_LOG=FLOG, /* remote logging */
+	MSG_REDO=4,	/* reprocess indicated flist index */
+	MSG_DONE=5,	/* current phase is done */
+};
 
 #include "errcode.h"
 
 #include "config.h"
 
-#if HAVE_REMSH
-#define RSYNC_RSH "remsh"
-#else
-#define RSYNC_RSH "rsh"
-#endif
+/* The default RSYNC_RSH is always set in config.h. */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-#include <getopt.h>
-#else
-#include "lib/getopt.h"
-#endif
-
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #include <unistd.h>
 #endif
@@ -97,6 +148,10 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
+#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && (defined(HAVE_MALLINFO) || !defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H))
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
 #include <sys/socket.h>
 #endif
@@ -105,10 +160,6 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 #include <string.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-
 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #include <sys/time.h>
 #include <time.h>
@@ -165,12 +216,6 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#else
-#include "lib/fnmatch.h"
-#endif
-
 #ifdef HAVE_GLOB_H
 #include <glob.h>
 #endif
@@ -201,10 +246,19 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#if MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+#include <sys/mkdev.h>
+#elif MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_COMPAT_H
 #include <compat.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "lib/pool_alloc.h"
 
 #define BOOL int
 
@@ -253,16 +307,53 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 #elif HAVE_LONGLONG
 #define int64 long long
 #else
+/* As long as it gets... */
 #define int64 off_t
 #define NO_INT64
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_SHORT_INO_T
-#define INO_T uint32
+#if (SIZEOF_LONG == 8) 
+#define uint64 unsigned long
+#elif (SIZEOF_INT == 8) 
+#define uint64 unsigned int
+#elif HAVE_LONGLONG
+#define uint64 unsigned long long
 #else
-#define INO_T ino_t
+/* As long as it gets... */
+#define uint64 unsigned off_t
 #endif
 
+/* Starting from protocol version 26, we always use 64-bit
+ * ino_t and dev_t internally, even if this platform does not
+ * allow files to have 64-bit inums.  That's because the
+ * receiver needs to find duplicate (dev,ino) tuples to detect
+ * hardlinks, and it might have files coming from a platform
+ * that has 64-bit inums.
+ *
+ * The only exception is if we're on a platform with no 64-bit type at
+ * all.
+ *
+ * Because we use read_longint() to get these off the wire, if you
+ * transfer devices or hardlinks with dev or inum > 2**32 to a machine
+ * with no 64-bit types then you will get an overflow error.  Probably
+ * not many people have that combination of machines, and you can
+ * avoid it by not preserving hardlinks or not transferring device
+ * nodes.  It's not clear that any other behaviour is better.
+ *
+ * Note that if you transfer devices from a 64-bit-devt machine (say,
+ * Solaris) to a 32-bit-devt machine (say, Linux-2.2/x86) then the
+ * device numbers will be truncated.  But it's a kind of silly thing
+ * to do anyhow.
+ *
+ * FIXME: I don't think the code in flist.c has ever worked on a system
+ * where dev_t is a struct.
+ */ 
+
+struct idev {
+	uint64 inode;
+	uint64 dev;
+};
+
 #ifndef MIN
 #define MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
 #endif
@@ -278,69 +369,139 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3};
 /* the length of the md4 checksum */
 #define MD4_SUM_LENGTH 16
 #define SUM_LENGTH 16
+#define SHORT_SUM_LENGTH 2
+#define BLOCKSUM_BIAS 10
 
 #ifndef MAXPATHLEN
 #define MAXPATHLEN 1024
 #endif
 
+#ifndef NAME_MAX
+#define NAME_MAX 255
+#endif
+
 #ifndef INADDR_NONE
 #define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
 #endif
 
+#ifndef IN_LOOPBACKNET
+#define IN_LOOPBACKNET 127
+#endif
+
+#define GID_NONE (gid_t) -1
+
+#define HL_CHECK_MASTER	0
+#define HL_SKIP		1
+
+struct hlink {
+	int hlindex;
+	struct file_struct *next;
+};
+
+#define F_DEV	link_u.idev->dev
+#define F_INODE	link_u.idev->inode
+
+#define F_HLINDEX link_u.links->hlindex
+#define F_NEXT	link_u.links->next
+
 struct file_struct {
-	unsigned flags;
-	time_t modtime;
+	union {
+		dev_t rdev;	/* The device number, if this is a device */
+		char *sum;	/* Only a normal file can have a checksum */
+		char *link;	/* Points to symlink string, if a symlink */
+	} u;
 	OFF_T length;
-	mode_t mode;
-	INO_T inode;
-	dev_t dev;
-	dev_t rdev;
-	uid_t uid;
-	gid_t gid;
 	char *basename;
 	char *dirname;
 	char *basedir;
-	char *link;
-	char *sum;
+	union {
+		struct idev *idev;
+		struct hlink *links;
+	} link_u;
+	time_t modtime;
+	uid_t uid;
+	gid_t gid;
+	mode_t mode;
+	uchar flags;	/* this item MUST remain last */
 };
 
+/*
+ * Start the flist array at FLIST_START entries and grow it
+ * by doubling until FLIST_LINEAR then grow by FLIST_LINEAR
+ */
+#define FLIST_START	(32 * 1024)
+#define FLIST_LINEAR	(FLIST_START * 512)
+
+/*
+ * Extent size for allocation pools A minimum size of 128KB
+ * is needed to mmap them so that freeing will release the
+ * space to the OS.
+ *
+ * Larger sizes reduce leftover fragments and speed free calls
+ * (when they happen) Smaller sizes increase the chance of
+ * freed allocations freeing whole extents.
+ */
+#define FILE_EXTENT	(256 * 1024)
+#define HLINK_EXTENT	(128 * 1024)
+
+#define WITH_HLINK	1
+#define WITHOUT_HLINK	0
 
 struct file_list {
 	int count;
 	int malloced;
+	alloc_pool_t file_pool;
+	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
 	struct file_struct **files;
 };
 
 struct sum_buf {
-	OFF_T offset;		/* offset in file of this chunk */
-	int len;		/* length of chunk of file */
-	int i;			/* index of this chunk */
-	uint32 sum1;	        /* simple checksum */
-	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];	/* checksum  */
+	OFF_T offset;		/**< offset in file of this chunk */
+	unsigned int len;	/**< length of chunk of file */
+	int i;			/**< index of this chunk */
+	uint32 sum1;	        /**< simple checksum */
+	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];	/**< checksum  */
 };
 
 struct sum_struct {
-  OFF_T flength;		/* total file length */
-  int count;			/* how many chunks */
-  int remainder;		/* flength % block_length */
-  int n;			/* block_length */
-  struct sum_buf *sums;		/* points to info for each chunk */
+	OFF_T flength;		/**< total file length */
+	size_t count;		/**< how many chunks */
+	unsigned int blength;	/**< block_length */
+	unsigned int remainder;	/**< flength % block_length */
+	int s2length;		/**< sum2_length */
+	struct sum_buf *sums;	/**< points to info for each chunk */
 };
 
 struct map_struct {
-	char *p;
-	int fd,p_size,p_len;
-	OFF_T file_size, p_offset, p_fd_offset;
+	char *p;		/* Window pointer			*/
+	int fd;			/* File Descriptor			*/
+	int p_size;		/* Window size at allocation		*/
+	int p_len;		/* Window size after fill		*/
+				/*    p_size and p_len could be
+				 *    consolodated by using a local
+				 *    variable in map_ptr()		*/
+	int status;		/* first errno from read errors		*/
+	OFF_T file_size;	/* File size (from stat)		*/
+	OFF_T p_offset;		/* Window start				*/
+	OFF_T p_fd_offset;	/* offset of cursor in fd ala lseek	*/
 };
 
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD		(1<<0) /* pattern has '*', '[', and/or '?' */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD2		(1<<1) /* pattern has '**' */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with '**' */
+#define MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH	(1<<3) /* path-match on absolute path */
 struct exclude_struct {
-	char *orig;
+	struct exclude_struct *next;
 	char *pattern;
-	int regular_exp;
-	int fnmatch_flags;
+	int match_flags;
 	int include;
 	int directory;
-	int local;
+	int slash_cnt;
+};
+
+struct exclude_list_struct {
+	struct exclude_struct *head;
+	struct exclude_struct *tail;
 };
 
 struct stats {
@@ -353,6 +514,7 @@ struct stats {
 	int flist_size;
 	int num_files;
 	int num_transferred_files;
+	int current_file_index;
 };
 
 
@@ -366,9 +528,32 @@ static inline int flist_up(struct file_list *flist, int i)
 }
 
 #include "byteorder.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "proto.h"
 #include "lib/mdfour.h"
+#include "lib/wildmatch.h"
+#include "lib/permstring.h"
+#include "lib/addrinfo.h"
+
+#include "proto.h"
+
+/* We have replacement versions of these if they're missing. */
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+int asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+int vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#define vsnprintf rsync_vsnprintf
+int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#define snprintf rsync_snprintf
+int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...);
+#endif
+
 
 #if !HAVE_STRERROR
 extern char *sys_errlist[];
@@ -387,6 +572,9 @@ extern int errno;
 #define SUPPORT_LINKS HAVE_READLINK
 #define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS HAVE_LINK
 
+/* This could be bad on systems which have no lchown and where chown
+ * follows symbollic links.  On such systems it might be better not to
+ * try to chown symlinks at all. */
 #ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
 #define lchown chown
 #endif
@@ -409,10 +597,24 @@ extern int errno;
 #define STDERR_FILENO 2
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+#define S_IRUSR 0400
+#endif
+
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
 #define S_IWUSR 0200
 #endif
 
+#ifndef ACCESSPERMS
+#define ACCESSPERMS 0777
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+#define S_ISVTX 0
+#endif
+
+#define CHMOD_BITS (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | ACCESSPERMS)
+
 #ifndef _S_IFMT
 #define _S_IFMT        0170000
 #endif
@@ -457,12 +659,25 @@ extern int errno;
 #define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & (_S_IFMT)) == (_S_IFREG))
 #endif
 
+/* work out what fcntl flag to use for non-blocking */
+#ifdef O_NONBLOCK
+# define NONBLOCK_FLAG O_NONBLOCK
+#elif defined(SYSV)
+# define NONBLOCK_FLAG O_NDELAY
+#else 
+# define NONBLOCK_FLAG FNDELAY
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INADDR_NONE
+#define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
+#endif
 
 #define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode) || S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
 
-#ifndef ACCESSPERMS
-#define ACCESSPERMS 0777
-#endif
 /* Initial mask on permissions given to temporary files.  Mask off setuid
      bits and group access because of potential race-condition security
      holes, and mask other access because mode 707 is bizarre */
@@ -471,17 +686,38 @@ extern int errno;
 /* handler for null strings in printf format */
 #define NS(s) ((s)?(s):"<NULL>")
 
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || defined(APPLE)
+/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
+ *
+ * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
+#define __attribute__(x) 
+
+#endif
+
+/* Convenient wrappers for malloc and realloc.  Use them. */
+#define new(type) ((type *)malloc(sizeof(type)))
+#define new_array(type, num) ((type *)_new_array(sizeof(type), (num)))
+#define realloc_array(ptr, type, num) ((type *)_realloc_array((ptr), sizeof(type), (num)))
+
 /* use magic gcc attributes to catch format errors */
  void rprintf(enum logcode , const char *, ...)
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-     __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
-#endif
+     __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3)))
 ;
 
+/* This is just like rprintf, but it also tries to print some
+ * representation of the error code.  Normally errcode = errno. */
+void rsyserr(enum logcode, int, const char *, ...)
+     __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4)))
+     ;
+
 #ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
 #define inet_ntoa rep_inet_ntoa
 #endif
 
+/* Make sure that the O_BINARY flag is defined. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+#define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
 size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
@@ -491,4 +727,43 @@ size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 #endif
 
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+#define	WEXITSTATUS(stat)	((int)(((stat)>>8)&0xFF))
+#endif
+
 #define exit_cleanup(code) _exit_cleanup(code, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETEUID
+#define MY_UID() geteuid()
+#else
+#define MY_UID() getuid()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETEGID
+#define MY_GID() getegid()
+#else
+#define MY_GID() getgid()
+#endif
+
+extern int verbose;
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+const char *                 
+inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
+#endif /* !HAVE_INET_NTOP */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INET_PTON
+int inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAINTAINER_MODE
+const char *get_panic_action(void);
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(__hpux) || defined(_hpux) || defined (hpux))
+#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
+#else
+#define UNUSED(x) x
+#endif
+
+extern const char *io_write_phase, *io_read_phase;

rsync3.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
+-*- indented-text -*-
+
+Notes towards a new version of rsync 
+Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>, September 2001.
+
+
+Good things about the current implementation:
+
+  - Widely known and adopted.
+
+  - Fast/efficient, especially for moderately small sets of files over
+    slow links (transoceanic or modem.)
+
+  - Fairly reliable.
+
+  - The choice of runnning over a plain TCP socket or tunneling over
+    ssh.
+
+  - rsync operations are idempotent: you can always run the same
+    command twice to make sure it worked properly without any fear.
+    (Are there any exceptions?)
+
+  - Small changes to files cause small deltas.
+
+  - There is a way to evolve the protocol to some extent.
+
+  - rdiff and rsync --write-batch allow generation of standalone patch
+    sets.  rsync+ is pretty cheesy, though.  xdelta seems cleaner.
+
+  - Process triangle is creative, but seems to provoke OS bugs.
+
+  - "Morning-after property": you don't need to know anything on the
+    local machine about the state of the remote machine, or about
+    transfers that have been done in the past.
+
+  - You can easily push or pull simply by switching the order of
+    files.
+
+  - The "modules" system has some neat features compared to
+    e.g. Apache's per-directory configuration.  In particular, because
+    you can set a userid and chroot directory, there is strong
+    protection between different modules.  I haven't seen any calls
+    for a more flexible system.
+
+
+Bad things about the current implementation:
+
+  - Persistent and hard-to-diagnose hang bugs remain
+
+  - Protocol is sketchily documented, tied to this implementation, and
+    hard to modify/extend
+
+  - Both the program and the protocol assume a single non-interactive
+    one-way transfer 
+
+  - A list of all files are held in memory for the entire transfer,
+    which cripples scalability to large file trees
+
+  - Opening a new socket for every operation causes problems,
+    especially when running over SSH with password authentication.
+
+  - Renamed files are not handled: the old file is removed, and the
+    new file created from scratch.
+
+  - The versioning approach assumes that future versions of the
+    program know about all previous versions, and will do the right
+    thing.
+
+  - People always get confused about ':' vs '::'
+
+  - Error messages can be cryptic.
+
+  - Default behaviour is not intuitive: in too many cases rsync will
+    happily do nothing.  Perhaps -a should be the default?
+
+  - People get confused by trailing slashes, though it's hard to think
+    of another reasonable way to make this necessary distinction
+    between a directory and its contents.
+
+
+Protocol philosophy:
+
+   *The* big difference between protocols like HTTP, FTP, and NFS is
+    that their fundamental operations are "read this file", "delete
+    this file", and "make this directory", whereas rsync is "make this
+    directory like this one".
+
+
+Questionable features:
+
+  These are neat, but not necessarily clean or worth preserving.  
+
+  - The remote rsync can be wrapped by some other program, such as in
+    tridge's rsync-mail scripts.  The general feature of sending and
+    retrieving mail over rsync is good, but this is perhaps not the
+    right way to implement it.
+
+
+Desirable features:
+
+  These don't really require architectural changes; they're just
+  something to keep in mind.
+ 
+  - Synchronize ACLs and extended attributes
+
+  - Anonymous servers should be efficient
+
+  - Code should be portable to non-UNIX systems
+
+  - Should be possible to document the protocol in RFC form
+
+  - --dry-run option
+
+  - IPv6 support.  Pretty straightforward.
+
+  - Allow the basis and destination files to be different.  For
+    example, you could use this when you have a CD-ROM and want to
+    download an updated image onto a hard drive.
+
+  - Efficiently interrupt and restart a transfer.  We can write a
+    checkpoint file that says where we're up to in the filesystem.
+    Alternatively, as long as transfers are idempotent, we can just
+    restart the whole thing.  [NFSv4]
+
+  - Scripting support.  
+
+  - Propagate atimes and do not modify them.  This is very ugly on
+    Unix.  It might be better to try to add O_NOATIME to kernels, and
+    call that.
+
+  - Unicode.  Probably just use UTF-8 for everything.
+
+  - Open authentication system.  Can we use PAM?  Is SASL an adequate
+    mapping of PAM to the network, or useful in some other way?
+
+  - Resume interrupted transfers without the --partial flag.  We need
+    to leave the temporary file behind, and then know to use it.  This
+    leaves a risk of large temporary files accumulating, which is not
+    good.  Perhaps it should be off by default.
+
+  - tcpwrappers support.  Should be trivial; can already be done
+    through tcpd or inetd.
+
+  - Socks support built in.  It's not clear this is any better than
+    just linking against the socks library, though.
+
+  - When run over SSH, invoke with predictable command-line arguments,
+    so that people can restrict what commands sshd will run.  (Is this
+    really required?)
+
+  - Comparison mode: give a list of which files are new, gone, or
+    different.  Set return code depending on whether anything has
+    changed.
+
+  - Internationalized messages (gettext?)
+
+  - Optionally use real regexps rather than globs?
+
+  - Show overall progress.  Pretty hard to do, especially if we insist
+    on not scanning the directory tree up front.
+
+
+Regression testing:
+
+  - Support automatic testing.
+
+  - Have hard internal timeouts against hangs.
+
+  - Be deterministic.
+
+  - Measure performance.
+
+
+Hard links:
+
+  At the moment, we can recreate hard links, but it's a bit
+  inefficient: it depends on holding a list of all files in the tree.
+  Every time we see a file with a linkcount >1, we need to search for
+  another known name that has the same (fsid,inum) tuple.  We could do
+  that more efficiently by keeping a list of only files with
+  linkcount>1, and removing files from that list as all their names
+  become known.
+
+
+Command-line options:
+
+  We have rather a lot at the moment.  We might get more if the tool
+  becomes more flexible.  Do we need a .rc or configuration file?
+  That wouldn't really fit with its pattern of use: cp and tar don't
+  have them, though ssh does.
+
+
+Scripting issues:
+
+  - Perhaps support multiple scripting languages: candidates include
+    Perl, Python, Tcl, Scheme (guile?), sh, ...
+
+  - Simply running a subprocess and looking at its stdout/exit code
+    might be sufficient, though it could also be pretty slow if it's
+    called often.
+
+  - There are security issues about running remote code, at least if
+    it's not running in the users own account.  So we can either
+    disallow it, or use some kind of sandbox system.
+
+  - Python is a good language, but the syntax is not so good for
+    giving small fragments on the command line.
+
+  - Tcl is broken Lisp.
+
+  - Lots of sysadmins know Perl, though Perl can give some bizarre or
+    confusing errors.  The built in stat operators and regexps might
+    be useful.
+
+  - Sadly probably not enough people know Scheme.
+
+  - sh is hard to embed.
+
+
+Scripting hooks:
+
+  - Whether to transfer a file
+
+  - What basis file to use
+
+  - Logging
+  
+  - Whether to allow transfers (for public servers)
+
+  - Authentication
+
+  - Locking
+
+  - Cache
+
+  - Generating backup path/name.
+
+  - Post-processing of backups, e.g. to do compression.
+
+  - After transfer, before replacement: so that we can spit out a diff
+    of what was changed, or kick off some kind of reconciliation
+    process.
+
+
+VFS:
+
+  Rather than talking straight to the filesystem, rsyncd talks through
+  an internal API.  Samba has one.  Is it useful?
+
+  - Could be a tidy way to implement cached signatures.
+
+  - Keep files compressed on disk?
+
+
+Interactive interface:
+
+  - Something like ncFTP, or integration into GNOME-vfs.  Probably
+    hold a single socket connection open.
+
+  - Can either call us as a separate process, or as a library.
+
+  - The standalone process needs to produce output in a form easily
+    digestible by a calling program, like the --emacs feature some
+    have.  Same goes for output: rpm outputs a series of hash symbols,
+    which are easier for a GUI to handle than "\r30% complete"
+    strings.
+
+  - Yow!  emacs support.  (You could probably build that already, of
+    course.)  I'd like to be able to write a simple script on a remote
+    machine that rsyncs it to my workstation, edits it there, then
+    pushes it back up.
+
+
+Pie-in-the-sky features:
+
+  These might have a severe impact on the protocol, and are not
+  clearly in our core requirements.  It looks like in many of them
+  having scripting hooks will allow us 
+
+  - Transport over UDP multicast.  The hard part is handling multiple
+    destinations which have different basis files.  We can look at
+    multicast-TFTP for inspiration.
+
+  - Conflict resolution.  Possibly general scripting support will be
+    sufficient.
+
+  - Integrate with locking.  It's hard to see a good general solution,
+    because Unix systems have several locking mechanisms, and grabbing
+    the lock from programs that don't expect it could cause deadlocks,
+    timeouts, or other problems.  Scripting support might help.
+
+  - Replicate in place, rather than to a temporary file.  This is
+    dangerous in the case of interruption, and it also means that the
+    delta can't refer to blocks that have already been overwritten.
+    On the other hand we could semi-trivially do this at first by
+    simply generating a delta with no copy instructions.
+
+  - Replicate block devices.  Most of the difficulties here are to do
+    with replication in place, though on some systems we will also
+    have to do I/O on block boundaries.
+
+  - Peer to peer features.  Flavour of the year.  Can we think about
+    ways for clients to smoothly and voluntarily become servers for
+    content they receive?
+
+  - Imagine a situation where the destination has a much faster link
+    to the cloud than the source.  In this case, Mojo Nation downloads
+    interleaved blocks from several slower servers.  The general
+    situation might be a way for a master rsync process to farm out
+    tasks to several subjobs.  In this particular case they'd need
+    different sockets.  This might be related to multicast.
+
+
+Unlikely features:
+
+  - Allow remote source and destination.  If this can be cleanly
+    designed into the protocol, perhaps with the remote machine acting
+    as a kind of echo, then it's good.  It's uncommon enough that we
+    don't want to shape the whole protocol around it, though.
+
+    In fact, in a triangle of machines there are two possibilities:
+    all traffic passes from remote1 to remote2 through local, or local
+    just sets up the transfer and then remote1 talks to remote2.  FTP
+    supports the second but it's not clearly good.  There are some
+    security problems with being able to instruct one machine to open
+    a connection to another.
+
+
+In favour of evolving the protocol:
+
+  - Keeping compatibility with existing rsync servers will help with
+    adoption and testing.
+
+  - We should at the very least be able to fall back to the new
+    protocol.
+
+  - Error handling is not so good.
+
+
+In favour of using a new protocol:
+
+  - Maintaining compatibility might soak up development time that
+    would better go into improving a new protocol.
+
+  - If we start from scratch, it can be documented as we go, and we
+    can avoid design decisions that make the protocol complex or
+    implementation-bound. 
+
+
+Error handling:
+
+  - Errors should come back reliably, and be clearly associated with
+    the particular file that caused the problem.
+
+  - Some errors ought to cause the whole transfer to abort; some are
+    just warnings.  If any errors have occurred, then rsync ought to
+    return an error.
+
+
+Concurrency:
+
+  - We want to keep the CPU, filesystem, and network as full as
+    possible as much of the time as possible.
+
+  - We can do nonblocking network IO, but not so for disk.
+
+  - It makes sense to on the destination be generating signatures and
+    applying patches at the same time. 
+
+  - Can structure this with nonblocking, threads, separate processes,
+    etc.
+
+
+Uses:
+
+  - Mirroring software distributions:
+
+  - Synchronizing laptop and desktop
+
+  - NFS filesystem migration/replication.  See
+    http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/00jul/00july-133.htm#P24510_1276764
+
+  - Sync with PDA
+ 
+  - Network backup systems
+
+  - CVS filemover
+
+
+Conflict resolution:
+
+  - Requires application-specific knowledge.  We want to provide
+    policy, rather than mechanism.
+
+  - Possibly allowing two-way migration across a single connection
+    would be useful.
+
+
+Moved files: <http://rsync.samba.org/cgi-bin/rsync.fom?file=44>
+
+  - There's no trivial way to detect renamed files, especially if they
+    move between directories.
+
+  - If we had a picture of the remote directory from last time on
+    either machine, then the inode numbers might give us a hint about
+    files which may have been renamed.
+
+  - Files that are renamed and not modified can be detected by
+    examining the directory listing, looking for files with the same
+    size/date as the origin.
+
+
+Filesystem migration:
+
+  NFSv4 probably wants to migrate file locks, but that's not really
+  our problem.
+
+
+Atomic updates:
+
+  The NFSv4 working group wants atomic migration.  Most of the
+  responsibility for this lies on the NFS server or OS.  
+
+  If migrating a whole tree, then we could do a nearly-atomic rename
+  at the end.  This ties in to having separate basis and destination
+  files.
+
+  There's no way in Unix to replace a whole set of files atomically.
+  However, if we get them all onto the destination machine and then do
+  the updates quickly it would greatly reduce the window.  
+
+
+Scalability:
+ 
+  We should aim to work well on machines in use in a year or two.
+  That probably means transfers of many millions of files in one
+  batch, and gigabytes or terabytes of data.
+
+  For argument's sake: at the low end, we want to sync ten files for a
+  total of 10kb across a 1kB/s link.  At the high end, we want to sync
+  1e9 files for 1TB of data across a 1GB/s link.
+
+  On the whole CPU usage is not normally a limiting factor, if only
+  because running over SSH burns a lot of cycles on encryption.
+
+  Perhaps have resource throttling without relying on rlimit.
+
+
+Streaming:
+
+  A big attraction of rsync is that there are few round-trip delays:
+  basically only one to get started, and then everything is
+  pipelined.  This is a problem with FTP, and NFS (at least up to
+  v3).  NFSv4 can pipeline operations, but building on that is
+  probably a bit complicated.
+
+
+Related work:
+
+  - mirror.pl http://freshmeat.net/project/mirror/
+
+  - ProFTPd
+
+  - Apache
+
+  - http://freshmeat.net/search/?site=Freshmeat&q=mirror&section=projects
+
+  - BitTorrent -- p2p mirroring
+    http://bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/ 

rsyncd.conf.yo

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(12 Feb 1999)()()
+manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(17 Apr 2004)()()
 manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync server)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@ rsyncd.conf
 manpagedescription()
 
 The rsyncd.conf file is the runtime configuration file for rsync when
-run with the --daemon option. When run in this way rsync becomes a
-rsync server listening on TCP port 873. Connections from rsync clients
-are accepted for either anonymous or authenticated rsync sessions. 
+run as an rsync server. 
 
 The rsyncd.conf file controls authentication, access, logging and
 available modules.
@@ -44,11 +42,19 @@ in string values.
 manpagesection(LAUNCHING THE RSYNC DAEMON)
 
 The rsync daemon is launched by specifying the --daemon option to
-rsync. The daemon must run with root privileges.
+rsync. 
 
-You can launch it either via inetd or as a stand-alone daemon. If run
-as a daemon then just run the command "rsync --daemon" from a suitable
-startup script.
+The daemon must run with root privileges if you wish to use chroot, to
+bind to a port numbered under 1024 (as is the default 873), or to set
+file ownership.  Otherwise, it must just have permission to read and
+write the appropriate data, log, and lock files.
+
+You can launch it either via inetd, as a stand-alone daemon, or from
+an rsync client via a remote shell.  If run as a stand-alone daemon then
+just run the command "rsync --daemon" from a suitable startup script.
+If run from an rsync client via a remote shell (by specifying both the
+"-e/--rsh" option and server mode with "::" or "rsync://"), the --daemon
+option is automatically passed to the remote side.
 
 When run via inetd you should add a line like this to /etc/services:
 
@@ -63,7 +69,7 @@ your system.  You will then need to send inetd a HUP signal to tell it to
 reread its config file.
 
 Note that you should not send the rsync server a HUP signal to force
-it to reread the tt(/etc/rsyncd.conf). The file is re-read on each client
+it to reread the tt(rsyncd.conf) file. The file is re-read on each client
 connection. 
 
 manpagesection(GLOBAL OPTIONS)
@@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ useful on systems (such as AIX) where syslog() doesn't work for
 chrooted programs.
 
 dit(bf(pid file)) The "pid file" option tells the rsync daemon to write
-its process id to that file.
+its process ID to that file.
 
 dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
 specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
@@ -122,25 +128,50 @@ of available modules. The default is no comment.
 
 dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the servers
 filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this option
-for each module in tt(/etc/rsyncd.conf).
+for each module in tt(rsyncd.conf).
 
 dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync server will chroot
 to the "path" before starting the file transfer with the client.  This has
 the advantage of extra protection against possible implementation security
-holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges and
-of not being able to follow symbolic links outside of the new root path.
-The default is to use chroot.
+holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges, 
+of not being able to follow symbolic links outside of the new root path
+when reading, and of complicating the preservation of usernames and groups
+(see below).  When "use chroot" is false, for security reasons,
+symlinks may only be relative paths pointing to other files within the root
+path, and leading slashes are removed from most absolute paths (options
+such as --backup-dir, --compare-dest, etc. interpret an absolute path as
+rooted in the module's "path" dir, just as if chroot was specified).
+The default for "use chroot" is true.
+
+In order to preserve usernames and groupnames, rsync needs to be able to
+use the standard library functions for looking up names and IDs (i.e.
+getpwuid(), getgrgid(), getpwname(), and getgrnam()).  This means a
+process in the chroot namespace will need to have access to the resources
+used by these library functions (traditionally /etc/passwd and
+/etc/group).  If these resources are not available, rsync will only be
+able to copy the IDs, just as if the --numeric-ids option had been
+specified.
+
+Note that you are free to setup user/group information in the chroot area
+differently from your normal system.  For example, you could abbreviate
+the list of users and groups.  Also, you can protect this information
+from being downloaded by adding an exclude rule to the rsync.conf file
+(e.g. "exclude = /etc/").  To protect it from being changed by an upload
+(if the module is not read only), be sure to set the permissions (or
+owner) on the files and/or parent directories so that they cannot be
+written by the daemon.
 
 dit(bf(max connections)) The "max connections" option allows you to
-specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow
-to this module of your rsync server. Any clients connecting when the
-maximum has been reached will receive a message telling them to try
-later.  The default is 0 which means no limit.
+specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow.
+Any clients connecting when the maximum has been reached will receive a
+message telling them to try later.  The default is 0 which means no limit.
+See also the "lock file" option.
 
 dit(bf(lock file)) The "lock file" option specifies the file to use to
 support the "max connections" option. The rsync server uses record
 locking on this file to ensure that the max connections limit is not
-exceeded. The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
+exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file. 
+The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
 
 dit(bf(read only)) The "read only" option determines whether clients
 will be able to upload files or not. If "read only" is true then any
@@ -153,23 +184,29 @@ listed when the client asks for a listing of available modules. By
 setting this to false you can create hidden modules. The default is
 for modules to be listable.
 
-dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user id that
+dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
 was run as root. In combination with the "gid" option this determines what
-file permissions are available. The default is the user "nobody".
+file permissions are available. The default is uid -2, which is normally
+the user "nobody".
 
-dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group id that
+dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
-was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is the
-group "nobody".
+was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is gid -2,
+which is normally the group "nobody".
 
 dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" option allows you to specify a space
-separated list of patterns to add to the exclude list. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with the --exclude
-option except that the exclude list is not passed to the client and
-thus only apply on the server.  Only one "exclude" option may be
-specified, but you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to specify
-exclude/include.
+separated list of patterns to add to the exclude list.
+This is only superficially equivalent
+to the client specifying these patterns with the --exclude option.
+Only one "exclude" option may be specified, but
+you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to specify exclude/include.
+
+Because this exclude list is not passed to the client it only applies on
+the server: that is, it excludes files received by a client when receiving
+from a server and files deleted on a server when sending to a server, but
+it doesn't exclude files sent from a client when sending to a server or
+files deleted on a client when receiving from a server.  
 
 Note that this option is not designed with strong security in
 mind, it is quite possible that a client may find a way to bypass this
@@ -178,37 +215,42 @@ cannot be accessed then use the uid/gid options in combination with
 file permissions.
 
 dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" option specifies a filename
-on the server that contains exclude patterns, one per line. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying the --exclude-from option with a
-equivalent file except that the resulting exclude patterns are not
-passed to the client and thus only apply on the server. See also the
-note about security for the exclude option above.
+on the server that contains exclude patterns, one per line.
+This is only superficially equivalent
+to the client specifying the --exclude-from option with an equivalent file.
+See the "exclude" option above.
 
 dit(bf(include)) The "include" option allows you to specify a space
 separated list of patterns which rsync should not exclude. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with the --include
-option.  This is useful as it allows you to build up quite complex
-exclude/include rules.  Only one "include" option may be specified, but you
-can use "+" and "-" before patterns to switch include/exclude.
-
-See the section of exclude patterns in the rsync man page for information
-on the syntax of this option.
+only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these patterns
+with the --include option because it applies only on the server.
+This is useful as it
+allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.  Only one
+"include" option may be specified, but you can use "+" and "-" before
+patterns to switch include/exclude.  See the "exclude" option above.
 
 dit(bf(include from)) The "include from" option specifies a filename
 on the server that contains include patterns, one per line. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying the --include-from option with a
-equivalent file.
+only superficially equivalent to the client specifying the
+--include-from option with a equivalent file.
+See the "exclude" option above.
 
-dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma
-and space separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect
-to this module. The usernames do not need to exist on the local
-system. If "auth users" is set then the client will be challenged to
-supply a username and password to connect to the module. A challenge
-response authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain
-text usernames are passwords are stored in the file specified by the
+dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma and
+space separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
+this module. The usernames do not need to exist on the local
+system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
+"auth users" is set then the client will be challenged to supply a
+username and password to connect to the module. A challenge response
+authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain text
+usernames are passwords are stored in the file specified by the
 "secrets file" option. The default is for all users to be able to
 connect without a password (this is called "anonymous rsync").
 
+See also the bf(CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC SERVER OVER A REMOTE SHELL
+PROGRAM) section in rsync(1) for information on how handle an
+rsyncd.conf-level username that differs from the remote-shell-level
+username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync server.
+
 dit(bf(secrets file)) The "secrets file" option specifies the name of
 a file that contains the username:password pairs used for
 authenticating this module. This file is only consulted if the "auth
@@ -220,11 +262,12 @@ limit the length of passwords that can be typed at the client end, so
 you may find that passwords longer than 8 characters don't work. 
 
 There is no default for the "secrets file" option, you must choose a name
-(such as tt(/etc/rsyncd.secrets)).
+(such as tt(/etc/rsyncd.secrets)).  The file must normally not be readable
+by "other"; see "strict modes".
 
 dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not 
 the permissions on the secrets file will be checked.  If "strict modes" is
-true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user id other
+true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user ID other
 than the one that the rsync daemon is running under.  If "strict modes" is
 false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This option
 was added to accommodate rsync running on the Windows operating system.
@@ -237,16 +280,18 @@ connection is rejected.
 Each pattern can be in one of five forms:
 
 itemize(
-  it() a dotted decimal IP address. In this case the incoming machines
-  IP address must match exactly.
+  it() a dotted decimal IPv4 address of the form a.b.c.d, or an IPv6 address
+  of the form a:b:c::d:e:f. In this case the incoming machine's IP address
+  must match exactly.
 
-  it() a address/mask in the form a.b.c.d/n were n is the number of
-  one bits in in the netmask. All IP addresses which match the masked
-  IP address will be allowed in.
+  it() an address/mask in the form ipaddr/n where ipaddr is the IP address
+  and n is the number of one bits in the netmask.  All IP addresses which
+  match the masked IP address will be allowed in.
 
-  it() a address/mask in the form a.b.c.d/e.f.g.h where e.f.g.h is a
-  netmask in dotted decimal notation. All IP addresses which match the masked
-  IP address will be allowed in.
+  it() an address/mask in the form ipaddr/maskaddr where ipaddr is the
+  IP address and maskaddr is the netmask in dotted decimal notation for IPv4,
+  or similar for IPv6, e.g. ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:: instead of /64. All IP
+  addresses which match the masked IP address will be allowed in.
 
   it() a hostname. The hostname as determined by a reverse lookup will
   be matched (case insensitive) against the pattern. Only an exact
@@ -257,6 +302,12 @@ itemize(
   then the client is allowed in.
 )
 
+Note IPv6 link-local addresses can have a scope in the address specification:
+
+quote(fe80::1%link1)
+quote(fe80::%link1/64)
+quote(fe80::%link1/ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::)
+
 You can also combine "hosts allow" with a separate "hosts deny"
 option. If both options are specified then the "hosts allow" option s
 checked first and a match results in the client being able to
@@ -275,13 +326,18 @@ rejected. See the "hosts allow" option for more information.
 The default is no "hosts deny" option, which means all hosts can connect.
 
 dit(bf(ignore errors)) The "ignore errors" option tells rsyncd to
-ignore IO errors on the server when deciding whether to run the delete
+ignore I/O errors on the server when deciding whether to run the delete
 phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the --delete step if any
-IO errors have occurred in order to prevent disasterous deletion due
-to a temporary resource shortage or other IO error. In some cases this
+I/O errors have occurred in order to prevent disasterous deletion due
+to a temporary resource shortage or other I/O error. In some cases this
 test is counter productive so you can use this option to turn off this
 behaviour. 
 
+dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync server to completely
+ignore files that are not readable by the user. This is useful for
+public archives that may have some non-readable files among the
+directories, and the sysadmin doesn't want those files to be seen at all.
+
 dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file 
 logging of downloads and uploads in a format somewhat similar to that
 used by ftp daemons. If you want to customize the log formats look at
@@ -298,7 +354,7 @@ itemize(
   it() %h for the remote host name
   it() %a for the remote IP address
   it() %l for the length of the file in bytes
-  it() %p for the process id of this rsync session
+  it() %p for the process ID of this rsync session
   it() %o for the operation, which is either "send" or "recv"
   it() %f for the filename
   it() %P for the module path
@@ -317,7 +373,7 @@ A perl script called rsyncstats to summarize this format is included
 in the rsync source code distribution.
 
 dit(bf(timeout)) The "timeout" option allows you to override the
-clients choice for IO timeout for this module. Using this option you
+clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this option you
 can ensure that rsync won't wait on a dead client forever. The timeout
 is specified in seconds. A value of zero means no timeout and is the
 default. A good choice for anonymous rsync servers may be 600 (giving
@@ -342,7 +398,7 @@ The "dont compress" option takes a space separated list of
 case-insensitive wildcard patterns. Any source filename matching one
 of the patterns will not be compressed during transfer.
 
-The default setting is verb(*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb)
+The default setting is verb(*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz)
 
 enddit()
 
@@ -356,13 +412,39 @@ It should be good enough for most purposes but if you want really top
 quality security then I recommend that you run rsync over ssh.
 
 Also note that the rsync server protocol does not currently provide any
-encryption of the data that is transferred over the link. Only
+encryption of the data that is transferred over the connection. Only
 authentication is provided. Use ssh as the transport if you want
 encryption.
 
 Future versions of rsync may support SSL for better authentication and
 encryption, but that is still being investigated.
 
+manpagesection(RUNNING AN RSYNC SERVER OVER A REMOTE SHELL PROGRAM)
+
+If rsync is run with both the --daemon and --rsh (-e) options, it will
+spawn an rsync daemon using a remote shell connection.  Several
+configuration options will not be available unless the remote user is
+root (e.g. chroot, setuid/setgid, etc.).  There is no need to configure
+inetd or the services map to include the rsync server port if you run an
+rsync server only via a remote shell program.
+
+ADVANCED: To run an rsync server out of a single-use ssh key, use the
+"command=em(COMMAND)" syntax in the remote user's authorized_keys entry,
+where command would be
+
+quote(rsync --server --daemon .)
+
+NOTE: rsync's argument parsing expects the trailing ".", so make sure
+that it's there.  If you want to use an rsyncd.conf(5)-style
+configuration file other than the default, you can added a
+--config option to the em(command):
+
+quote(rsync --server --daemon --config=em(file) .)
+
+Note that the "--server" here is the internal option that rsync uses to
+run the remote version of rsync that it communicates with, and thus you
+should not be using the --server option under normal circumstances.
+
 manpagesection(EXAMPLES)
 
 A simple rsyncd.conf file that allow anonymous rsync to a ftp area at
@@ -382,7 +464,7 @@ gid = nobody nl()
 use chroot = no nl()
 max connections = 4 nl()
 syslog facility = local5 nl()
-pid file = /etc/rsyncd.pid
+pid file = /var/run/rsyncd.pid
 
 verb([ftp]
         path = /var/ftp/pub
@@ -414,7 +496,7 @@ susan:herpass
 
 manpagefiles()
 
-/etc/rsyncd.conf
+/etc/rsyncd.conf or rsyncd.conf
 
 manpageseealso()
 
@@ -432,7 +514,7 @@ Please report bugs! The rsync bug tracking system is online at
 url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
-This man page is current for version 2.0 of rsync
+This man page is current for version 2.x of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(CREDITS)
 

rsyncsh.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+rsyncsh
+Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool
+
+This is a quick hack to build an interactive shell around rsync, the
+same way we have the ftp, lftp and ncftp programs for the FTP
+protocol.  The key application for this is connecting to a public
+rsync server, such as rsync.kernel.org, change down through and list
+directories, and finally pull down the file you want.
+
+rsync is somewhat ill-at-ease as an interactive operation, since every
+network connection is used to carry out exactly one operation.  rsync
+kind of "forks across the network" passing the options and filenames
+to operate upon, and the connection is closed when the transfer is
+complete.  (This might be fixed in the future, either by adapting the
+current protocol to allow chained operations over a single socket, or
+by writing a new protocol that better supports interactive use.)
+
+So, rsyncsh runs a new rsync command and opens a new socket for every
+(network-based) command you type.
+
+This has two consequences.  Firstly, there is more command latency
+than is really desirable.  More seriously, if the connection cannot be
+done automatically, because for example it uses SSH with a password,
+then you will need to enter the password every time.  We might even
+fix this in the future, though, by having a way to automatically feed
+the password to SSH if it's entered once.

runtests.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
+# 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Lesser General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+
+# rsync top-level test script -- this invokes all the other more
+# detailed tests in order.  This script can either be called by `make
+# check' or `make installcheck'.  `check' runs against the copies of
+# the program and other files in the build directory, and
+# `installcheck' against the installed copy of the program.  
+
+# In either case we need to also be able to find the source directory,
+# since we read test scripts and possibly other information from
+# there.
+
+# Whenever possible, informational messages are written to stdout and
+# error messages to stderr.  They're separated out by the build farm
+# display scripts.
+
+# According to the GNU autoconf manual, the only valid place to set up
+# directory locations is through Make, since users are allowed to (try
+# to) change their mind on the Make command line.  So, Make has to
+# pass in all the values we need.
+
+# For other configured settings we read ./config.sh, which tells us
+# about shell commands on this machine and similar things.
+
+# rsync_bin gives the location of the rsync binary.  This is either
+# builddir/rsync if we're testing an uninstalled copy, or
+# install_prefix/bin/rsync if we're testing an installed copy.  On the
+# build farm rsync will be installed, but into a scratch /usr.
+
+# srcdir gives the location of the source tree, which lets us find the
+# build scripts.  At the moment we assume we are invoked from the
+# source directory.
+
+# This script must be invoked from the build directory.  
+
+# A scratch directory, 'testtmp', is created in the build directory to
+# hold working files.
+
+# This script also uses the $loglevel environment variable.  1 is the
+# default value, and 10 the most verbose.  You can set this from the
+# Make command line.  It's also set by the build farm to give more
+# detail for failing builds.
+
+
+# NOTES FOR TEST CASES:
+
+# Each test case runs in its own shell. 
+
+# Exit codes from tests:
+
+#    1  tests failed
+#    2  error in starting tests
+#   77  this test skipped (random value unlikely to happen by chance, same as
+#       automake)
+
+# HOWEVER, the overall exit code to the farm is different: we return
+# the *number of tests that failed*, so that it will show up nicely in
+# the overall summary.
+
+# rsync.fns contains some general setup functions and definitions.
+
+
+# NOTES ON PORTABILITY:
+
+# Both this script and the Makefile have to be pretty conservative
+# about which Unix features they use.
+
+# We cannot count on Make exporting variables to commands, unless
+# they're explicitly given on the command line.
+
+# Also, we can't count on 'cp -a' or 'mkdir -p', although they're
+# pretty handy.
+
+# I think some of the GNU documentation suggests that we shouldn't
+# rely on shell functions.  However, the Bash manual seems to say that
+# they're in POSIX 1003.2, and since the build farm relies on them
+# they're probably working on most machines we really care about.
+
+# You cannot use "function foo {" syntax, but must instead say "foo()
+# {", or it breaks on FreeBSD.
+
+# BSD machines tend not to have "head" or "seq".
+
+# You cannot do "export VAR=VALUE" all on one line; the export must be
+# separate from the assignment.  (SCO SysV)
+
+
+
+# STILL TO DO:
+
+# We need a good protection against tests that hang indefinitely.
+# Perhaps some combination of starting them in the background, wait,
+# and kill?
+
+# Perhaps we need a common way to cleanup tests.  At the moment just
+# clobbering the directory when we're done should be enough.
+
+# If any of the targets fail, then (GNU?) Make returns 2, instead of
+# the return code from the failing command.  This is fine, but it
+# means that the build farm just shows "2" for failed tests, not the
+# number of tests that actually failed.  For more details we might
+# need to grovel through the log files to find a line saying how many
+# failed.
+
+
+set -e
+
+. "./shconfig"
+
+RUNSHFLAGS='-e'
+
+# for Solaris
+PATH="/usr/xpg4/bin/:$PATH"
+
+if [ -n "$loglevel" ] && [ "$loglevel" -gt 8 ]
+then
+    if set -x
+    then
+	# If it doesn't work the first time, don't keep trying.
+	RUNSHFLAGS="$RUNSHFLAGS -x"
+    fi
+fi
+
+echo "============================================================"
+echo "$0 running in `pwd`"
+echo "    rsync_bin=$rsync_bin"
+echo "    srcdir=$srcdir"
+
+testuser=`id -un || whoami || echo UNKNOWN`
+
+echo "    testuser=$testuser"
+echo "    os=`uname -a`"
+
+# It must be "yes", not just nonnull
+if test "x$preserve_scratch" = xyes
+then
+    echo "    preserve_scratch=yes"
+else
+    echo "    preserve_scratch=no"
+fi    
+
+
+if test ! -f $rsync_bin
+then
+    echo "rsync_bin $rsync_bin is not a file" >&2
+    exit 2
+fi
+
+if test ! -d $srcdir
+then
+    echo "srcdir $srcdir is not a directory" >&2
+    exit 2
+fi
+
+RSYNC="$rsync_bin"
+
+export rsync_bin RSYNC
+
+skipped=0
+missing=0
+passed=0
+failed=0
+
+# Prefix for scratch directory.  We create separate directories for
+# each test case, so that they can be left behind in case of failure
+# to aid investigation.
+scratchbase="`pwd`"/testtmp
+echo "    scratchbase=$scratchbase"
+
+suitedir="$srcdir/testsuite"
+
+export scratchdir suitedir
+
+prep_scratch() {
+    [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
+    mkdir "$scratchdir"
+    return 0
+}
+
+maybe_discard_scratch() {
+    [ x"$preserve_scratch" != xyes ] && [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
+    return 0
+}
+
+if [ "x$whichtests" = x ]
+then
+    whichtests="*.test"
+fi
+
+for testscript in $suitedir/$whichtests
+do
+    testbase=`echo $testscript | sed 's!.*/!!' | sed -e 's/.test\$//'`
+    scratchdir="$scratchbase.$testbase"
+
+    prep_scratch
+
+    set +e
+    sh $RUNSHFLAGS "$testscript" >"$scratchdir/test.log" 2>&1
+    result=$?
+    set -e
+
+    if [ "x$always_log" = xyes -o \( $result != 0 -a $result != 77 -a $result != 78 \) ]
+    then
+	echo "----- $testbase log follows"
+	cat "$scratchdir/test.log"
+	echo "----- $testbase log ends"
+	if [ -f "$scratchdir/rsyncd.log" ]; then
+	    echo "----- $testbase rsyncd.log follows"
+	    cat "$scratchdir/rsyncd.log"
+	    echo "----- $testbase rsyncd.log ends"
+	fi
+    fi
+
+    case $result in
+    0)
+	echo "PASS    $testbase"
+	passed=`expr $passed + 1`
+	maybe_discard_scratch
+	;;
+    77)
+	# backticks will fill the whole file onto one line, which is a feature
+	whyskipped=`cat "$scratchdir/whyskipped"`
+	echo "SKIP    $testbase ($whyskipped)"
+	skipped=`expr $skipped + 1`
+	maybe_discard_scratch
+	;;
+    78)
+        # It failed, but we expected that.  don't dump out error logs, 
+	# because most users won't want to see them.  But do leave
+	# the working directory around.
+	echo "XFAIL   $testbase"
+	failed=`expr $failed + 1`
+	;;
+    *)
+	echo "FAIL    $testbase"
+	failed=`expr $failed + 1`
+	if [ "x$nopersist" = "xyes" ]
+	then
+	    exit 1
+	fi
+    esac
+done
+
+echo '------------------------------------------------------------'
+echo "----- overall results:"
+echo "      $passed passed"
+[ "$failed" -gt 0 ]  && echo "      $failed failed"
+[ "$skipped" -gt 0 ] && echo "      $skipped skipped"
+[ "$missing" -gt 0 ] && echo "      $missing missing"
+echo '------------------------------------------------------------'
+
+# OK, so expr exits with 0 if the result is neither null nor zero; and
+# 1 if the expression is null or zero.  This is the opposite of what
+# we want, and if we just call expr then this script will always fail,
+# because -e is set.
+
+result=`expr $failed + $missing || true`
+echo "overall result is $result"
+exit $result

sender.c

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-/* 
+/*
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
    Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
+
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -20,58 +20,83 @@
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int remote_version;
 extern int csum_length;
 extern struct stats stats;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int protocol_version;
 
 
-/*
-  receive the checksums for a buffer
-  */
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * The sender gets checksums from the generator, calculates deltas,
+ * and transmits them to the receiver.  The sender process runs on the
+ * machine holding the source files.
+ **/
+void read_sum_head(int f, struct sum_struct *sum)
+{
+	sum->count = read_int(f);
+	sum->blength = read_int(f);
+	if (protocol_version < 27) {
+		sum->s2length = csum_length;
+	} else {
+		sum->s2length = read_int(f);
+		if (sum->s2length > MD4_SUM_LENGTH) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid checksum length %ld\n",
+			    (long)sum->s2length);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+	}
+	sum->remainder = read_int(f);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Receive the checksums for a buffer
+ **/
 static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 {
 	struct sum_struct *s;
 	int i;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
-	s = (struct sum_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*s));
+	s = new(struct sum_struct);
 	if (!s) out_of_memory("receive_sums");
 
-	s->count = read_int(f);
-	s->n = read_int(f);
-	s->remainder = read_int(f);  
+	read_sum_head(f, s);
+
 	s->sums = NULL;
 
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"count=%d n=%d rem=%d\n",
-			s->count,s->n,s->remainder);
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "count=%ld n=%u rem=%u\n",
+			(long)s->count, s->blength, s->remainder);
+	}
 
-	if (s->count == 0) 
+	if (s->count == 0)
 		return(s);
 
-	s->sums = (struct sum_buf *)malloc(sizeof(s->sums[0])*s->count);
+	s->sums = new_array(struct sum_buf, s->count);
 	if (!s->sums) out_of_memory("receive_sums");
 
-	for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < (int) s->count; i++) {
 		s->sums[i].sum1 = read_int(f);
-		read_buf(f,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length);
+		read_buf(f, s->sums[i].sum2, s->s2length);
 
 		s->sums[i].offset = offset;
 		s->sums[i].i = i;
 
-		if (i == s->count-1 && s->remainder != 0) {
+		if (i == (int) s->count-1 && s->remainder != 0) {
 			s->sums[i].len = s->remainder;
 		} else {
-			s->sums[i].len = s->n;
+			s->sums[i].len = s->blength;
 		}
 		offset += s->sums[i].len;
 
 		if (verbose > 3)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
-				i,s->sums[i].len,(double)s->sums[i].offset,s->sums[i].sum1);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
+				i, s->sums[i].len, (double)s->sums[i].offset, s->sums[i].sum1);
 	}
 
 	s->flength = offset;
@@ -81,73 +106,74 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 
 
 
-void send_files(struct file_list *flist,int f_out,int f_in)
-{ 
-	int fd;
+void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
+{
+	int fd = -1;
 	struct sum_struct *s;
-	struct map_struct *buf;
+	struct map_struct *buf = NULL;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];  
+	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
 	int i;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	int phase = 0;
-	extern struct stats stats;		
+	extern struct stats stats;
 	struct stats initial_stats;
+	extern int write_batch;
+	extern int read_batch;
+	int checksums_match;
+	int buff_len;
+	char buff[CHUNK_SIZE];
+	int j;
+	int done;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"send_files starting\n");
-
-	setup_readbuffer(f_in);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "send_files starting\n");
 
 	while (1) {
-		int offset=0;
+		unsigned int offset;
 
 		i = read_int(f_in);
 		if (i == -1) {
-			if (phase==0 && remote_version >= 13) {
+			if (phase == 0) {
 				phase++;
 				csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-				write_int(f_out,-1);
+				write_int(f_out, -1);
 				if (verbose > 2)
-					rprintf(FINFO,"send_files phase=%d\n",phase);
+					rprintf(FINFO, "send_files phase=%d\n", phase);
 				continue;
 			}
 			break;
 		}
 
 		if (i < 0 || i >= flist->count) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid file index %d (count=%d)\n", 
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid file index %d (count=%d)\n",
 				i, flist->count);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
 		file = flist->files[i];
 
+		stats.current_file_index = i;
 		stats.num_transferred_files++;
 		stats.total_transferred_size += file->length;
 
-		fname[0] = 0;
 		if (file->basedir) {
-			strlcpy(fname,file->basedir,MAXPATHLEN);
-			if (strlen(fname) == MAXPATHLEN-1) {
-				io_error = 1;
-				rprintf(FERROR, "send_files failed on long-named directory %s\n",
-					fname);
-				return;
+			/* N.B. We're sure that this fits, so offset is OK. */
+			offset = strlcpy(fname, file->basedir, sizeof fname);
+			if (!offset || fname[offset-1] != '/')
+				fname[offset++] = '/';
+		} else
+			offset = 0;
+		f_name_to(file, fname + offset);
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s)\n", i, fname);
+
+		if (dry_run) {
+			if (!am_server && verbose) {	/* log transfer */
+				rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", fname+offset);
 			}
-			strlcat(fname,"/",MAXPATHLEN);
-			offset = strlen(file->basedir)+1;
-		}
-		strlcat(fname,f_name(file),MAXPATHLEN);
-	  
-		if (verbose > 2) 
-			rprintf(FINFO,"send_files(%d,%s)\n",i,fname);
-	  
-		if (dry_run) {	
-			if (!am_server) {
-				log_transfer(file, fname+offset);
-			}
-			write_int(f_out,i);
+			write_int(f_out, i);
 			continue;
 		}
 
@@ -155,73 +181,140 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist,int f_out,int f_in)
 
 		s = receive_sums(f_in);
 		if (!s) {
-			io_error = 1;
-			rprintf(FERROR,"receive_sums failed\n");
+			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+			rprintf(FERROR, "receive_sums failed\n");
 			return;
 		}
-	  
-		fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fd == -1) {
-			io_error = 1;
-			rprintf(FERROR,"send_files failed to open %s: %s\n",
-				fname,strerror(errno));
-			free_sums(s);
-			continue;
-		}
-	  
-		/* map the local file */
-		if (do_fstat(fd,&st) != 0) {
-			io_error = 1;
-			rprintf(FERROR,"fstat failed : %s\n",strerror(errno));
-			free_sums(s);
-			close(fd);
-			return;
-		}
-	  
-		if (st.st_size > 0) {
-			buf = map_file(fd,st.st_size);
-		} else {
-			buf = NULL;
-		}
-	  
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"send_files mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
-				fname,(double)st.st_size);
 
-		write_int(f_out,i);
-	  
-		write_int(f_out,s->count);
-		write_int(f_out,s->n);
-		write_int(f_out,s->remainder);
-	  
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"calling match_sums %s\n",fname);
-	  
-		if (!am_server) {
-			log_transfer(file, fname+offset);
+		if (write_batch)
+			write_batch_csum_info(&i, s);
+
+		if (!read_batch) {
+			fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
+			if (fd == -1) {
+				if (errno == ENOENT) {
+					enum logcode c = am_daemon
+					    && protocol_version < 28 ? FERROR
+								     : FINFO;
+					io_error |= IOERR_VANISHED;
+					rprintf(c, "file has vanished: %s\n",
+						full_fname(fname));
+				} else {
+					io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+					rprintf(FERROR, "send_files failed to open %s: %s\n",
+						full_fname(fname), strerror(errno));
+				}
+				free_sums(s);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* map the local file */
+			if (do_fstat(fd, &st) != 0) {
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+				rprintf(FERROR, "fstat failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+				free_sums(s);
+				close(fd);
+				return;
+			}
+
+			if (st.st_size > 0) {
+				buf = map_file(fd, st.st_size);
+			} else {
+				buf = NULL;
+			}
+
+			if (verbose > 2)
+				rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
+					fname, (double)st.st_size);
+
+			write_int(f_out, i);
+
+			if (write_batch)
+				write_batch_delta_file((char *)&i, sizeof i);
+
+			write_sum_head(f_out, s);
+		}
+
+		if (verbose > 2 && !read_batch)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "calling match_sums %s\n", fname);
+
+		if (!am_server && verbose) {	/* log transfer */
+			rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", fname+offset);
 		}
 
 		set_compression(fname);
-	  
-		match_sums(f_out,s,buf,st.st_size);
 
-		log_send(file, &initial_stats);
-	  	  
-		if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
-		close(fd);
-	  
+		if (read_batch) {
+			/* read checksums originally computed on sender side */
+			read_batch_csum_info(i, s, &checksums_match);
+			if (checksums_match) {
+				read_batch_delta_file((char*)&j, sizeof (int));
+				if (j != i) {    /* if flist index entries don't match*/
+					rprintf(FINFO, "index mismatch in send_files\n");
+					rprintf(FINFO, "read index = %d flist ndx = %d\n", j, i);
+					close_batch_delta_file();
+					close_batch_csums_file();
+					exit_cleanup(1);
+				} else {
+					write_int(f_out, j);
+					write_sum_head(f_out, s);
+					done = 0;
+					while (!done) {
+						read_batch_delta_file((char*)&buff_len, sizeof (int));
+						write_int(f_out, buff_len);
+						if (buff_len == 0) {
+							done = 1;
+						} else {
+							if (buff_len > 0) {
+								read_batch_delta_file(buff, buff_len);
+								write_buf(f_out, buff, buff_len);
+							}
+						}
+					}  /* end while  */
+					read_batch_delta_file( buff, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+					write_buf(f_out, buff, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+
+				}  /* j=i */
+			} else {  /* not checksum match */
+				rprintf (FINFO, "readbatch & checksums don't match\n");
+				rprintf (FINFO, "filename=%s is being skipped\n", fname);
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else  {
+			match_sums(f_out, s, buf, st.st_size);
+			log_send(file, &initial_stats);
+		}
+
+		if (!read_batch) {
+			if (buf) {
+				j = unmap_file(buf);
+				if (j) {
+					io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+					rprintf(FERROR,
+					    "read errors mapping %s: (%d) %s\n",
+					    full_fname(fname), j, strerror(j));
+				}
+			}
+			close(fd);
+		}
+
 		free_sums(s);
-	  
+
 		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"sender finished %s\n",fname);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "sender finished %s\n", fname);
 	}
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"send files finished\n");
+		rprintf(FINFO, "send files finished\n");
 
 	match_report();
 
-	write_int(f_out,-1);
+	write_int(f_out, -1);
+	if (write_batch || read_batch) {
+		close_batch_csums_file();
+		close_batch_delta_file();
+	}
+
 }
 
 

shconfig.in

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# config.sh.in 
+
+# This file is processed by config.status to produce config.status,
+# containing autoconf-determined values needed by the test scripts.
+
+ECHO_T="@ECHO_T@"
+ECHO_N="@ECHO_N@"
+ECHO_C="@ECHO_C@"
+
+export ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C

syscall.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* 
    Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
+   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,29 +17,41 @@
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
-/*
-  syscall wrappers to ensure that nothing gets done in dry_run mode
-  */
+/**
+ * @file syscall.c
+ *
+ * Syscall wrappers to ensure that nothing gets done in dry_run mode
+ * and to handle system peculiarities.
+ **/
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int read_only;
 extern int list_only;
+extern int preserve_perms;
 
-#define CHECK_RO if (read_only || list_only) {errno = EROFS; return -1;}
+#define RETURN_ERROR_IF(x,e) \
+	do { \
+		if (x) { \
+			errno = (e); \
+			return -1; \
+		} \
+	} while (0)
+
+#define RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO RETURN_ERROR_IF(read_only || list_only, EROFS)
 
 int do_unlink(char *fname)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return unlink(fname);
 }
 
 int do_symlink(char *fname1, char *fname2)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return symlink(fname1, fname2);
 }
 
@@ -46,7 +59,7 @@ int do_symlink(char *fname1, char *fname2)
 int do_link(char *fname1, char *fname2)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return link(fname1, fname2);
 }
 #endif
@@ -54,7 +67,7 @@ int do_link(char *fname1, char *fname2)
 int do_lchown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return lchown(path, owner, group);
 }
 
@@ -62,7 +75,7 @@ int do_lchown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
 int do_mknod(char *pathname, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return mknod(pathname, mode, dev);
 }
 #endif
@@ -70,54 +83,94 @@ int do_mknod(char *pathname, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
 int do_rmdir(char *pathname)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return rmdir(pathname);
 }
 
 int do_open(char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode)
 {
 	if (flags != O_RDONLY) {
-	    if (dry_run) return -1;
-	    CHECK_RO
+		RETURN_ERROR_IF(dry_run, 0);
+		RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	}
-#ifdef O_BINARY
-	/* for Windows */
-	flags |= O_BINARY;
-#endif
-	/* some systems can't handle a double / */
-	if (pathname[0] == '/' && pathname[1] == '/') pathname++;
 
-	return open(pathname, flags, mode);
+	return open(pathname, flags | O_BINARY, mode);
 }
 
 #if HAVE_CHMOD
 int do_chmod(const char *path, mode_t mode)
 {
+	int code;
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
-	return chmod(path, mode);
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
+	code = chmod(path, mode);
+	if (code != 0 && preserve_perms)
+	    return code;
+	return 0;
 }
 #endif
 
 int do_rename(char *fname1, char *fname2)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
 	return rename(fname1, fname2);
 }
 
+
+void trim_trailing_slashes(char *name)
+{
+	int l;
+	/* Some BSD systems cannot make a directory if the name
+	 * contains a trailing slash.
+	 * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/BSD%20Kernel/2734739.html> */
+	
+	/* Don't change empty string; and also we can't improve on
+	 * "/" */
+	
+	l = strlen(name);
+	while (l > 1) {
+		if (name[--l] != '/')
+			break;
+		name[l] = '\0';
+	}
+}
+
+
 int do_mkdir(char *fname, mode_t mode)
 {
 	if (dry_run) return 0;
-	CHECK_RO
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF_RO_OR_LO;
+	trim_trailing_slashes(fname);	
 	return mkdir(fname, mode);
 }
 
-char *do_mktemp(char *template)
+
+/* like mkstemp but forces permissions */
+int do_mkstemp(char *template, mode_t perms)
 {
-	if (dry_run) return NULL;
-	if (read_only) {errno = EROFS; return NULL;}
-	return mktemp(template);
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF(dry_run, 0);
+	RETURN_ERROR_IF(read_only, EROFS);
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP) && defined(HAVE_FCHMOD)
+	{
+		int fd = mkstemp(template);
+		if (fd == -1)
+			return -1;
+		if (fchmod(fd, perms) != 0 && preserve_perms) {
+			int errno_save = errno;
+			close(fd);
+			unlink(template);
+			errno = errno_save;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		return fd;
+	}
+#else
+	if (!mktemp(template))
+		return -1;
+	return do_open(template, O_RDWR|O_EXCL|O_CREAT, perms);
+#endif
 }
 
 int do_stat(const char *fname, STRUCT_STAT *st)

t_stub.c

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+ * 
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file t_stub.c
+ *
+ * This file contains really simple implementations for rsync global
+ * functions, so that module test harnesses can run standalone.
+ **/
+
+int modify_window = 0;
+int module_id = -1;
+struct exclude_list_struct server_exclude_list;
+
+ void rprintf(UNUSED(enum logcode code), const char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, format);
+	vfprintf(stderr, format, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+ void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "exit(%d): %s(%d)\n",
+		code, file, line);
+	exit(code);
+}
+
+ int check_exclude(UNUSED(struct exclude_list_struct *listp), UNUSED(char *name),
+		   UNUSED(int name_is_dir), UNUSED(const char *type))
+{
+	/* This function doesn't really get called in this test context, so
+	 * just return 0. */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+ char *lp_name(UNUSED(int mod))
+{
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+ BOOL lp_use_chroot(UNUSED(int mod))
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ char *lp_path(UNUSED(int mod))
+{
+    return NULL;
+}
+

t_unsafe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file 
+ *
+ * Test harness for unsafe_symlink().  Not linked into @c rsync itself.
+ *
+ * Prints either "safe" or "unsafe" depending on the two arguments.
+ * Always returns 0 unless something extraordinary happens.
+ **/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+int dry_run, read_only, list_only, verbose;
+int preserve_perms = 0;
+
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	if (argc != 3) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "usage: t_unsafe LINKDEST SRCDIR\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	printf("%s\n",
+	       unsafe_symlink(argv[1], argv[2]) ? "unsafe" : "safe");
+	
+	return 0;
+}

test.sh

@@ -24,7 +24,9 @@ not for end users. You may experience failures on some platforms that
 do not indicate a problem with rsync.
 
 EOF
-  export PATH=.:$PATH
+
+RSYNC=`pwd`/rsync
+
   runtest() {
     echo -n "Test $1: "
     eval "$2"
@@ -52,9 +54,13 @@ mkdir ${FROM}/emptydir
 ps ax > ${FROM}/pslist
 echo -n "This file has no trailing lf" > ${FROM}/nolf
 ln -s nolf ${FROM}/nolf-symlink
-cat /etc/inittab /etc/services /etc/resolv.conf > ${FROM}/${F1}
+
+# Gather some random text.  We need files that will exist and be
+# publicly readable on all platforms: hopefully this will work.
+cat /etc/*tab /etc/services /etc/*.conf /etc/*rc > ${FROM}/${F1}
+
 mkdir ${FROM}/dir
-cp ${FROM}/${F1} ${FROM}/dir
+cp ${FROM}/${F1} ${FROM}/dir/
 mkdir ${FROM}/dir/subdir
 mkdir ${FROM}/dir/subdir/subsubdir
 ls -ltr /etc > ${FROM}/dir/subdir/subsubdir/etc-ltr-list
@@ -123,33 +129,33 @@ EOF
 
 # Main script starts here
 
-runtest "basic operation" 'checkit "rsync -av ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest "basic operation" 'checkit "$RSYNC -av ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 ln ${FROM}/pslist ${FROM}/dir
-runtest "hard links" 'checkit "rsync -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest "hard links" 'checkit "$RSYNC -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 rm ${TO}/${F1}
-runtest "one file" 'checkit "rsync -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest "one file" 'checkit "$RSYNC -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 echo "extra line" >> ${TO}/${F1}
-runtest "extra data" 'checkit "rsync -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest "extra data" 'checkit "$RSYNC -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 cp ${FROM}/${F1} ${TO}/ThisShouldGo
-runtest " --delete" 'checkit "rsync --delete -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest " --delete" 'checkit "$RSYNC --delete -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 LONGDIR=${FROM}/This-is-a-directory-with-a-stupidly-long-name-created-in-an-attempt-to-provoke-an-error-found-in-2.0.11-that-should-hopefully-never-appear-again-if-this-test-does-its-job/This-is-a-directory-with-a-stupidly-long-name-created-in-an-attempt-to-provoke-an-error-found-in-2.0.11-that-should-hopefully-never-appear-again-if-this-test-does-its-job/This-is-a-directory-with-a-stupidly-long-name-created-in-an-attempt-to-provoke-an-error-found-in-2.0.11-that-should-hopefully-never-appear-again-if-this-test-does-its-job
 mkdir -p ${LONGDIR}
 date > ${LONGDIR}/1
 ls -la / > ${LONGDIR}/2
-runtest "long paths" 'checkit "rsync --delete -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+runtest "long paths" 'checkit "$RSYNC --delete -avH ${FROM}/ ${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
 if type ssh >/dev/null 2>&1; then
   if [ "`ssh -o'BatchMode yes' localhost echo yes 2>/dev/null`" = "yes" ]; then
   rm -rf ${TO}
-    runtest "ssh: basic test" 'checkit "rsync -avH -e ssh ${FROM}/ localhost:${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+    runtest "ssh: basic test" 'checkit "$RSYNC -avH -e ssh --rsync-path=$RSYNC ${FROM}/ localhost:${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
 
     mv ${TO}/${F1} ${TO}/ThisShouldGo
-    runtest "ssh: renamed file" 'checkit "rsync --delete -avH -e ssh ${FROM}/ localhost:${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
+    runtest "ssh: renamed file" 'checkit "$RSYNC --delete -avH -e ssh --rsync-path=$RSYNC ${FROM}/ localhost:${TO}" ${FROM}/ ${TO}'
   else
   printmsg "Skipping SSH tests because ssh conection to localhost not authorised"
   fi
@@ -161,7 +167,7 @@ rm -rf ${TO}
 mkdir -p ${FROM}2/dir/subdir
 cp -a ${FROM}/dir/subdir/subsubdir ${FROM}2/dir/subdir
 cp ${FROM}/dir/* ${FROM}2/dir 2>/dev/null
-runtest "excludes" 'checkit "rsync -vv -Hlrt --delete --include /dir/ --include /dir/\* --include /dir/\*/subsubdir  --include /dir/\*/subsubdir/\*\* --exclude \*\* ${FROM}/dir ${TO}" ${FROM}2/ ${TO}'
+runtest "excludes" 'checkit "$RSYNC -vv -Hlrt --delete --include /dir/ --include /dir/\* --include /dir/\*/subsubdir  --include /dir/\*/subsubdir/\*\* --exclude \*\* ${FROM}/dir ${TO}" ${FROM}2/ ${TO}'
 rm -r ${FROM}2
 
 checkforlogs ${LOG}.?

testhelp/maketree.py

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+#! /usr/bin/python2.2
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
+# 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Lesser General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+# Populate a tree with pseudo-randomly distributed files to test
+# rsync.
+
+from __future__ import generators
+import random, string, os, os.path
+
+nfiles = 10000
+depth = 5
+n_children = 20
+n_files = 20
+n_symlinks = 10
+
+name_chars = string.digits + string.letters
+
+abuffer = 'a' * 1024
+
+def random_name_chars():
+    a = ""
+    for i in range(10):
+        a = a + random.choice(name_chars)
+    return a
+
+    
+def generate_names():
+    n = 0
+    while 1:
+        yield "%05d_%s" % (n, random_name_chars())
+        n += 1
+
+
+class TreeBuilder:
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.n_children = 20
+        self.n_files = 100
+        self.total_entries = 100000 # long(1e8)
+        self.actual_size = 0
+        self.name_gen = generate_names()
+        self.all_files = []
+        self.all_dirs = []
+        self.all_symlinks = []
+
+
+    def random_size(self):
+        return random.lognormvariate(4, 4)
+
+
+    def random_symlink_target(self):
+        what = random.choice(['directory', 'file', 'symlink', 'none'])
+        try:
+            if what == 'directory':
+                return random.choice(self.all_dirs)
+            elif what == 'file':
+                return random.choice(self.all_files)
+            elif what == 'symlink':
+                return random.choice(self.all_symlinks)
+            elif what == 'none':
+                return self.name_gen.next()
+        except IndexError:
+            return self.name_gen.next()
+
+
+    def can_continue(self):
+        self.total_entries -= 1
+        return self.total_entries > 0
+
+        
+    def build_tree(self, prefix, depth):
+        """Generate a breadth-first tree"""
+        for count, function in [[n_files, self.make_file],
+                                [n_children, self.make_child_recurse],
+                                [n_symlinks, self.make_symlink]]:
+            for i in range(count):
+                if not self.can_continue():
+                    return
+                name = os.path.join(prefix, self.name_gen.next())
+                function(name, depth)
+
+
+    def print_summary(self):
+        print "total bytes: %d" % self.actual_size
+
+
+    def make_child_recurse(self, dname, depth):
+        if depth > 1:
+            self.make_dir(dname)
+            self.build_tree(dname, depth-1)
+
+
+    def make_dir(self, dname, depth='ignore'):
+        print "%s/" % (dname)
+        os.mkdir(dname)
+        self.all_dirs.append(dname)
+
+
+    def make_symlink(self, lname, depth='ignore'):
+        print "%s -> %s" % (lname, self.random_symlink_target())
+
+
+    def make_file(self, fname, depth='ignore'):
+        size = long(self.random_size())
+        print "%-70s %d" % (fname, size)
+        f = open(fname, 'w')
+        f.truncate(size)
+        self.fill_file(f, size)
+        self.all_files.append(fname)
+        self.actual_size += size
+
+    def fill_file(self, f, size):
+        while size > 0:
+            f.write(abuffer[:size])
+            size -= len(abuffer)
+
+    
+tb = TreeBuilder()
+tb.build_tree('/tmp/foo', 3)
+tb.print_summary()

testsuite/00-hello.test

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo $0 running
+
+$RSYNC --version || exit 1

testsuite/README.testsuite

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+automatic testsuite for rsync			-*- text -*-
+
+We're trying to develop some more substantial tests to prevent rsync
+regressions.  Ideally, all code changes or bug reports would come with
+an appropriate test suite.
+
+You can run these tests by typing "make check" in the build directory.
+The tests will run using the rsync binary in the build directory, so
+you do not need to do "make install" first.  Indeed, you probably
+should not install rsync before running the tests.
+
+If you instead type "make installcheck" then the suite will test the
+rsync binary from its installed location (e.g. /usr/local/bin/rsync).
+You can use this to test a distribution build, or perhaps to run a new
+test suite against an old version of rsync.  Note that in accordance
+with the GNU Standards, installcheck does not look for rsync on the
+path.
+
+If the tests pass, you should see a report to that effect.  Some tests
+require being root or some other precondition, and so will normally be
+checked -- look at the test scripts for more information.
+
+If the tests fail, you will see rather more output.  The scratch
+directory will remain in the build directory.  It would be useful if
+you could include the log messages when reporting a failure.
+
+These tests also run automatically on the build farm, and you can see
+the results on http://build.samba.org/.
+
+

testsuite/chgrp.test

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+
+# This program is distributable under the terms of the GNU GPL (see
+# COPYING).
+
+# Test that rsync with -gr will preserve groups when the user running
+# the test is a member of them.  Hopefully they're in at least one
+# test.
+
+. $srcdir/testsuite/rsync.fns
+
+set -x
+
+# Build some hardlinks
+
+fromdir="$scratchdir/from"
+todir="$scratchdir/to"
+
+mygrps="`rsync_getgroups`" || fail "Can't get groups"
+mkdir "$fromdir"
+
+for g in $mygrps
+do
+    name="$fromdir/foo-$g"
+    date > "$name"
+    chgrp "$g" "$name" || fail "Can't chgrp"
+done
+sleep 2
+
+checkit "$RSYNC -rtgvvv \"$fromdir/\" \"$todir/\"" "$fromdir" "$todir"
+
+# The script would have aborted on error, so getting here means we've won.
+exit 0